/idea can apply to
National defense,
Business,
Commercial,
Deal,
Engage life challenge,
Financial situation,
Geographic complex challenge,
Holistic conflicting challenge,
Ideology propaganda neutralized,
Justice corruption prevention by identification of illegal ideology,
Note 1-100 Allies need to done https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/allies-need-to-done.html
for KEEP FREE WORLD from damage, military preparation.
Soon, I find out that it can apply to the:Business Commercial Economic. Border Customs Environment.
Note 101-200 Be careful https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/be-careful.html
for TIPS FOR KNOWING BAD DRAGON are doing for long while.
Conspiracy Economic war https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2016/10/httpctext.html
Dam Open Tactics https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2016/10/river-attack-flooding.html
Note 201-300 Be careful OO https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/be-careful-oo.html
for TIPS FOR KNOWING BAD DRAGON
are doing for long while.
Let me give you more tips:
they are doing for long while:
Note 301-400 for Engaging Commercial Lessons from The Romance of three kingdoms
https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2023/08/x.html
Note 401-500 for FEEL NATION.
https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2023/08/feel-nation.html
Note 1-100
for KEEP FREE WORLD
from damage, military preparation.
Soon, I find out that it can apply to the:
Business Commercial Economic.
Border Customs Environment.
Allies need to done
1. Technician
2. Information
3. Communication
4. Situation
5. Repairing
6. Standard
7. Strategy
8. Saving life
9. Mastermind
10. Spy
11. Double agent
12. Undercover
13. Backup plan
14. Command
15. Communication
16. Supply
17. Harbor
18. Financial
19. Bonds
20. Allies-City-Economic ACE
21. Combine a civilian use and military use
22. Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Plants
23.Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Animals
24.Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Parasite
25. Border Quarantine for spy
26. Border Quarantine for watch list
27. Border Quarantine for other language or culture
28. Border Quarantine for ships
29. Border Quarantine for Fleet
30. Border Quarantine for Media
31. evil change their face
32. surprise attack
33. fool & confuses about identities
34. circling around to exhaust
35. chaos
36. talk with your friend-- Shadow game
37. mass media
38. hit the market
39. innocent
40. peace-damage
41. take the blame
42. watch
43. draw
44. evil spirit
45. position
46. pretends it doesn't care
47. price
48. assassinate or scandal
49. peaceful-war
50. chaos
51. Shed Skin off
52. Shut the Door
53. Befriend Distant Attack Nearby
54. Borrow the Road to Conquer
55. Replace The Idea
56. Point A But Curse B
57. Madness
58. money talks
59. fk idea
60. Exchange the Role of Guest/Host
61. The Beautiful Women
62. The Open City Gates
63. The many spy
64. The Injuring oneself (Spy,Double agent)
65. The Tactic of Combining Tactics
66. If All Fails, Retreat and return someday.
67.map of nest of evil.
68.language barrier
69. The AIT： American in Taiwan
70. Don't shoot! Watch it!
February 3, 2023 Suspected Chinese spy balloon flies over the US
71. What if another balloon?
72. Detect Method for secret move
73-76. conspiracy -Economic war
73.fabric industry
74.Energy Industry
75.Food / Rare things: The white deer
76.Machinery Precision Industry
77. Communication issue of translation between different culture
78. Evil might use Open Dam Tactics
79. In the upcoming Pacific complex
it may have medical needs,
the emergency surgical needs.
80. More aircraft From A spot to B spot
81. Information sharing
82. Procedure checking
83. Unify radio code
84. Announcement languages demand
85. How Movie Inspire
86. News Team
87. How to prevent bad guys from kill aircraft carrier
88. See Sea as Seeds of Seeking.
89. Local trouble such as bad climate
90. Time Zone
91. SASA
92. SMF science military fiction
93. Navy Size 10 Times
94. Weather
95. Mind
96. What
97. Who
98. Where
99. When
100. Wow
1~9
1. technician
If Pacific allies fight together.
In some situation- ships or air crafts from different place may needs quick fix in different harbour, airport, base.
It's time all technician share Screw Specifications
Steel Plate Specifications
Steel Making Regulations
something like that.
2. information
And if you worry about the evil spy may steal information. You can set up 9 true stander and 9 false one. Try the CIA to communicate with (USA, JP, UK, CA, Aus)
Taiwan, Japan, S. Korea - Pacific
to make sure you get the spy and make the ally supply system fully.
3. communication
All the allies industry, business, and manufacture department have to set up a communication instruction. It may help each other to do everybody's best part and help each other in the shortage part.
4. situation
WHAT IF you meet a difficult situation that the fishing ships or civilian ships had confuse whether there is a pure civilian or the evil soldier hide beneath them.
By that time Navy, Marine, Coast Guard, must already had communicated with the Taiwan Jap S.K Philippine and so on.
WHAT IF you meet a difficult situation that the cargo aircraft or civilian airplane had confuse whether there is a pure civilian or the evil soldier hide beneath them.
By that time USAF, Cyber Command, must already had communicated with the Taiwan Jap S.K Philippine and so on.
Navy + Marine + Coast Guard - ships USAF + Cyber - aircraft
5. repair
Let's try to imagine if one day the gunman on the battleship is trying hard to repair the tool. It only need few metal board but without the precisely standard that is hard to accomplish
Repair within hours / within weeks make totally different battle conditions set.
6. Standard
How about the train？the track gauge？
1435mm,1372mm, 1067mm, the details of it. And much more of it.
What if you need emergency repair somewhere Japan ？ Taiwan？ somewhere S. Korea？ Philippines？
Is there information sharing and work guidance？
6-2 Standard
Some person use meter and kilometer, other use foot and miles.
Make some game for everybody to play together.
In case of emergency, some people say kilometer meanwhile some say miles. m/km,ft/miles.
And how much fuel your plane needs?
1000 Liter or gallon?
7. Strategy Be careful A-Z
A evil Force mystery unit For surprise attack.
Being A spot is actually a diversion for B spot.
Cheat media in different languages to set up the blame.
Delay you with a trap to make you circling around and exhaust.
Ensure information exists, not let them exhaust you.
Evil one chaos do, important resources move.
Friends talking with who? The enemy trying to.
Gone the mass media would. Could turn allies fool.
Hit the market evil achieve, your attention where to
I see evil dance, innocent country burning face
Joke about peace, while began war enhance.
Kick the responsibility ease, the evil rest and advance.
Looking Euro burning in fire and meanwhile
9. Will need someone like
Hyman George Rickover
During 1942 to 43 he named and label the Components of any kinds of ships & battleship.
That's make tools easily to hand over to the front line. Precisely and quickly.
9. What's more: that person needs to be
Communicate with local Asia.
Rickover 1.0 named & label the Components of battleship.
Rickover 2.0 +Communicate with Asia.
Rickover 3.0 +coordinated EPa industry and standard to meet the need of upcoming Pacific challenge. What's more: that person needs to be Communicate with local Asia.
Rickover 4.0 + Meets the need of overall warfare such as economic nationality cyber.
Or teamwork with a local Taiwan local Japan local Korea to work such outfit.
10~20
10. Be careful about spy, double agent, undercover & secret spy, evil cunning dragon can do something bad. To run a opposite loyalty test are necessary.
Including ground services, parts supply,office cleaners on main plan etc.
11. Double agent, master of disguise and be able to conceal itself
Loyalty check by checklist of questions or survey test paper will not be enough
Try to set up a scenario / drama, put some body in scenario to see if they reaction to certain photos in different kind reaction.
12. Spy, loyal to it original camp
To find them, like you fishing in a pool full of smart fish.
You will prepare a hook and the delicious food for them to take the bite.
Remember probably different culture background act differently so there will be different tests for people.
13. Backup plan
To see if latest situation-- in some situation will need more Fleet join the Pacific Fleet.
Such as some ship from: U.S. Northern Command, United States Central Command.
To see if latest situation-- in some situation will need more Aircrafts join West Pacific.
Such as some crafts from: U.S. Andersen Airplane to participant in West Pacific.
14. Command
And by that time,Who is responsible for command in branch?
Who supposed to respond for strategy?
Who supposed to be connect Taiwan? Who supposed to be connect Japan?
15. Communication
Who supposed to become a communication central when you will need more aircraft in Indo-Pacific ?
Are there enough aircraft in Guam or Hawaii? Calling for air force to back up more like 200 aircraft and 200 airmen/air women?
16. Supply
Are there enough supply to support it the aircraft carrier fighting group to fight like weeks?
Transport supply thought Pacific takes weeks to Taiwan or Japan, are there a local communicate department?
And do they clean spy, yet?
17. Harbours + Airports + Base
Which harbours US Navy + Marine can convert to park ships around Indo-Pacific?
Which airport US Air Force can convert to fly craft around Indo-Pacific?
How many of them?
And Do those locations free from spy, double agent and undercover ?
Or how to get them out?
18. Financial
Do The department of defense, DOD
The department of finance, Wall Street
plan to emergency rise billions of financial to support the conflict or the fighting financially which might take place somewhere Indo-Pacific ?
19. Bonds
Are there any laws of way to have bonds to sell International in order to get enough money to keep fighting grey areas conflict somewhere Indo-Pacific for weeks ? Even months ? Even years?
How to currency ? How to accounting ?
Who to check ? Who to deliver ? When?
20. Allies-City-Economic ACE
The time we need it with the economic system including Washington, New York, Tokyo, London can become in the securing economic system?
21~30
21. Combine a civilian use and military use
When ships, fleet, Cargo, communicated with a Pacific nations.
There is a chance you may try to practice in battleship and civilian aircraft to maintain a transportation line in sea and in ocean. Some cargo to seal at the sea.
Just see it as 1942 in Atlantic or 1942 to 1944 in Pacific Ocean.
Try to protect Taiwan cargo, try to protect Japan cargo, try to protect a Korean cargo,
Ship and Kitchen them to southeast Asia.
And do it again in other direction.
22. Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Plants
When command ships, your aircraft, your fleet, your submarine.
Cross nation to nation, country to country. There is a potential risk you have to predict, monitor, prevent and study. And if it happens, control the damage.
23.Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Animals
Cargo, Goods, Travelers North America to Indo-Pacific
There could be some ecological sensitive animals carry on accidentally
And after that, probably ecological system risk, damage, apocalypse
Test to prevent this happening.
24.Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Parasite
Same above By parassite
Only this time, some parasite they will have many hosts
Some parasite have host including warm snail birds fish and sometimes human
Best ecological expert and epidemiology exper to prevent happening.
25. Border Quarantine for spy
Idea is like point 10.11.12
However, in this time they don't carry in information they don't carry out information.
They themselves mission for animals plant seeds parasites that doesn't belong to their original land. (Planet have different zone, each suit different special species from place to place.) (imagine you'll never have spice again)
Take him to ruin the food supply system or the local ecosystem.
26. Border Quarantine for watch list
Same as above. By indirectly rather than directly.
27. for other language or culture
Idea is like point 10.11.12.25.26
28. for ships
point 10.11.12.25.26
29. for Fleet
point 10.11.12.25.26
30. for Meida
point 10.11.12.25.26.27
Add more to 28.29.
And then use mass media to lie.
Lie to those who your homeland North America.
Lie to those who your allies.
How to prevent it from happening?
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Note 122
Recently, they use this trying to hurt us.
CCP local helper in Taiwan.
They use spotlight and the media to highlight the problem of the shortage of the banana.
And then they argue about to apply to import the banana from another country.
Which they actually trying to do is they get in the banana with the disease and trying to get the disease infected the local banana plant.
That's what I had to predict decades ago and I write it down at this article point 22.
Hope we share the coming news.
I the define that this is another type of information competition.
I am a Taiwanese and I hope that I want USA always sure common interesting and the same code with Taiwan.
註 122
最近，牠們利用這一點試圖傷害我們。
中共在台灣的當地幫手。
他們利用聚光燈和媒體來凸顯香蕉短缺的問題。
然後他們爭論是否申請從其他國家進口香蕉。
他們實際上試圖做的是讓帶有疾病的香蕉進入體內，並試圖讓疾病感染當地的香蕉植株。
這就是我幾十年前預測到的，我把它寫在這篇文章的第 22 點了。
希望我們分享即將到來的消息。
我將其定義為另一種類型的信息競爭。
22. Border Quarantine for Border Quarantine-Plants
When you will command your ships, your aircraft, your fleet, your submarine. Cross nation to nation, country to country. There is a potential risk you have to predict, monitor, prevent and study. And if it happens, control the damage.
When you travel the seven seas and four oceans. There could be some ecological sensitive seeds you carry on accidentally. And after that, seeds to other land they'll probably a ecological system risk, damage and even apocalypse.
Trials or test in simple and easy way to prevent this from happening.
22.邊境檢疫-植物邊境檢疫
當你將指揮你的船隻、你的飛機、你的艦隊、你的潛艇時。 跨越國家到國家，國家到國家。 您必須預測、監控、預防和研究潛在風險。 如果發生這種情況，請控制損害。
當您遊曆七大洋和四大洋時。 您可能不小心攜帶了一些對生態敏感的種子。 在那之後，種子到其他土地可能會給生態系統帶來風險、破壞甚至世界末日。
以簡單易行的方式進行試驗或測試，以防止這種情況發生。
-----------------------------------------------------------------
31~42
31. evil change their face
32. surprise attack
33. fool & confuses about identities
34. circling around to exhaust
35. chaos
36. talk with your friend-- Shadow game
37. mass media
38. hit the market
39. innocent
40. peace-damage
41. take the blame
42. watch
31. Be careful that the evil ship / sellers / education group / culture feeling group / might change their face from civilian to war unit.
And they are the master of disguise.
And Media can put a lot of effort on it. So just try very careful what the media bring you though.
32. Be careful of the evil Force mystery unit For surprise attack. Attached to A spot is actually a diversion to relieve B spot.
And even worse, it could turn a to b or turn B to A
What's more it use media to spark civilians misjudgment and mistrust government or the commander
33. Be aware of the fact that evil can fool you as it confuses the different identities of many different Pacific people
If prepare less, ends up will hit wrong person
And evil might probably arrange the media in different languages to set up another person take the blame
34. Be aware of the evil might set up a trap to make you go just circling around to exhaust you.Make sure your information exists, not let them exhaust you.
And always check where your information source came from.
Maybe that's your enemy try to bring you in.
35. Be careful the evil one might set up chaos and take the time while you deal with chaos and take the important resources.
Make sure your group and the majority knows who they are dealing with and sometimes it come out with a smoke to distract your attention.
36. Be sure to talk about it with your friend force.
The enemy trying to play Shadow game by separating your attention.
To tell the difference. To set a test or exam to find the true direction of evil force try to hit. To prevent misjudged.
37. mass media change people's mind by something out of nothing.
That could turn an alliance from friend to enemy.
Blaming the fault hundreds years ago as well.
What if the one all know who secretly opened Dam on the upstream of the River and then used the mass media to influence local community group to make another one take the blame. After that, they gathered the force to fight the war. That is creating something from nothing
38. hit the market
Be careful, the evil one may try to hit the food market but it hits the gold/something else market in order to transfer your attention.
39. innocent
Be careful of the evil one set up for you to fight any innocent country and watch the war burn in fire.
40. peace-damage
Be careful the evil one may demonstrate any form of peace, meanwhile it carries on but the idea to hurt you, to harm you, to damage you.
41. take the blame
Be careful the evil one decides to damage you. After it loses advantage, it will push out someone and said： this person takes over all the blame. We all have no responsibility. And after a few years, the evil one will rest and recover.
42. watch
Be careful of the evil one already doing it. By watching Euro burning in fire and meanwhile take control over the world by small countries, small regions, small pieces. Price setting, media broadcasting.
43~54
43. draw
44. evil spirit
45. position
46. pretends it doesn't care
47. price
48. assassinate or scandal
49. peaceful-war
50. chaos
51. Shed Skin off
52. Shut the Door
53. Befriend Distant Attack Nearby
54. Borrow the Road to Conquer
43. draw
Be careful, the evil one will draw terrible consequences and scare the brave warrior.
like to threaten to use nuclear war,or the good days will never return.
44. evil spirit
Be careful the evil one might send its spirit to another group of people and make sure they have to be reborn from it.
45. position
Be careful the evil one posted any kind of plan to make the very wonderful warrior leader out of its own position.
46. pretends it doesn't care
Be careful, the evil one pretends it doesn't care. But it's actually very considerate. However if all countries or leaders think they don't care, that's exactly what they want.
47. price
Be careful when the evil one says something about balancing on oil price or comfort the price of the food. It is actually throwing out who can put their power in it and set up another way to kill them.
48. assassinate or scandal
Be careful the evil one will try to get rid of the important leader or minister in any Allies Nations. Which could assassinate or make a scandal or create a terrible.
49. peaceful-war
Be careful of evil. They could use peaceful argument to hide the true fact that they're trying to pick up a war of their size. And they'll keep sending the peaceful message, meanwhile they begin torture and Holocaust. However if you didn't pick up your media very carefully, then the ally will be highly confused.
50.chaos
Be careful of the evil one. Get to the studio and turn the situation very chaos, confused and make it hard to tell who is the good guy and who is the bad guy. And secretly ''taking care'' the freedom warrior.
51. Shed Skin off
Be careful of the evil one. If the war it has picked doesn't come up satisfied. The evil one can get a small group and make it the skin. Getting rid of all the plan and responsibility taken over by that skin.
52. Shut the Door
Be careful the evil one is going to close the Straits to make sure the outer help could not get in. For example, Hormuzd strait, Taiwan strait. As well, the important canal made sure Europeans could or could not communicate.
53. Befriend Distant Attack Nearby
Be careful of the evil one. Make a friend with a country ocean away and beat the group nearby. Beware it's a diplomat.
54. Borrow the Road to Conquer
Be careful of the evil one Whoever had borrowed the money and could not pay back, whoever might give away the road and the harbor. They could take it and invade other countries easily.
55~66
55.Replace The Idea
56. Point A But Curse B
57. Madness
58. money talks
59. fk idea
60. Exchange Role of Guest/Host
61. The Beautiful
62. The Open City Gates
63. The many spy
64. The Injuring oneself (Spy,Double agent
65. The Tactic of Combining Tactics
66. If All Fails, Retreat and return someday
55.Replace The Idea
Be careful of the evil one. Replace the concept of racial from peace from history. Like： because part of its ancestors once had suffered, so they can do anything to the neighboring countries.
56. Point A But Curse B
Be careful the evil one makes the fake news used to attack every freedom country and freedom warrior. through mass media misleading readers' imagination. To point out A and secretly lead the imagination to B.
57. Madness
Be careful the evil one acts like a crazy guy meanwhile it's quite calm and tries to pick up its own target.
58. money talks
Be careful the evil one kidnaps the world, most of the country by trading, marketing, mass population, cultural negotiation and money.
59. fk idea
Be careful of the evil one. Just make out something fake idea out of nothing it is different from come out of something from nothing. Because of its manipulate and remake of something just exist.
60. Exchange the Role of Guest/Host
Be careful the evil one To reopen a new race which they are better beneficial. Don't dance with the demon.
61. The Beautiful Women
Be careful of the evil one. A beautiful woman will turn many decisions down.
62. The Open City Gates
Be careful the evil one Pretend like it well prepare in certain field or area like scientist.
63. The many spy
Be careful of the Spy, double spy, triple spy ,culturally reversed spy, by racist spy....
64. The Injuring oneself (Spy,Double agent)
Be careful the evil one To build a person who very hurt, very damaged, very suffer, and that person just come and say： I'm going to help. But this person is a spy.
How could he still help the evil? But it is the mind control method that is unimaginable.
65. The Tactic of Combining Tactics
Be careful the evil one All the above starting for tactic was used continually.
66. If All Fails, Retreat and return someday.
Be careful of the evil ones. If they fail, just let everything behind and go away. To secretly hide and wait for someday to return, rebirth.
67.map of nest of evil.
https://twitter.com/JosephWen___/status/1615547146513833984
https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/viewer?hl=zh-TW&mid=19Q8BraU1Nmnk23TzMb5rhXFuIAnOpTTq&ll=34.034577331976706%2C88.91246649999997&z=3
To allies and partners Peaceful through Strength I create 100 strategies.
68~72
68. language barrier
69. The AIT： American in Taiwan
70. Don't shoot! Watch it!
71. What if another balloon?
72. Detect Method for secret move
68.language barrier
Sir, with all the respect. I wonder if in an emergency, different size & different longitude & different size and liquid continent.
With people comes from different places and education program.
Is there in different language education background where that be language barrier？
How to deal with it.
Example 1：BBQ barbecue can be mean- summaries someone in trouble or burning through ash. Or holding a meat cooking party.
Example 2：you can expecting can be meaning you actually are waiting for some results comes out. Or someone's carrying a baby.
Example 3：
：「這個『工作』是什麼意思？」
：「這是STAFF的意思。」
「工作員（こうさくいん）」是間諜、情報人員的意思
: "What does this 'job' mean?"
: "This is what STAFF means."
"Staff (こうさくいん)" means spy or intelligence officer in Japanese
：「この『仕事』ってどういう意味ですか？」
：「STAFFってこういう意味ですよ。」
「こうさくいん」とは日本語でスパイや諜報員を意味します
https://www.facebook.com/narumi.nihongo/posts/357897273477184
When you walk together with soldier different background, please keep in mind that may happen. And you have to design the negotiation process to come over it.
With a Taiwan Japan Korea Philippines Malaysia Indonesia.
https://www.facebook.com/story.php?story_fbid=497214515773154&id=100064538299568&mibextid=Nif5oz
69. The AIT： American in Taiwan
https://www.facebook.com/AIT.Social.Media
https://www.facebook.com/story.php?story_fbid=553548776804242&id=100064473742913&mibextid=Nif5oz
70. Don't shoot! Watch it!
https://www.cnn.com/politics/live-news/suspected-chinese-balloon-us/index.html
https://twitter.com/clashreport/status/1621370590551482371
Someone will say: Desperate, shoot it down!
Not shooting down is cowardice and dereliction of duty.
This is the trick!
Can't be shot down because don't know what's inside.
Could be viruses, bacteria, parasites.
For the convenience of explanation, I recommend a game for everyone,
Resident Evil < Video Game >
Among them, RE 6 Chris chapter 53:30-55:30 um~
So those who claim that it's okay to shoot down
are too naive or too stupid, or they are simply sent by the enemy camp.
71. What if another balloon?
At first, no one could figure out what it is / was.
What if: Viruses, bacteria, parasites
Also possible: radiation, radioactive material, biological weapon, chemical weapon, biological or chemical weapon altered by heat, nuclear decay material.
As for figuring it out, it depends on political needs to decide when to shoot down. Floating for days is better than talking about threats to the people until the saliva dries up.
If there is another one, observe it, if possible, wait for it to go to the ocean, desert, wasteland, uninhabited land, uninhabited island, uninhabited land, uninhabited island
If it doesn't work, use high-temperature incendiary bombs after shooting with missiles. At the same time, you must also consider: wind direction, air, temperature, and humidity. Afterwards, we need to send people to wear triple-purpose nuclear, biochemical and chemical protective clothing. Check,inspection, observation whether it is Weapons, special virus weapons, chemical weapons.
What to think about now is:
1. Are relevant experts on the contact list?
2. Does the relevant expert have any means of transportation for emergency support?
3. Is the relevant laboratory and testing equipment sufficient? For example: Geiger counter
4. Is the scheduling of equipment and manpower appropriate?
5. If the evil dragon pretends to be someone else, does bad things, and point to others, is it capable of clarifying?
6. Is there enough contact with allies?
72. Detect Method for secret move
Your analyst think the gathering of millions of units can be detected by satellite. But there's plenty of ways to hide such transportation: satellites cannot be guaranteed of detecting the movements of millions unit. That could be hide like labor workforce or home visited guest.
85-90
85. How Movie inspire :
Ender's game (2013) -- Ender
Skyfall 007 (2012) -- Bond + Q
Battleship (2012) -- Alex Hopper
Die Hard 4.0 (2007) -- McClane
ID4 (1996) -- David Levinson
85-2. Movie inspire
Ender's game (2013) computer simulation matter
Skyfall 007 (2012) cyber matter a lot
Battleship (2012) good fight strategic over technology gap
Live Free or Die Hard 4.0 (2007) how feeble the digital system
ID4 (1996) special signal can out win unexpected
2025.01.11 add up
A large area of North part of China seems to have the influences infection disease that's a breathing system disease.
And it's getting worse and worse about how it's basic infected number.
Anyone who had planned traveling the large area should pay your attention to it.
86. News Team
media important. There will be rumor and small news that about locals. Prepare a media group that is abbreviations are as equal as the military act.
86-2. News Team
By the way, you should ask administration to hire more experts about language, religion, cultures background person to make sure you are fast reflection news announcement and balanced and will react to the fake news immediately.
87-1. How to prevent bad guys from kill aircraft carrier
The bad guys that have a trip and make the aircraft carrier driving to someplace specific. Too close to the coast
Next, bad guy had the weapon set and ready weeks ago. It's separated a weapons components so sophisticated.
87-2. How to prevent bad guys from kill aircraft carrier
That if the weapon separated are not capable of attack to carrier, as long as it's into separated components.
However, when it fix up all together.
It's power could damage the carrier
87-3. How to prevent bad guys from kill aircraft carrier
And without a experts explanations, there will be look like it's not harmful.
Nevertheless, once the tools combine together, this weapon have the ability to attack the carrier.
87-4. How to prevent bad guys from kill aircraft carrier
That's something you should have sent agents to prevent. The agents must be feeling quite well when he fit in the local, Otherwise, bad guys maybe acknowledge who he or she really.
87-5. How to prevent bad guys from kill aircraft carrier
And that brave person have to build communication system with the Marines or the Navy.
And maybe somewhere sometime, removed dress and character to look like normal.
88. "See Sea as Seeds of Seeking."
The best way to win is see your opponent before they do.
The great way of outwing is identifying to allies, meanwhile confuse your enemy.
So the electronic system are very crucial.
89. Bad climate such as :
Local trouble about help it or not in the Gym, something like that.
In different nations, different county, different places, it's million dollar question for all.
90. Time Zone
Different Time Zone different.
And the Time Zone difference could count a lot when there is conflict happening different place around the world.
Taiwan, Guam..
Make Sure Time Zone switch
Space, Ground, Pacific, Atlantic
Do a time modify are quite important.
91-100
91. SASA
SASA : Strong Allies and Secure Allies.
SASA : Strong America and Secure America.
SASA : Strong Allies / America and Secure Allies / America.
92. SMF science military fiction
The movie: X-men
Erik Lehnsherr - Magneto
Magneto - Erik
If the Magneto lift up a aircraft carrier such as CVN-72
Is it okay put Magneto himself into F35 and fly him to the other side of the Pacific Ocean
Along with the carrier that he lifted
By saying so does not say it happened.
It's use this practice to fit in the need that during the time of conflict there will be more debates.
93. Navy Size 10 Times
This just said in case, not necessarily.
US Navy should have plan in case in need to enlarge the navy size 10 times because in the multiple alternative universe. It might happen.
How to recruit ?
to train millions ?
to build ships and fleet ?
Can Air force play important role in this process.
94. Weather
Hot or Cold ?
Tropical person never know snow.
Cold zone person hardly get heat wow.
Got to known.
95. Mind
Why we fight? The reason can not hide, and must be apply.
Where each place might see different light.
What kind of effort able to mix them all right,
are things big guy should keep in mind.
96. What
What's happen?
Different language describe differently.
What can we do to adjust those Objective description?
97. Who
A cat can not be a dog. A elephant can not be a fly.
But who to tell : who is who? Be who or not to be who?
Shall decide wisely.
98. Where They will act ? How to respond ?
Is there something special ?
99. When They will act ? How to respond ?
Is there something special ?
100. Wow, to everything needs to be keep interesting.
However, don't get exhaust.
Note 101-200
Note 101-200 Be careful https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/be-careful.html
US and Allies SEA power preparation is excellent. However, prepare of bad guys trick.
Such as:
It's 瞞天過海 Fool someone and to Cross the Sea
It's 圍魏救趙 Besiege W to Rescue Z
It's 借刀殺人 Kill with a Borrowed Sword
It's 移禍江東 And the evil might probably arrange the media in different language to set up for other person to take the blame.
It's 聲東擊西 Diversion.
It's 以逸待勞 Make you exhaust while It rest.
It's 趁火打劫 Taking advantage of others' misfortune
It's 無中生有 Create Something From Nothing
暗渡陳倉 Openly Repair The Walkway, Secretly March to Chencang
隔岸觀火 Observe the Fire on the Opposite Shore
笑裡藏刀 Hide Dagger Behind a Smile
李代桃僵 Sacrifice the Plum Tree In Place of the Peach
順手牽羊 Seize the Opportunity To get a Sheep/goods
打草驚蛇 Beat The Grass To Startle The Snake
借屍還魂 Borrow a Corpse to Raise the Spirit
調虎離山 Lure the Tiger Down the Mountain
欲擒故縱 To Catch Something, First Let It Go
拋磚引玉 Toss a Brick to attract Jade
擒賊擒王 To Catch the group First Capture Their Leader
釜底抽薪 Taken away the Firewood From Under the Pot
混水摸魚 Trouble The Water To Catch The Fish
金蟬脫殼 Shed Your/his/her Skin Like the Golden Cicada
關門捉賊 Shut the Door to Catch the Thief
遠交近攻 Befriend with distant enemy and to attack nearby
假途伐虢 Borrow the Road to Conquer someone
偷樑換柱 Replace The mind With ideas
指桑罵槐 Point At The Mulberry But Curse The Locust Tree
假癡不癲 Feign Madness But Keep Your Balance
上屋抽梯 make Your Enemy Onto the roof, take Away the Ladder after
樹上開花 Tie Silk Blossoms to the Dead Tree
反客為主 Exchange the Role of Guest/Host
美人計 The Beautiful Women
空城計 The Open City Gates
反間計 The hide and double spy
苦肉計 The unusual injuring oneself to get trust
連環計 The Tactic of Combining Tactics
走為上計 If All Else Fails Retreat
Be careful that the evil ship might change their face from civilian to war unit.
It's 瞞天過海 Fool someone and to Cross the Sea
It's 圍魏救趙 Besiege W to Rescue Z
Be careful evil Force mystery unit For surprise attack. Attached to A spot is actually diversion for relieve B spot.
How about Taiwan-US Taiw-Jp Taiwan-Kr
And even another side of it.
It's 借刀殺人 Kill with a Borrowed Sword
Be aware of the fact that evil can fool you as confused the different identity of many different one of Asia people. If prepare less, it end up you will kill the wrong person.
It's 移禍江東 Let other person to take the blame.
And the evil might probably arrange the media in different language to set up for other person to take the blame.
It's 聲東擊西 Diversion.
Be sure to talk about if your enemy trying to play Shadow game by separated your attention.
To tell the difference. To set a test or exam to find the true direction of evil force try to hit. To prevent misjudged.
The evil might set up a trap to make you to go just circling around to exhaust you.
Make sure your information existing not let them exhaust you.
It's 以逸待勞 Make you exhaust while It rest.
Be careful the evil one might setup chaos and take the time while you deal with chaos take the important resources.
It's 趁火打劫 Taking advantage of others' misfortune
Be careful about the E.D.s mass media will change people's mind by something out of nothing. That could turn ally from friend to enemy. Blaming the fault hundreds year ago as well.
It's 無中生有 Create Something From Nothing
How about food shortage in somewhere Asia-and
the evil one say: it's someone else.
the evil one : it's ally-- shift the blame to others
the evil one : it's ally, let kill them-- Kill with a Borrowed Sword
the evil one :it's ally, see the 'media' Create S.thing From Nothing.
Be careful about the bad guys might use mass media. It will change people's mind by something out of nothing.
That could turn ally from friend to enemy.
Blaming the fault hundreds year ago as well.
Note 101-200 Be careful https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/be-careful.html
1. Be careful that the evil ship might change their face from civilian to war unit.
2. Be careful of the evil Force mystery unit For surprise attack. Attached to A spot is actually a diversion to relieve B spot.
3. Be aware of the fact that evil can fool you as it confuses the different identities of many different one of Pacific-Asia people /Dragon/ East-Euro people /Bear/ . If you prepare less, it ends up you will kill the wrong person.
And the evil might probably arrange the media in different languages to set up for another person to take the blame.
4. Be aware of the evil might set up a trap to make you go just circling around to exhaust you. Make sure your information exists, not let them exhaust you.
5. Be careful the evil one might set up chaos and take the time while you deal with chaos and take the important resources.
6. Be sure to talk about it with your friend force. The enemy trying to play Shadow game by separating your attention.
To tell the difference. To set a test or exam to find the true direction of evil force try to hit. To prevent misjudged.
7. Be careful about the mass media change people's mind by something out of nothing. That could turn an ally from friend to enemy. Blaming the fault hundreds years ago as well.
Create Something From Nothing
How about food shortage somewhere in Asia-and
the evil one says: it's someone else.
the evil one : it's ally-- shift the blame to others
the evil one : it's ally, let kill them-- Kill with a Borrowed Sword
the evil one :it's ally, see the 'media' Create Something From Nothing.
What if the the one all know who secretly opened Dam on the upstream of the River and then used the mass media to influence a local community group to make another one take the blame. After that, they gathered the force to fight the war. That is creating something from nothing.
8. hit the market
Be careful, the evil one may try to hit the food market but it hits the gold/something else market in order to transfer your attention.
9. innocent
Be careful of the evil one set up for you to fight any innocent country and watch the war burn in fire.
10. peace-damage
Be careful the evil one may demonstrate any form of peace, meanwhile it carries on but the idea to hurt you, to harm you, to damage you.
11. take the blame
Be careful the evil one decides to damage you. After it loses advantage, it will push out someone and said： this person takes over all the blame. We all have no responsibility. And after a few years, the evil one will rest and recover.
12. watch
Be careful of the evil one already doing it. By watching Euro burning in fire and meanwhile take control over the world by small countries, small regions, small pieces. Price setting, media broadcasting.
13. draw
Be careful, the evil one will draw terrible consequences and scare the brave warrior.
like to threaten to use nuclear war,or the good days will never return.
14. evil spirit
Be careful the evil one might send its spirit to another group of people and make sure they have to be reborn from it.
15. position
Be careful the evil one posted any kind of plan to make the very wonderful warrior leader out of its own position.
16. pretends it doesn't care
Be careful, the evil one pretends it doesn't care. But it's actually very considerate. However if all countries or leaders think they don't care, that's exactly what they want.
17. price
Be careful when the evil one says something about balancing on oil price or comfort the price of the food. It is actually throwing out who can put their power in it and set up another way to kill them.
18. assassinate or scandal
Be careful the evil one will try to get rid of the important leader or minister in any Allies Nations. Which could assassinate or make a scandal or create a terrible.
19. peaceful-war
Be careful of evil. They could use peaceful argument to hide the true fact that they're trying to pick up a war of their size. And they'll keep sending the peaceful message, meanwhile they begin torture and Holocaust. However if you didn't pick up your media very carefully, then the ally will be highly confused.
20.chaos
Be careful of the evil one. Get to the studio and turn the situation very chaos, confused and make it hard to tell who is the good guy and who is the bad guy. And secretly ''taking care'' the freedom warrior.
21. Shed Skin off
Be careful of the evil one. If the war it has picked doesn't come up satisfied. The evil one can get a small group and make it the skin. Getting rid of all the plan and responsibility taken over by that skin.
22. Shut the Door
Be careful the evil one is going to close the Straits to make sure the outer help could not get in. For example, Hormuzd strait, Taiwan strait. As well, the important canal made sure Europeans could or could not communicate.
23. Befriend Distant Attack Nearby
Be careful of the evil one. Make a friend with a country ocean away and beat the group nearby. Beware it's a diplomat.
24. Borrow the Road to Conquer
Be careful of the evil one Whoever had borrowed the money and could not pay back, whoever might give away the road and the harbor. They could take it and invade other countries easily.
25.Replace The Idea
Be careful of the evil one. Replace the concept of racial from peace from history. Like： because part of its ancestors once had suffered, so they can do anything to the neighboring countries.
26. Point A But Curse B
Be careful the evil one makes the fake news used to attack every freedom country and freedom warrior. through mass media misleading readers' imagination. To point out A and secretly lead the imagination to B.
27. Madness
Be careful the evil one acts like a crazy guy meanwhile it's quite calm and tries to pick up its own target.
28. money talks
Be careful the evil one kidnaps the world, most of the country by trading, marketing, mass population, cultural negotiation and money.
29. fk idea
Be careful of the evil one. Just make out something fake idea out of nothing it is different from come out of something from nothing. Because of its manipulate and remake of something just exist.
30. Exchange the Role of Guest/Host
Be careful the evil one To reopen a new race which they are better beneficial. Don't dance with the demon.
31. The Beautiful Women
Be careful of the evil one. A beautiful woman will turn many decisions down.
32. The Open City Gates
Be careful the evil one Pretend like it well prepare in certain field or area like scientist.
33. The many spy
Be careful of the Spy, double spy, triple spy ,culturally reversed spy, by racist spy....
34. The Injuring oneself
Be careful the evil one To build a person who very hurt, very damaged, very suffer, and that person just come and say： I'm going to help. But this person is a spy.
How could he still help the evil? But it is the mind control method that is unimaginable.
35. The Tactic of Combining Tactics
Be careful the evil one All the above starting for tactic was used continually.
36. If All Fails, Retreat and return someday.
Be careful of the evil ones. If they fail, just let everything behind and go away. To secretly hide and wait for someday to return, rebirth.
Note 201-300
for TIPS FOR KNOWING BAD DRAGON
are doing for long while.
Let me give you more tips:
they are doing for long while:
Note 201-300 Be careful https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/be-careful.html
11. Every continent, country, and place uses ethnicity as a rallying cry
12. Human rights as a banner, fight for resources
13. Use discrimination and arrogance to support overseas voices
14. Other people's speeches are always clan discrimination
15. Our ancestors' speeches are eternal golden rules
16. Other people's military has always been militaristic
17. Our own military always protects the weak
18. Other people's politics are always in disarray
19. Our own system is eternal and extraordinary
20. Repeatedly promote to people who want to get close to East Asian culture, for example: Kong Zi Academy, use homophones, if not, it will be deleted, but it has been deleted hundreds of times.
Let me give you more tips: Ch na are doing for long while:
21.Manipulate prices through buying and selling activities.
22. When a small country loses to an evil country in an economic war, its failure is not mainly due to its own insufficient economic strength, but rather its inability to accurately judge the opponent’s intentions.
23. Along the Belt and Road Initiative, huge manpower and labor are often used to determine price by quantity.
24. The steel production volume is huge, and the economic and structural advantages enable unlimited domestic taxes to be levied to suppress prices.
25. After taking advantage of labor and output, they turn around and ask the local government for loans
26. The money they cannot afford will be returned to the local ports, roads and important natural resources that coexist unconditionally.
27. Ports anchored, evil warship fleets
28. Highways deliver resources for colonists
29. Highways transport local natural resources
30. Highways and send opposing locals to concentration camps in the evil country.
Let me give you more tips: OO are doing for long while:
Let go Infectious diseases. 31-40
31. Release of infected food and supplies
32. Media, shirking responsibility and playing dumb
33. Spread the media and encourage everyone to enjoy themselves. If they want to have fun, they will not care about real life.
34. Innocent refugees carry spies
35. Media, shirking responsibility and playing dumb
36. Spread the media and encourage everyone to enjoy themselves. If they want to have fun, they will not care about real life.
37. There are dead spies among the innocent refugees who carry infectious diseases
38. Media, shirking responsibility and playing dumb
39. Spread the media and encourage everyone to enjoy themselves. If they want to enjoy themselves, they will not care about real life.
Foreign evil forces
The first step of the test,
They will then use diseases with long incubation periods and refugees to knock on the door.
Step 2: Release the refugees.
Step 3: Release refugees carrying pathogens.
The second and third steps are used interchangeably. After the incident is exposed, the media will talk about the second step to cover up the third step.
The GT release method is to use a dead spy, give him resettlement money, inject him with viruses and bacteria, and let him blend in with the refugees in a neutral area. For example: among 1,000 Luo Xingya refugees, there are 10 carriers of specific viruses or bacteria, or among 1,000 political escapees from Hong Kong, there are infected people.
They used 1,000 people to cover up 10 people, and then deliberately let the Taiwanese Coast Guard be discovered on the high seas, and then used international humanitarian pressure to suppress them.
There are not so many coincidences in the world, they are all struggles. Think about it, are all volunteers voluntary?
So let’s continue with the answer, why release the cat first?
Because he needs to see first:
Who can see through his tricks
Who can't see through
Who sees through but doesn't say it
Online willingness survey:
Who can volunteer to be an insider
Who can be misled and become an insider
Who can be misled by fragmented information and then become an insider
I hope the relevant institutions can think about the other party's unscrupulous strategy and respond in advance.
How to deal with this kind of tactics:
1. Respect professionalism.
2. Information verification.
3. Take the initiative to understand, for example: customs, simple ecosystem, national agricultural and animal husbandry industry.
4. Each department should have one or two people who have good brains and can come up with wonderful strategies.
Let me give you more tips: OO are doing for long while: 41-50
Grab the gold
41. Opening an account in an overseas tax haven - no regulation.
42. Overseas agents operate - difficult to track.
43. Futures short order
44. Encourage others to grab gold
45. Instruct the economically disadvantaged ethnic groups in the melting pot of nations to pick up the leftover crumbs and pass on the blame
46- 43+44
47. Attack the opponent's currency credit
48. Establish your own monetary credit
49-48 cooperates with 21,23,24,25
The first step is to incite discontent.
Step 2: Others grab the gold.
Step 3: Grab the gold yourself.
The second and third steps are used interchangeably. After the incident is exposed, the media will talk about the second step to cover up the third step.
41,42, claiming to be supervisory, but in fact they are giving tasks to the businesses below
Their hundred tricks:
05. Stealing oil
51. Overseas countries use market opening as an excuse to steal technology
52. Overseas debt restructuring drains resources
53. Delivering weapons to conflict areas through proxies
54. Encouraging others to fight
55. Hit until you are dizzy, and hit the oil pipeline or oil tanker at the same time
56- 51+52
57. Attack the opponent's trade credit
58. Build your own trading network
59.52+55+56
Let me give you more tips: OO are doing for long while: 60-99
06. Charming
61. You are not you
62. People are not people
63. You are you
64. I am you
65. You are me
66. The world is the world
67. Who are you?
68. Who are you.
69. As someone
Their hundred tricks:
07. Soul-stealing
71. Use word
72. instead. Change of wording
73. Double standards
74. Language barrier
75. If the customs are favorable, follow them; if the customs are unfavorable, seal them.
76. Separating the individual from society
77. Separation of society and individuals
78. Praise the harm; spit on the help
79. Hatred is a virtue; love is a shame
Their hundred tricks:
08. Buwu
81. Weapons for passers-by
82. Nuclear weapons
83. Space weapons
84. Computational weapons
85. Ironclad ships and long-range missiles
86. Relying on evil as one's goal; relying on brutality as one's belief
87. Living like religion; living like religion
88. No one can escape
89. Baring teeth
Their hundred moves:
09. Mask
91. Do good deeds as a whole
92. All bad deeds are treated as individual cases
93. If the whole nation commits a crime, it is considered as no crime
94. Others do it occasionally, but it does it every day.
95. If someone makes a mistake by accident, you must pursue it relentlessly, until death, and pass it on to future generations.
96. The system itself is guilty of crimes, and it is always shirking responsibility, making trouble, getting angry and going on endlessly
97. Find a scapegoat for all wrongdoings
98. Any possibility of doing good will definitely change the nature of the event, making it difficult for things to get better.
99. I will never miss any opportunity to do evil, and I will do evil to the end.
100. hide and do, hide and did, hide and doing.
Note 101-200 Be careful https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2022/07/be-careful.html
Note 301-400
Meanwhile, I think the evil dragon of Asia
might send someone to manipulate.
Which strategy to prevent it.
US Japan Taiwan together.
for Engaging Commercial Lessons from
The Romance of three kingdoms
https://whoareyao.blogspot.com/2023/08/x.html
同時，我認為亞洲的惡龍可能會派人來操縱。
採取什麼策略可以預防這種情況？
美國/日本/台灣，合作。
001
There is a high possibility that spies may have infiltrated the Arizona Factory of USA or Kumamoto Factory of Japan , just as Cao Cao deceived his uncle and father.
First pretend to be American to deceive the Taiwanese; then pretend to be Taiwanese to deceive the American . Arizona
First pretend to be Japanese to deceive the Taiwanese; then pretend to be Taiwanese to deceive the Japanese. Kumamoto
To catch it, we must.
很有可能，間諜已經滲透到: 美國 亞利桑那工廠 或 日本 熊本工廠，就像曹操欺騙他的叔叔和父親一樣。
先假裝美國人，欺騙台灣人；然後假裝台灣人去欺騙美國人。亞利桑那
先冒充日本人，欺騙台灣人；然後冒充台灣人去欺騙日本人。熊本
為了抓住它，我們必須這樣做。
002
Kumamoto Plant's chip design, manufacturing, inventory, and warehousing...
It needs to be carefully designed, with time, place, and method...
熊本工廠的晶片設計、製造、庫存、倉儲…
它需要精心設計，包括時間、地點和方法…
003
Taiwan, the United States and Japan are allied, and they are the common enemy of the three parties. We need to ask Japanese banks to provide funds at the appropriate time to help crush it.
台灣與美國、日本三國是同盟關係，更是三方共同的敵人。我們需要要求日本銀行在適當的時候提供資金來幫助粉碎它。
004
Therefore, fire prevention at the Kumamoto factory must be done well, and manpower must be arranged to guard against thieves setting fires and creating chaos.
所以熊本工廠一定要做好防火工作，安排人手嚴防盜賊縱火製造混亂。
005
If you are being targeted by a bad guy, quickly leave an attention-grabbing shadow, then run away and call the police!
如果您被壞人盯上了，請迅速留下引人注目的影子，然後逃跑並報警！
006
Human resource quality, select brave and suitable talents, talents with both wisdom and courage, and stick to the site.
人力資源品質，選拔勇於擔當的人才，智慧與膽識並重的人才，堅守崗位。
007
careful! Does the unsolicited email encourage or suggest you to do something?
小心！未經請求的電子郵件是否鼓勵或建議您做某事？
008
Who should be friends with whom? Who should be competitors with whom?
誰該和誰做朋友？誰該和誰成為競爭對手？
009
A temporary truce is reasonable, but the key is the name of the truce. It should be a matter of course.
暫時停戰是合理的，但關鍵是停戰的名稱。這應該是理所當然的事。
010
Important figures must be protected, otherwise the entire army will fall into chaos.
重要人物必須受到保護，否則整個軍隊就會陷入混亂。
011
Mind the Beauty Lady might confuse the high tech workers or billionaires.
Send them a common sense note.
請注意，美麗女士可能會讓高科技工作者或億萬富翁感到困惑。
向他們發送常識說明。
012
if you are in the position of surrounding the enemy it could be commercial good services information communication digital data or cyber.
when you surround your army when you surrounded your opponent. Make sure that you're surround a seal and perceive which they have no way to break through.
when you are in the position of inside, make sure you act like suspicious and your enemy cannot tell the truth. After you repeat the same pattern of act for dates , few times your opponent will into decision making difficulties, and decision sink.
it's normal it's nature and it's a way of escaping. No matter this is a chips commercial trait or international trade.
如果你處於包圍敵人的位置，它可能是商業商品服務資訊通訊數位資料或網路。
當你包圍你的軍隊時當你包圍你的對手。確保你周圍有一個封印，並且知道他們無法突破它。
當你處於內部位置時，一定要表現得可疑-故布疑陣，你的敵人無法說出真相，在你重複幾次相同的模式後，你的對手就會無法判斷，陷入決策沉沒。
這是很正常的，這是自然的，這是一種逃離的方式，不管這是一個晶片商業特質，或是國際貿易。
013
When you are in the middle of commercial competition. If two nations are altogether it will become more powerful. Only When you get up on hands enlarge that can take place.
當你處於商業競爭之中時。如果兩個國家聯合起來，就會更強大。只有當你站起來用手放大時才會發生。
014
if you are important CEO of the company traveling aboard please be very careful that maybe the assassin or the hitman will try to set up a trip to hunt such as the movie had demonstrated so that he had he himself have to be maybe train the basic skill that could be get out of the trouble.
如果您是出國旅行的公司重要首席執行官，請務必小心，也許刺客或殺手會試圖安排一次狩獵之旅，就像電影中所展示的那樣，這樣他自己就必須訓練擺脫困境的基本技能。
015
Whoever comes from the evil dragon and carry out certain information says I'm on your side please be very careful and do multiple double check as the process going because anyone who say I'm your side surrender from the other side sometimes it could be real and sometimes it could be false.
無論是誰來自惡龍並帶著某些信息說我站在你這邊，請務必小心，並在過程中多次仔細檢查，因為任何說我是你這邊的人都會從另一邊投降，有時可能是真的，有時可能是假的。
016
be careful about the flag that your opponent has set up the flag could be a trap.
小心對手所立的旗幟，該旗幟可能是個陷阱。
017
some retreat is true retreat some retreat is force retreat actually it's a trap.
use the best of wisdom to distinguish their differences.
有些撤退是真撤退，有些撤退是強制撤退，其實是陷阱。
用最好的智慧來區分他們的不同。
018
Sometimes your opponent will out wing you.
And that makes you crutch into a small position.
Meanwhile, you can pretend to be very weak and, it seems to be a good opportunity to illuminate you. It's a pretending, and try to attract your opponent to give you the final strike and by doing so, your opponent actually reveal it weakness and strike point. try to hit it very hard when the time is right.
有時你的對手會比你更有優勢。
這會使你處於一個很小的地位。
同時，你可以假裝自己很軟弱，這似乎是個啟發你的好機會。這是一種假裝，試圖吸引你的對手給你最後一擊，透過這樣做，你的對手實際上暴露了它的弱點和打擊點。時機成熟時，盡力用力打擊。
019
secret letter come from the evil conspiracy highly intelligent person will come to attract you to hit someone who you are originally doesn't have to hit.
make sure you know that letter is a psychological trap.
密信來自邪惡的陰謀，高智商的人會來引誘你去打一個你原本不必打的人。
確保你知道那封信是一個心理陷阱。
020
the boss without moral principle. when that boss meet a dilemma it well make his or her employee to meet the fate of Doom and take all the blame along with the head off.
if you are the employees, tell the trick and get away.
but of course if you are on the other side of the campaign try to make sure the rest of the world know the truth.
Don't know how I'm saying?
Commercial spy, business spy, intelligent property stolen, many many of those information are actually unknown to the public majority.
Maybe thousands of people knowing that. But those things supposed to be knowing by millions and even hundreds of million people.
Nearly 3 century ago:
Thomas Paine
Common sense
Make sure the pop culture has bring something like that as the common sense book with writing 300 years ago.
The United States of America people supposed to know those and as well as the free World supposed to know more of those.
沒有道德原則的老闆。當老闆遇到困境時，他可能會讓員工面臨厄運，並承擔所有責任。
如果你是員工，那就告發他們，然後離開。
但當然，如果你站在競選活動的另一方，請努力確保世界其他地方了解真相。
我不知道我怎麼說？
商業間諜、業務間諜、智慧財產權被竊取，其中許多很多的資訊實際上是大多數公眾所不知道的。
可能有成千上萬的人知道這一點。但這些事情應該是數百萬甚至數億人都知道的。
近3個世紀前：
托馬斯·潘恩
常識
確保流行文化帶來類似 300 年前有文字的常識書籍之類的東西。
美國人民應該知道這些，自由世界也應該多了解這些。
021
diversions enemy attention will try to act like it hissed hitting the East. Actually is hitting the west. Or even more, it will act like it will hit the west and Actully it will hit the east. For the deepest the stick, the information will come from many sources and whether it hit East or West or south or north? It's depend on your wisdom of judgment.
021
轉移敵人注意力就會試圖像它嘶嘶地襲擊東方一樣。實際上是在襲擊西方。 或者更糟的是，它表現得像要攻擊西方，但實際上卻要攻擊東方。 對於最深的棍子來說，資訊將來自多個來源，無論它傳到東方、西方、南方還是北方？這取決於你的判斷智慧。
022
Where do your appointment hit East or hit the west south or north Actually in your position of you have to be adapted environment you have to be improvised.
022
您的約會地點是東邊、西邊、南邊還是北邊？實際上，在您的職位上，您必須適應環境，您必須隨機應變。
023
when you want to announce something no no and something yes yes you have to set up a situation to demonstrate to the majority your audience your public.
and sometimes things go a little bit wrong try to do a little bit of adjustment to give a explanation to the majority of the audience and be very specific that you have hired a very good advice who can be improvised for the situation like court.
023
當你想宣布某件事「不」或「是」時，你必須設定一個場景來向大多數聽眾、你的公眾展示。
有時事情會出一點差錯，嘗試做一點調整，向大多數觀眾做出解釋，並非常具體地說明你已經聘請了一位非常好的建議者，他可以針對法庭等情況做出即興的調整。
024
get to know how your opponent arrange it fighting sequence and we deal with that sequence.
024
了解你的對手如何安排戰鬥序列，然後我們來處理該序列。
025
a very good fighting journals will beat up the enemies and when it happens let your troop to hit advanced no stop no holding back.
025
一本非常好的戰鬥日誌將會擊敗敵人，當它發生時讓你的部隊毫無保留地前進。
026
try to be communication with the inside person the inside person could help you to beat your enemy from the inside. And be very very very careful that make sure your opponent's secret agent inside you never had a chance to overturn the situation.
026
嘗試與內部人員溝通，內部人員可以幫助您從內部擊敗敵人。並且要非常非常小心，確保對手在你體內的秘密特工永遠沒有機會扭轉局勢。
027
You're make good decisions try if the enemy just reach to the new environment. Hit them when the time is right.
027
如果敵人剛到達新環境，您就可以做出正確的決定。 在適當的時候打擊他們。
028
What kind of personality is the best for you to capture what kind of personality is best for you to eliminate it.
028
什麼樣的性格最適合你去捕捉，什麼樣的性格最適合你去消滅。
029
When you're still your thirsty, yet you have no water. You can say to them that day -- there are plum near by. It will be prompted when they heard this news, they were having water in their mouth. It can solve the situation.
and this idea can apply to many many aspects like the soldier the troops of civilian their psychologically they need something if you don't have them for weeks give them a visionary tracing when they have visionary tracings they can temporarily lack of what they want and be willingly to wait patiently.
029
當你仍然口渴，卻沒有水的時候。那天你可以對他們說──附近有梅花。這會提示他們聽到這個消息的時候，口水都流出來了。它可以解決這個問題。
這個想法可以應用在很多方面，例如士兵、部隊和平民，他們在心理上需要一些東西，如果你幾個星期都沒有得到他們，就給他們一個有遠見的追踪，當他們有遠見的追踪時，他們會暫時缺少他們想要的東西，並願意耐心等待。
030
the bad guy will kick you out behind try not to be team up with bad traders.
030
壞人會把你踢出去，盡量不要跟壞商人合作。
031
to measurement what is a big deal and what is the small deal. Don't sacrifice for one a million.
032
when you have multiple alliance there is a sometimes interest conflict we make sure that you convince the majority you're acting correction.
033
be careful for your attacking attacking directions and make sure that you missed it your opponent.
034
measurement the resources can stand how long and make sure our site don't come true or the others I will come traitors
035
name the righteous.
036
make sure the alliance have the same values and in all the perspective can name the righteous did.
037
if the two tigers of your opponent have the potential to eat each other make sure you give them time in room to eat each other's don't push them too hot otherwise the two tiger will cooperate together it's a met for speech.
038
attacked the resource center commander center.
039
good general show hit the enemy's commander center
040
set up ambush or a kill box.
041
when you attack your opponent if they have a different mind directions inside sometimes you push sometimes you lose give them room to activate overall it's good for your side.
042
local religious sometimes will misleading overall ideas make sure summer have good speech and good moral principal to overcome the obstacles.
043
some specific article came out, please make sure that probably is a fake one
044
the evil opponent will force all kinds of people to writing letters make sure you have your value we all have our own value that we won't write late in convince.
045
when you asking a device but sometimes the advisor of heard of being into a trip you will set up a scenario to make he or she feel safe to give the advice.
046
good journal with a good skills.
good general with a good skills.
047
count the weakness of your opponent can comfort your terrifying about how difficult to beat the opponent.
048
make the final decision and demonstrations.
make it so hard that no one can doubt your determination.
049
the enemy will send spy or special agents or second time spy act like the best actor act like Tom cruise that fool the agent or double agent.
050
sometimes you will get the resources from your opponent only if you use the weather right.
061
use multiple strategy to make sure that you play your opponent.
062
sometimes the trap or the kill bus can set and undo set and undo sit and undo many times.
063
try to find out the player behind your opponent's back make sure you give good benefit for them that's they want to play something behind your opponents back.
however meanwhile it will not hurt your own benefit.
064
sometimes in an emergency try to give a money or fortune to the stranger to make sure the situation become chaos and you can get away with it. get out of the trouble.
065
essential resources could lead to the link of your opponent.
066
dress in disguise to escape.
067
two sides of directions
trust whoever with the same value but be careful your opponent will try to departure that.
later or messengers could be designed us to misleading be very very careful about that.
someone tried to catch it but release a little bit it could be a trap.
maybe the major ideal leading persons see things differently be careful all the time.
and if the opponents can have someone like this make sure we do have the secret communications.
068
in your opponent's camp there must be some wise men with a high table that probably have a different source so you should get them secretly on your side.
in your camp there probably have someone with a high table and intelligence maybe they will stop in their life long challenge and they need psychological help otherwise they will take turns they were turned their size eventually.
069
martial arts dance as it must.
070
use the multiple letters to alliance those who worth of alliance. use the multiple letters to let the group of opponent to suspicious each other.
071
make sure the multiple strategy was being read disciple and consider thoughtfully.
072
weak your opponent's mind, stronger your mind.
073
make your opponent so proud that they forgot their own temple.
074
noise making to make your opponents cannot sleep
075
study your opponents characteristics can make the best strategy to defeat your opponent.
076
sometimes you make a empathy trap or ambush is to fool your enemy.
and the other time you make a fully prepared castles but make sure your opponent think that is a empty one and drive themselves into your ambush.
077
your opponent will disguise their military units us business persons be very careful about that.
078
quest set up the camp is a critical question because if we said about campground police the enemy will easily defeat us.
house price shall avoided the fire attack the water attack the earth attack or bet precision or wind disadvantage.
079
some situation you should send the one star fighter
some situation you should send the two star fighter
and situation you just send the three star fighter
some situation you should send a five-star fighter
in different situations you send different kinds of fighter over there.
but it's a very a million dollar question because you cannot send a 10-star fighter for a small places or you should not stand a one-star fighter to a very critical places.
080
some special places have a special environmental condition be regular be ready careful about that.
some places have a water with a poison.
081
disguise yourself when you want to celebrate embrace make sure your opponents find it easily to capture you but it's actually in disguise it's not true.
082
when you overtake some places, how to manage is a critical question. sometimes it's rely on the person's, sometimes it's rely on the trust, sometimes it really on the contract, sometimes it's rely on the culture, sometimes it just rely on nothing.
that's all about million dollar questions.
083
make your plan right after your opponent, appointment right after that is good idea because it come for your opponents my doctor think it's everything okay. go with the same direction except set the final movement.
084
sometimes this guy is someone else's.
085
play some music to let the opponent know something they are miss a calculator.
086
design your opponent's retrieve for the critical reason that they have long forgotten and we help them to remind that make them make the final decision to retreat.
we make them consider it's a bad idea to move so they will throw back.
087
make some certain statement in the time is right.
088
someone is sneaky so don't give the big job to them.
someone is tricky song don't give them the very critical mission.
089
with a two goat in one time.
make the best intelligence in our art movement that your opponent cannot aware of your attention at the very first.
090
when you retreat act like you're not.
when you at advanced act like you retreat.
091
make surprise attack that no one ever predict.
092
read your enemies history they probably love to do surprise attack.
093
sometimes something wrong with a very tiny little trace make sure you observation those trees and cure them.
094
giving the advice in a wise way that you won't fall into the travel and you can give the advice to whoever you want to give the advice to.
095
attacking A spot is actually to relieve B Spot.
096
make sure you are a divisor give you the best advice about how to relive the critical situation.
097
attack where you are opponent must saved and when they take turns their weakness but will reveal itself.
098
temper temper control
emotional control
let go of someone and make sure it's not end up in my hands.
099
make more and more and more cooking site
make less and less and less cooking sites
more or less is depends on you want to deceive your opponent in which direction.
100
got to go when things go messy.
031
衡量什麼是大事，什麼是小事。不要為了百萬分之一而做出犧牲。
032
當你有多個聯盟時，有時會有利益衝突，我們確保你讓大多數人相信你的行為是正確的。
033
注意你的進攻方向，確保你沒有錯過對手。
034
測量資源可以承受多長時間，並確保我們的網站不會實現，否則其他人就會成為叛徒
035
說出正義之人的名字。
036
確保聯盟具有相同的價值觀，並且從各個角度來說都可以說出正義之舉。
037
如果對手的兩隻老虎有互相吃掉的潛力，請確保給他們時間互相吃掉，不要把他們逼得太緊，否則兩隻老虎會一起合作，這是一場演講。
038
攻擊:資源中心、指揮官中心。
039
好將軍:擊中敵人指揮官中心
040
設置埋伏或殺戮箱。
041
當你攻擊你的對手時，如果他們內心有不同的思維方向，有時你會推進，有時你會失敗，給他們活動的空間，總的來說這對你的一方有好處。
042
地方宗教有時會誤導整體觀念，確保夏季有良好的言論和良好的道德原則來克服障礙。
043
出現了一些特定的文章，請確認它可能是假的
044
邪惡的對手會強迫各種各樣的人寫信，確保你有你的價值，我們都有自己的價值，我們不會遲到說服。
045
當您詢問設備時，但有時顧問聽說要去旅行，您會設定一個場景，讓他或她感到安全地給予建議。
046
優秀的期刊，優秀的技能。
一名技藝高超的優秀將軍。
047
計算對手的弱點可以減輕你對擊敗對手有多困難的恐懼。
048
做出最終決定和示威。
讓事情變得如此困難，以至於沒有人能夠懷疑你的決心。
049
敵人會派出間諜或特務，或派出第二次間諜，像湯姆克魯斯一樣扮演最佳演員，愚弄特工或雙重間諜。
050
有時你只有正確利用天氣才能從對手那裡獲得資源。
061
使用多種策略來確保你能夠與對手競爭。
062
有時陷阱或殺戮總線可以設置和撤消設置和撤消坐下和撤消多次。
063
試著找出對手背後的玩家，確保你為他們帶來好處，也就是他們想在對手背後玩一些東西。
但同時又不會損害你自己的利益。
064
有時在緊急情況下，請嘗試向陌生人提供金錢或財富，以確保情況變得混亂，並且您可以逃脫懲罰。擺脫困境。
065
必要的資源可能會導致你的對手的連結。
066
喬裝逃跑。
067
方向的兩側
相信任何具有相同價值觀的人，但要小心你的對手會試圖背離這一點。
稍後或信使可能會誤導我們，因此要非常小心。
有人試圖抓住它，但稍微放開一點，可能會成為一個陷阱。
也許主要的理想領導者會對事物有不同的看法，所以要時時小心謹慎。
如果對手有這樣的人，請確保我們確實有秘密通信。
068
在你的對手陣營中一定有一些智者，他們可能有不同的消息來源，所以你應該秘密地讓他們站在你這邊。
在你的陣營中，可能存在一些擁有高位和智慧的人，也許他們會停止他們一生的挑戰，他們需要心理幫助，否則他們最終會輪流改變他們的體型。
069
武術舞蹈當然要如此。
070
使用多個字母來聯盟那些值得聯盟的人。使用多個字母讓對手組互相懷疑。
071
確保多種策略被門徒閱讀並深思熟慮。
072
削弱對手的意志，增強自己的意志。
073
讓你的對手驕傲起來，以至於忘記了自己的寺廟。
074
製造噪音讓對手無法入睡
075
研究對手的特質可以製定最佳策略來擊敗對手。
076
有時你設下同情陷阱或伏擊是為了愚弄你的敵人。
另一次，你建造了一座準備充分的城堡，但要確保你的對手認為那是一座空城堡，並陷入你的埋伏之中。
077
你的對手會偽裝他們的軍事單位，我們商人對此要非常小心。
078
建立營地的任務是一個關鍵問題，因為如果我們談論營地警察，敵人就會輕易擊敗我們。
應避免火攻、水攻、土攻或下注精準或風攻不利。
079
某些情況下你應該派出一星戰鬥機
某些情況下你應該派出兩星戰鬥機
而你只派三星戰鬥機
在某些情況下你應該派出一架五星戰鬥機
在不同情況下，你會派遣不同類型的戰鬥機到那裡。
但這是一個價值百萬美元的問題，因為你不能派遣一架十星戰鬥機去一個小地方，你也不應該派遣一架一星戰鬥機去非常關鍵的地方。
080
一些特殊的地方有特殊的環境條件，要經常做好準備，小心謹慎。
有些地方的水有毒。
081
當你想要慶祝擁抱時偽裝自己，確保你的對手很容易找到並抓住你，但這實際上是偽裝，事實並非如此。
082
當你超越一些地方的時候，如何管理是一個關鍵問題。有時它依賴人，有時它依賴信任，有時它真的依賴合同，有時它依賴文化，有時它什麼都不依賴。
083
在你的對手之後立即制定你的計劃，之後立即預約是個好主意，因為它會為你的對手而來，我的醫生認為一切都沒問題。除了設定最終動作外，其他方向均相同。
084
有時候這個傢伙是別人的。
085
播放一些音樂讓對手知道他們缺少計算器。
086
設計對手的撤退的關鍵原因，他們早已忘記了，我們幫助他們提醒，讓他們做出撤退的最終決定。我們讓他們認為搬家是個壞主意，所以他們就會反擊。
087
在適當的時候做出某些聲明。
088
有些人很狡猾，所以不要把大工作交給他們。
有人很狡猾，不要給他們非常關鍵的任務。
089
一次捉兩隻山羊。
在我們的藝術運動中發揮最佳智慧，讓你的對手無法在第一時間意識到你的注意力。
090
當你撤退時，就假裝你不存在。
當你處於領先地位時，表現得像在後退。
091
發動無人預料的突襲。
092
閱讀敵人的歷史，他們可能喜歡進行突襲。
093
有時，只要有一點點痕跡，就會出現問題，一定要觀察這些樹並處理。
094
以明智的方式給予建議，這樣你就不會陷入旅行，而且你可以把建議提供給任何你想給的人。
095
攻擊A點其實是為了解救B點。
096
確保你是一個除數，為你提供關於如何重溫危急情況的最佳建議。
097
攻擊對手必須拯救的地方，當他們輪流時他們的弱點就會顯露出來。
098
脾氣控制
情緒控制
放開某人並確保它不會落入我的手中。
099
製作越來越多的烹飪網站
烹飪網站越來越少
或多或少取決於你想在哪個方向欺騙你的對手。
100
當事情變得混亂時就必須離開。
Eastern Han Dynasty
there were ten eunuchs in the imperial court who bought and sold official positions, causing chaos in the governance of officials throughout the country, and making life difficult for the people. Therefore, among the people, there were people from the Taiping Dao 太平道 who rebelled, wrapped their heads or necks with yellow cloth, and became the Yellow Turban Army. The leader is: Zhang Jue / Chang Jue 張角. In the Han Dynasty, there were the Ten Eunuchs inside and the Yellow Turban Rebellion outside. The court and the people of the Eastern Han Dynasty fell into extreme chaos.
Dong Zhuo 董卓 took the opportunity to march into Luoyang City 洛陽城 , occupy the imperial court, and depose and replace with a new emperor - deposing the old emperor and replacing him with a new puppet emperor. The 18 warlords (hard to tell who is the good guy and who is the bad one) could not stand it any longer, so they led their troops to occupy Hulao Pass / Gates 虎牢關 and approached Luoyang City. Dong Zhuo was forced to retreat to Chang An City 長安城 by 18 warlords. From then on, the Eastern Han Dynasty existed in name only and fell into warlord separatism.
After a long period of chaos and mutual attacks: Cao Cao established Wei in the north; Liu Bei established Shu Han in the southwest; Sun Quan established Wu in the southeast.
001
When Cao Cao was young, he liked hunting, singing and dancing. He was resourceful and adaptable to events in life. Cao Cao's uncle was very angry when he saw that Cao Cao was always wandering around and not doing his job. So tell Cao Song. When Cao Song found out, he scolded Cao Cao. Cao Cao didn't want to be scolded, so he suddenly came up with an idea: when he saw his uncle coming from a distance, he pretended to faint on the ground and acted like he had a stroke. The uncle was frightened and told Cao Song that Cao Cao had fainted. Cao Song checked urgently and found that Cao Cao was fine. From then on, father Cao Song only trusted Cao Cao and not his uncle.
1. Why was Cao Cao’s uncle not trusted? (5 points)
2. Why was Cao Song kept in the dark? (5 points)
3. Why is there confusion between Cao Cao’s uncle and Cao Song? (5 points)
4. Why couldn’t Cao Song see through this scam? (5 points)
5. If you encounter Cao Cao in the workplace, and you are similar to Cao Cao’s uncle, what would you do? (20 points)
6. If you meet Cao Cao in the workplace, and you have a similar status to Cao Song, what would you do? (20 points)
7. If you encounter Cao Cao in the workplace, and you are a family elder, what will you do? (20 points)
8. If you encounter Cao Cao in the workplace, and you are in a similar position to your neighbor, what will you do? (20 points)
002
When the numerous Yellow Turban troops saw their commander Cheng Yuanzhi being beheaded, they all turned their long weapons (spears) around and fled. Liu Bei commanded his army to pursue them, and saw countless people surrendering, and he returned with a great victory. Liu Yan personally welcomed them and gave rewards and comfort to the soldiers.
A day later, Liu Yan received a military letter from Gong Jing, the governor of Qingzhou, which said: "The Yellow Turban army has besieged my city, and my city is about to be captured. Please come to the rescue." Liu Yan discussed with Liu Bei. Liu Bei said, "I am willing to go and rescue him." Liu Yan ordered Zou Jing to lead 5,000 soldiers to join Liu Bei, Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to rescue Qingzhou. When the Yellow Turban army saw the reinforcements coming, they split up and engaged in a melee. Liu Bei had few soldiers so he did not win the battle, so he retreated thirty miles and set up camp.
Liu Bei said to Guan Yu and Zhang Fei: "The enemy has many people, and I have few. We must surprise the enemy and take them by surprise, only then will we have a chance to win." So he gave 1,000 soldiers to Guan Yu, Guan Yunchang, and Guan Gong. 1,000 soldiers were ambushed on the left side of the mountain, and 1,000 soldiers were assigned to Zhang Fei and Zhang Yide, who were ambushed on the right side of the mountain. They agreed that blowing metal instruments would be the order, and they should come out together to support each other.
Another day passed, and Liu Bei and Zou Jing led their troops to beat drums, shout loudly, make noise, and advance to fight. The Yellow Turbans responded to the challenge and Liu Bei led his troops in a retreat. The Yellow Turban army took advantage of this and chased after them. Just as they crossed the mountain, Liu Bei's army started playing metal instruments, and the ambushing troops on both sides came out together. Liu Bei led his army to turn around and rejoin the battle. The three-pronged attack led to the collapse of the Yellow Turban Army. They chased them directly to the city of Qingzhou, and the prefect Gong Jing also led the militia out of the city to help in the battle. The Yellow Turban army was badly defeated and many were killed, and the siege of Qingzhou was thus resolved.
003
At that time, Zhang Jue had 150,000 men and Lu Zhi had 50,000 soldiers, who confronted each other in Guangzong (a place name), with no clear winner. Lu Zhi explained to Liu Bei: “Today I am besieging the Yellow Turban bandits here. The Yellow Turban bandits’ brothers, Zhang Liang and Zhang Bao, are stationed in Yingchuan (a place name), facing Huangfu Song and Zhu Jun. You can lead I will send another 1,000 official troops to help you. Go to Yingchuan (place name) to gather information and arrange a date to encircle and capture the Yellow Turban bandits. “Liu Bei received the order and led the army to march at night. There were only stars in the sky. At night, we set off for Yingchuan. At that time: Huangfu Song and Zhu Jun, two generals, led the army to resist the offensive of the Yellow Turban bandits. The Yellow Turban bandits did not fight well, so they retreated to: Changsha (place name), relying on the grass on the ground to make tents and set up camp. Huangfu Song and Zhu Jun, two generals, planned: “The Yellow Turbans rely on grass on the ground to make tents and set up camps, so we must use fire to attack them.” So they ordered the soldiers in the army to tie a bunch of grass on each person and secretly set fire to the grass. Ambush. That night a strong wind suddenly blew. After the second watch, they set fire together. The two generals, Huangfu Song and Zhu Jun, each led their soldiers to attack the Yellow Turban bandits’ camp. The flames spread to the sky and the Yellow Turban bandits were panicked. There was no time to saddle their horses and put on their armor/leather armor. Running around. The fighting continued until dawn, when Zhang Liang and Zhang Bao led the defeated soldiers and escaped. But Liu Bei, leading Guan Yu and Zhang Fei, heard the shouting and saw the flames illuminating the sky. When they hurriedly led their soldiers to the scene, the Yellow Turban bandits had already been defeated.
004
Hua Xiong (Dong Zhuo's subordinate) followed this advice and ordered his soldiers to have a full meal and leave the pass at night. That night the moon was white and the wind was clear. When Hua Xiong's army arrived at Sun Jian's camp, it was already midnight. They beat the war drums and marched straight in. Sun Jian hurriedly put on his armor and mounted his horse, just in time to meet Hua Xiong. The two horses galloped and intertwined with each other. The two fierce generals fought for no more than a few rounds. Li Sujun (Dong Zhuo's subordinates) arrived from behind and ordered the soldiers to set fire. Sun Jian's troops fled in disorder. All the generals fought in a chaotic manner, only Zu Mao followed Sun Jian and broke through. Hua Xiong was chasing after him. Sun Jian took the arrows and shot two arrows in succession, but Hua Xiong dodged them both. When he shot the third arrow, he used too much force and broke the magpie-painted bow. He had no choice but to abandon the bow and ride away on his horse.
005
At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Dong Zhuo deposed and killed the Shao Emperor, and then established Emperor Xian, who ruled the country with a dictatorship. This aroused the indignation of court officials and local Warlords. The Warlords from all over the country may also want to take the opportunity to divide the spoils and rule the world. To take advantage of someone's misfortune. As a result, Warlords from all over the country rose up in rebellion against Dong Zhuo.
The various forces took Yuan Shao as their leader, and Changsha Governor Sun Jian was appointed as the vanguard of the coalition forces against Dong Zhuo. Yuan Shao's cousin Yuan Shu, jealous of Sun Jian's bravery and fighting skills, deliberately withheld food and fodder from Sun Jian. This caused Sun Jian's army to fall into chaos due to lack of food.
After Hua Xiong, a general under Dong Zhuo, learned about this, Li Su planned for Hua Xiong and attacked Sun Jian's camp at night, resulting in Sun Jian's defeat. Sun Jian and his general Zu Mao broke through the encirclement and escaped, with Hua Xiong chasing them closely. Sun Jian thought quickly and hung his robe and armor on a tree. Hua Xiong's pursuers saw Sun Jian's robe and armor from afar, but because they were afraid of Sun Jian's bravery, they did not dare to approach him and could only shoot arrows at him from a distance. Later, when there was no movement, they looked closer and realized that they had fallen into a trap. Sun Jian had already escaped.
Hua Xiong's deputy general Hu Zhen led 5,000 troops out of the pass to fight. Cheng Pu rode his horse and thrust his spear straight at Hu Zhen. After a few rounds of fighting, Cheng Pu stabbed Hu Zhen in the throat and he died under his horse. Sun Jian led his troops straight to the front of the pass, and arrows and stones rained down from the pass. Sun Jian led his troops back to Liangdong and stationed there. He sent someone to report the victory to Yuan Shao and then went to Yuan Shu to urge for food. Someone said to Shu, "Sun Jian is a fierce tiger from Jiangdong. If we capture Luoyang and kill Dong Zhuo, it will be like getting rid of a wolf and gaining a tiger. If we don't send him food now, his army will surely disperse." Shu listened to them and did not send any food or fodder. Sun Jian's army was short of food and there was chaos among the soldiers. Spies reported the situation to the border. Li Su made a plan for Hua Xiong: "Tonight I will lead an army down the pass through a small road and attack Sun Jian's camp from behind. Then you can attack the front camp and capture Sun Jian."
Xiong followed his advice and ordered the soldiers to have a full meal and then go down the pass at night. It was a moonlit night with a clear breeze. It was already midnight when they reached the stronghold, and they marched forward with great fanfare. Jian hurriedly put on his armor and mounted his horse, just in time to meet Hua Xiong. The two horses met and fought for a few rounds. Then Li Su's army arrived from behind and ordered the soldiers to set fire. The Jian army fled in disorder. All the generals fought in a chaotic manner, and only Zu Mao followed Sun Jian and broke through the encirclement. Hua Xiong was chasing after him. Jian took the arrow and shot two arrows in succession, but Hua Xiong dodged them both. When he shot the third arrow, he used too much force and broke the magpie-painted bow. He had no choice but to abandon the bow and ride away on his horse. Zu Mao said, "The red cap on your lordship's head is eye-catching and can be recognized by the enemy. You can take it off and let me wear it." Jian took off his cap and exchanged it for Mao's helmet, and then they went in two different directions. Hua Xiong's army only chased after the man in red caps, so Jian managed to escape through a small road. When Zu Mao was being chased by Hua Xiong, he hung his red cap on a pillar in the courtyard of a house that was still burning, and hid in the woods.
Hua Xiong's army saw the red caps in the distant moonlight below, and surrounded the enemy on all sides, not daring to approach. He shot it with an arrow and realized it was a trap, so he stepped forward and took the red cap. Zu Mao rushed out from behind the woods, brandishing his two swords and trying to chop Hua Xiong; Hua Xiong gave a loud shout and knocked Zu Mao off his horse with one blow. The fighting continued until dawn, when Xiong Fang led his troops to the pass. Cheng Pu, Huang Gai, and Han Dang all came to find Sun Jian, and then gathered their troops and set up camp.
006
Yuan Shu wrote a letter to encourage Sun Jian to attack Liu Biao. When Yuan Shu was in Nanyang, he heard that Yuan Shao had acquired a new territory - Jizhou, and he felt both envious and jealous! He wanted to share the benefits, so he sent an envoy to ask for a thousand horses. Yuan Shao refused to give it, and Yuan Shu became angry. Since then, the brothers have been at odds. Yuan Shu sent another envoy to Jingzhou to ask Liu Biao to borrow 200,000 tons of grain, but Liu Biao refused to give it to him. Yuan Shu hated this situation, so he secretly sent someone to send a letter to Sun Jian, encouraging Sun Jian to attack Liu Biao. Yuan Shu's killing with a borrowed knife.
But Yuan Shu was in Nanyang. When he heard that Yuan Shao had just acquired Jizhou, he sent an envoy to ask for a thousand horses. Shao refused, and Shu became angry. Since then, the brothers have been at odds. He also sent an envoy to Jingzhou to ask Liu Biao to borrow 200,000 tons of grain, but Liu Biao also refused. Shu hated him, so he secretly sent someone to leave a letter to Sun Jian, asking him to attack Liu Biao. The book briefly said: Liu Biao blocked the road earlier, which was the plan of my brother Benchu. Now Benchu is secretly discussing with his cousin about attacking Jiangdong. You may quickly raise an army to attack Liu Biao. I will capture Benchu for you, and the two enemies can be avenged. You take Jingzhou and I will take Jizhou. Don't make any mistakes!
Jian received the letter which said, "How can I tolerate Liu Biao! He blocked my way home in the past. If I don't take this opportunity to avenge myself now, when will I?" He gathered Cheng Pu, Huang Gai, Han Dang and others under his tent to discuss the matter. Cheng Pu said, "Yuan Shu is full of deceit and cannot be trusted." Jian said, "I want to avenge myself, why should I expect Yuan Shu's help?" He sent Huang Gai to the riverside first to arrange warships and load them with weapons and food. The large ships were loaded with war horses and the army was ready to march soon. The spies in the river found out and reported to Liu Biao. Biao was greatly alarmed, and hastily gathered civil and military officers to discuss the matter. Kuai Liang said, "Don't worry. You can order Huang Zu to lead the troops of Jiangxia as the vanguard, and the lord can lead the troops of Jingxiang as the reinforcements. How can we use military force when Sun Jian crosses the river and wades through the lake?" Kuai Liang agreed and ordered Huang Zu to prepare. Then he raised an army.
007
When Zhang Hu was startled to see Chen Sheng fall to the ground. He was caught off guard and Han Dang cut off half of his head with a knife. Cheng Pu rode his horse straight to the front of the battle formation to capture Huang Zu. Huang Zu abandoned his helmet and horse and fled for his life among the infantry. Sun Jian attacked the defeated army all the way to the Han River, and ordered Huang Gai to anchor the ships in the Han River.
Yuan Shu wrote a letter to encourage Sun Jian to attack Liu Biao. Sun Jian sent Huang Gai to arrange warships, military equipment, food, and horses in preparation for the attack on Liu Biao. Liu Biao sent Huang Zu to resist. Huang Zu sent out: Zhang Hu and Chen Sheng. Order Zhang Hu to challenge. Han Dang who from Sun Jian’s camp out and fight Zhang Hu. The two horses engaged in a battle of more than thirty rounds. Chen Sheng saw that Zhang Hu was weak, so he rode his horse to help. Sun Jian saw this, put aside his spear, drew his bow and his arrow, and shot Chen Sheng right in the face, causing him to fall off his horse. Zhang Hu was startled to see Chen Sheng fall to the ground. He was caught off guard and Han Dang cut off half of his head with a knife. Cheng Pu rode his horse straight to the front of the battle formation to capture Huang Zu. Huang Zu abandoned his helmet and horse and fled for his life among the infantries. Sun Jian attacked the defeated army all the way to Han River. And ordered Huang Gai to lead the blood vessels into the Han River.
008
When Yuan Shao stationed his troops in Henei and lacked food and fodder. Han Fu, the governor of Jizhou, sent people to deliver food to support the military. The counselor Feng Ji said to Shao: "A real man should be able to rule the world, so why should he wait for others to send him food? Jizhou is a place with abundant money and food, why don't you take it?" Shao said: "I don't have a good plan." Ji said: "You can secretly send someone to Send a letter to Gongsun Zan, ordering him to advance his troops to seize Jizhou, and to arrange a two-pronged attack. Zan will certainly raise an army. Han Fu is a man without strategy, and he will certainly ask the general to take charge of the state affairs; it will be easy to seize the opportunity."
Shao was overjoyed and immediately sent a letter to Zan. When Zan received the letter, he saw that it said that they should attack Jizhou together and divide its land equally. He was very happy and raised his army that day. Shao sent someone to report this to Han Fu secretly. Fu hurriedly gathered Xun Chen and Xin Ping, two counselors, to discuss the matter. Chen said: "Gongsun Zan is leading the troops of Yan and Dai and is coming at us. His force is unstoppable. He is also supported by Liu Bei, Guan Yu and Zhang Fei, so it is difficult to resist him. Now Yuan Benchu is very wise and brave, and has many famous generals under his command. General, you can ask them to If you manage the state affairs together, they will certainly treat you well, and there will be no need to worry about Gongsun Zan." Soon after, Yuan Shao took charge of Jizhou.
Yuan Shao, courtesy name: Benchu. Yuan Benchu = Yuan Shao
009
But Yuan Shao was defeated in a battle and refused to leave. The two armies confronted each other for more than a month, and someone came to Chang'an to inform Dong Zhuo. Li Ru said to Zhuo, "Yuan Shao and Gongsun Zan are also heroes of our time. Seeing them fighting at Pan River, we should get the emperor's decree and send people to reconcile them. The two men will be grateful and will obey the Grand Tutor." Zhuo was very happy. The next day, he sent Grand Tutor Ma Ritian and Grand Coachman Zhao Qi to bring the imperial edict. When the two men arrived in Hebei, Shao went out to greet them a hundred miles away and bowed again to receive the imperial edict. The next day, the two men went to Zan's camp to announce the decree. Zan then sent an envoy to write a letter to Shao to negotiate peace. The two men returned to the capital to report. Zan returned to his army that same day and recommended Liu Xuande as Prime Minister of Pingyuan. Xuande and Zhao Yun parted, holding hands and shedding tears, unable to bear to be apart. Yun sighed and said, "One day I mistook Gongsun Zan for a hero; now looking at his actions, he is just like Yuan Shao and others!" Xuande said, "You should just serve him and we will meet again one day." They said goodbye with tears in their eyes.
010
But Sun Jian divided his troops into four directions and surrounded Xiangyang and attacked it. Suddenly one day, a strong wind blew up and blew down the flagpole with the word "General" on it. Han Dang said, "This is not a good sign. We should withdraw our troops for the time being." Jian said, "We have won many battles and will take Xiangyang in a day or two. How can we withdraw our troops just because the wind breaks the flagpole?" He did not listen to Han Dang's advice. The siege became more intense. Kuai Liang said to Liu Biao: "I observed the sky one night and saw a general star about to fall. Judging from the division of the sky, it should be Sun Jian. My lord, please write to Yuan Shao as soon as possible to ask for his help."
Liu Biao wrote a letter, asking who dared to break out. The strong general Lu Gong responded and expressed his willingness to go. Kuai Liang said, "Since you dare to leave, you can follow my advice. I will give you 500 soldiers and horses, bring many archers with you, and rush out of the battle array and head for Mount Xian. He will surely lead his army to chase you. You can send 100 men up the mountain. Find stones and prepare; one hundred people with bows and crossbows lie in ambush in the forest. But when the pursuers come, do not go straight; you can circle and lead them to the ambush, and then shoot arrows and stones. If you can win, fire a series of cannons, and the people in the city will Then go out to meet them. If there are no pursuers, do not fire the cannon, and hurry away. The moon is not very bright tonight, so you can leave the city at dusk."
Lu Gong received the plan and tied up his troops and horses. At dusk, he secretly opened the east gate and led his troops out of the city. Sun Jian was in the tent when he suddenly heard a shout. He quickly mounted his horse and led more than thirty riders out of the camp to see what was happening. The soldiers reported, "A group of soldiers and horses have come out to kill the generals and are heading towards Mount Xian." Jian did not meet with the other generals, but only led more than thirty cavalrymen to chase after them. Lü Gong had already laid ambushes in the densely populated areas of the mountains and forests. He is strong and fast, and comes alone, and the front army is not far away. Jian shouted, "Don't run!" Lu Gong turned his horse around to fight Sun Jian. After a brief encounter, Lu Gong ran away, hiding into the mountain path. Jian rushed in afterwards, but did not see Lu Gong. When Jian Fang was about to go up the mountain, suddenly a gong sounded, stones fell from the mountain and arrows were fired from the forest. Jian was hit by a stone arrow, his brain splattered, and both he and his horse died in Mount Xian. He only lived to be 37 years old. Lü Gong intercepted thirty riders and killed them all, then fired a series of cannon shots. Huang Zu, Kuai Yue and Cai Mao in the city led their troops out separately, causing chaos among the armies in Jiangdong.
011
Dong Zhuo entered Luoyang, deposed the emperor and established a new emperor; he acted recklessly. All the officials in the court were furious and were about to explode, but they kept their anger to themselves and did not do so.
On another day, Dong Zhuo gathered all the officials at the provincial stage and had them sit in two rows. After several rounds of wine, Lu Bu came in and whispered a few words into Zhuo's ear. Zhuo laughed and said, "So that's how it is." He ordered Lu Bu to drag the Minister of Works Zhang Wen down the hall from the banquet. All officials were dismayed. Soon, the servant brought a red plate and presented it to Zhang Wentou. All the officials were frightened. Zhuo smiled and said, "Don't be alarmed, gentlemen. Zhang Wen has colluded with Yuan Shu and wants to harm me. He sent someone to send a letter, but mistakenly left it with my son Fengxian, so I executed him. You have no reason to be alarmed." The officials dispersed with obedience.
Wang Yun returned home, thinking about what had happened at the banquet today, and could not sit still. When the night deepened and the moon became bright, I walked into the back garden with a walking stick. Suddenly I heard someone sighing beside the Peony Pavilion. Yun sneaked up to take a look and found that it was Diao Chan, a singing girl in the palace. His daughter was selected to enter the palace at a young age and taught to sing and dance. When she was only 28 years old, she was both beautiful and talented, so Wang Yun treated her as his own daughter. Diao Chan followed Wang Yun into the pavilion. Wang Yun ordered all the maids and concubines to leave, invited Diao Chan to sit down, and kowtowed to her. Diao Chan fell to the ground in shock and asked, "Why is your Excellency like this?" Wang Yun said, "You should have pity on the people of the Han Dynasty!" After he finished speaking, tears flowed like a spring. Diao Chan said, "Just now I once said: If you can give me a command, I will not refuse even if I die." Yun knelt down and said, "The people are in danger, and the emperor and his ministers are in a desperate situation. Only you can save them. The traitor Dong Zhuo, The general wanted to usurp the throne; the civil and military officials in the court were at a loss. Dong Zhuo had a son: Lu Bu, who was extremely brave. I think both of them are lustful men, so I want to use a series of tricks: first I will marry you to Lu Bu, and then I will offer you to Dong Zhuo; Take advantage of the situation and plot to sow discord between the father and son and make Bu kill Zhuo to put an end to the great evil. Rebuilding the country and re-establishing the country are all your efforts. I wonder what you think? Diao Chan said, "I promise you that I will die for you. Wang Yun said, "If the matter is leaked, my family will be wiped out." Diao Chan said, "Don't worry, sir. If I don't repay the great cause, I will die under thousands of swords." Wang Yun Marry Diao Chan to Lu Bu, and then arrange for Dong Zhuo to meet Diao Chan, so that the situation is designed to be: Dong Zhuo gets Diao Chan.
After Dong Zhuo took Diao Chan in, he was obsessed with her beauty and did not go out to handle affairs for more than a month. When Zhuo occasionally fell ill, Diao Chan continued to stay with him, trying to please him, which made Zhuo happier. Lu Bu went into the inner room and found Zhuo sleeping. Diao Chan leaned half way forward from behind the bed to look at Bu, pointed her finger at her heart, then at Dong Zhuo, and kept crying. Lu Bu's heart was broken.
Dong Zhuo immediately issued an order to return to Meiwu, and all officials bowed and saw him off. Diao Chan was in the carriage and saw Lu Bu from a distance among the crowd, looking into the carriage. Diao Chan covered her face, as if she was crying bitterly. The carriage had gone far away. Bu eased the reins on the hill and looked at the dust, sighing with regret and hatred. Suddenly, he heard someone behind him ask, "Why doesn't Lord Wen follow the Grand Tutor, but just stands here gazing from afar and sighing?" Bu looked and saw that it was the Minister of Education, Wang Yun.
After the meeting, Yun said, "I have been ill recently and have not been able to leave the house, so I have not been able to see you for a long time. Today, the Grand Master is returning to Meiwu, so I have to go out to see him off despite my illness. I am glad to meet you. May I ask you, General? , why are you sighing here?" Bu said: "It's because of the princess." Yun pretended to be surprised and said: "It's been a long time since you have been with the general?" Bu said: "The old thief has been favored for a long time!" Yun pretended to be surprised and said: "I don't believe this happened!" Bu told him everything that had happened.
Dong Zhuo shouted, "Where is my son Fengxian?" Lu Bu came out from behind the chariot and shouted, "There is an imperial edict to punish the enemy!" He stabbed his throat with a halberd. All the generals and officials shouted "Long live the emperor".
012
During the Yellow Turban Rebellion at the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, General Taishi Ci returned from Liaodong to visit his mother. As a result, Kong Rong, the governor of Beihai, was surrounded by the Yellow Turban bandits led by Guan Hai, and Taishi Ci was unable to get out for a while. Taishi Ci thought: There are many Yellow Turban soldiers outside the city. If we try to break out by force, we will probably not be able to get out. So he thought of a plan: find a few soldiers to carry targets for archery. Following him, he walked to the city gate and walked out.
The Yellow Turban bandits thought he was trying to break out by force, and prepared to kill him. But unexpectedly, Taishi Ci just went to the trench outside the city, stayed beside the trench, and practiced archery. After shooting arrows, we went into the city to rest. He repeated the operation the next day, and some Yellow Turban soldiers stopped paying attention to Taishi Ci. After that, Taishi Ci did this every day. After a while, the Yellow Turban soldiers all thought that Taishi Ci was just a guy who practiced archery. Later one day, Taishi Ci went outside the city to practice archery. He found that no Yellow Turban soldiers were paying attention to him, so he suddenly mounted his horse and rushed out of the city at a faster speed.
The key to Taishi Ci's performance is: "Don't doubt what you see often." If you see it often, you won’t doubt it. By using the public illusion to lull others into a trance, the Yellow Turban soldiers became careless.
When Kong Rong, the Prime Minister of Beihai, heard about it, he was surprised and sent people to question his mother several times and send her gifts. At that time, Rong was stationed in Duchang due to the Yellow Turban Rebellion, and was surrounded by the bandit Guan Hai. When Ci returned from Liaodong, his mother said to him, "You and Kong Beihai have never met before. Since you left, he has cared for you more than an old friend. Now he is surrounded by bandits. You should go there." Ci stayed there for three days, walking alone. Go straight to Duchang. At that time, the siege was not yet tight, but he waited for a gap at night and was able to sneak in and see Rong, and then asked for troops to go out and kill the bandits. Rong refused to listen and wanted to wait for help from outside. No outside help had arrived yet, and the siege was getting closer. Rong wanted to ask for help from Liu Bei, the Prime Minister of Pingyuan, but the people in the city had no way to get out, so Ci asked to go on his own initiative. Rong said, "The enemy is surrounding us now, and everyone is saying that we can't do it. Although you are determined, isn't it really difficult?" Ci replied, "In the past, the governor was in love with my mother, and my mother was grateful for her kindness and sent me to the governor's place. It is urgent, so I think Ci is worth taking, and coming here will definitely be beneficial. Now everyone says it is not possible, and Ci also says it is not possible. Is it the meaning of the governor's love and care, or the intention of the old mother to send Ci? The matter is urgent, I hope the governor will not doubt it. "Rong said. Yes. So Yan prepared his food and waited for dawn. Then he put on his crossbow and took his bow and mounted his horse. He took two riders with him, each of them made a spear and held it, and they opened the door and went out directly. The people around were all horrified, and their troops rushed out. Ci led his horse to the moat below the city, took one of the targets he had, and shot them. After he finished shooting, he went straight into the gate. The next morning, the same thing happened again. Some of the people surrounding him stood up, some lay down. Ci planted the arrows again, and after shooting them, he returned home. The next morning, they came out in the same way again, and no one stood up again, so he whipped his horse and galloped straight out of the encirclement. By the time the bandits realized it, Cixing had already passed by and shot and killed several people, all of whom fell as soon as the arrows were fired, so no one dared to chase him. Then we came to the plain,
013
Guan Hai saw the reinforcements coming and personally led his troops to meet the enemy; but seeing that Xuande had few soldiers, he did not take it seriously. Xuande, Guan, Zhang, and Taishi Ci stood in front of the battle formation, and Guan Hai rushed out in anger. Taishi Ci was about to move forward, but Yunchang had already come out and went straight to attack Guan Hai. When the two horses met, the soldiers shouted: How can Guan Hai defeat Yunchang? After dozens of rounds, the Qinglong sword rose and chopped Guan Hai off his horse. Taishi Ci and Zhang Fei rode out together, holding their spears, and charged into the enemy's formation. Xuande led his troops to attack. From the city wall, Kong Rong saw Taishi Ci, Guan Yu and Zhang Fei chasing and killing the bandits like a tiger among a flock of sheep, with no one to stop them, so he drove his troops out of the city. The two-pronged attack defeated the bandits, countless of them surrendered, and the remaining bandits fled in disarray.
Cao pointed at Lu Bu and said, "You and I have never had any enmity. Why do you want to take away my prefectures and counties?" Lu Bu replied, "The cities of the Han Dynasty are shared by all. How can you take them?" He then ordered Zang Ba to challenge him. The Cao army entertained people by singing in and out. The two horses met, and both spears were raised. After fighting for more than thirty rounds, the winner was still unclear. Xiahou Dun rode out on his horse to help, and Zhang Liao interrupted the fight in Lu Bu's formation. Lu Bu was so angry that he drew his halberd and rode his horse forward, charging out of the battle formation. Xiahou Dun and Le Jin both fled. Lu Bu attacked and the Cao army was defeated and retreated thirty or forty miles. Bu withdrew his troops.
014
At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, the princes fought each other. Once, Cao Cao was attacking Tao Qian. He was tricked by Lu Bu into entering Puyang and fell into an ambush. When Cao Cao entered Puyang, a cannon was fired in Puyang, fires were set under the four city gates, and metal instruments and drums sounded together. The shouts of Lu Bu's army to kill Cao Cao were like the rolling of rivers and the boiling of the ocean. Cao Cao began to flee, and Lu Bu searched for Cao Cao in the city. Cao Cao was in a dilemma. Troops and horses were surrounding him from all directions, ready to kill him. Cao Cao was unable to go out of the south gate. When he turned to the north gate, he ran into Lu Bu on horseback coming towards him with a halberd in hand in the firelight. There were hundreds of people among Cao Cao's troops who fled for their lives. Lu Bu rode his horse up from behind to chase and kill Cao Cao. There were no photographs from that era. You can only identify people by person or by portrait. Lu Bu didn't know what Cao Cao's face looked like. Cao Cao covered his face with his hands, rode his horse at full speed, and actually got away with it! Lu Bu came up from behind and hit Cao Cao's armor with his weapon, Fang Tian Hua Ji. Lu Bu asked, "Where is Cao Cao?" Cao Cao was quick-witted and pointed to the front and said, "There is a man riding a yellow horse in front. The man on the yellow horse is him." Lu Bu chased after him and killed the man riding the yellow horse. Cao Cao is safe. Cao Cao escaped.
016
But Lu Bu went to the camp and discussed with Chen Gong. Gong said, "There is a wealthy family called Tian in Puyang. They have hundreds of servants and are the richest family in the county. You can send someone to Cao's camp to write a letter saying that Marquis Lu Wen is cruel and ruthless, and the people are very resentful. Now they want to move their troops to Liyang. , Only Gao Shun is in the city, you can advance overnight, and I will be the inside support. If Cao comes, lure him into the city, set fire to the four gates, and set up an ambush outside. Although Cao Cao has a great talent, how can he escape from this situation? "Lu Bu followed His plan was to secretly instruct Tian to send someone directly to Cao's camp. Cao was hesitating because of his recent defeat when he was informed that a man from the Tian family had arrived with a secret letter saying, "Lu Bu has gone to Liyang, and the city is empty. Please come quickly and provide support from within. A white flag with the word "righteousness" written in large letters should be raised on the city walls. That's the secret code." Cao was overjoyed and said, "God has helped me capture Puyang!"... When Cao arrived at the foot of Puyang City, he saw flags and banners all over the city. On the corner of the west gate, there was a white flag with the word "righteousness" on it, and he was secretly delighted.
...Cao Cao rushed in first on his horse. All the way to the provincial government office, there was no one on the road. Cao realized it was a trick, so he quickly turned his horse around and shouted, "Retreat!" A cannon shot out from the provincial government office, and flames rose into the sky from four guns; gongs and drums sounded together, and the shouts were like the boiling of the sea.
017
The next day, Huang Shao led his troops here. At the center of the battle formation, a general came out on foot, wearing a yellow scarf on his head, a green jacket on his body, and holding an iron rod in his hand. He shouted, "I am He Man, the Sky-cutting Yaksha! Who dares to fight me?" When Cao Hong saw this, he shouted, He jumped off his horse and walked out with his sword in hand. The two sides fought in front of the battle formation for forty or fifty rounds, but the winner was still unclear. Cao Hong pretended to be defeated and ran away, and He Man came rushing over; Hong used the trick of dragging the knife from behind to chop He Man, turned around and jumped, chopping He Man, and then struck again with the knife, killing him. Li Dian took advantage of the situation and rode his horse straight into the enemy's formation. Huang Shao was caught off guard and was captured alive by Li Dian. Cao's soldiers killed the bandits and seized countless gold, silk and food. He Yi was isolated and led several hundred cavalry to flee to Gepi. As they were marching, they encountered an army from behind the mountain. The first warrior was eight feet tall, with a waist that was ten times bigger than his waist. He held a big knife in his hand and blocked their way. He Yi rushed out to meet the attack with his spear, but in just one move, he was snatched away alive by the strong man. The rest of the people were in a hurry, all dismounted and were tied up, and were driven into Gepiwu by the strong men.
018
Dian Wei turned his horse around to rescue, and Xiahou Yuan arrived just in time. The two rescued Cao Cao together and rushed out of the fire. Cao rode on Yuan's horse, and Dian Wei killed his way through the main road and escaped. The fighting lasted until dawn, and then Cao returned to the camp. All the generals bowed and greeted him. Cao looked up and smiled, saying, "I have fallen into the trap of a common man. I will definitely take revenge on him!" Guo Jia said, "The plan can be implemented immediately." Cao said, "Now I will just follow the trick and pretend that I was burned by fire. The fire poison attacked, and he was dead at five o'clock. Bu must lead his troops to attack. We will ambush them in Ma Ling Mountain, and wait for them to cross halfway and then attack them. Bu can be captured. "Jia said: "This is a good strategy!" So He ordered the soldiers to wear mourning clothes and falsely claim that Cao was dead. Someone had already come to Puyang to report to Lu Bu that Cao Cao had been burned by fire and had died in the camp. Bu Sui led his troops and rushed to Maling Mountain. When the general arrived at the camp, a drum sounded and ambushes sprang up from all directions. Lu Bu managed to escape after a desperate battle, but lost many of his men; he was defeated and returned to Puyang, where he held his ground and refused to venture out.
019
Cao Cao decided on the important matter, and held a banquet in the back hall, where he gathered his advisers and said, "Liu Bei has stationed troops in Xuzhou and is in charge of the affairs of the province. Recently, Lu Bu surrendered to him after his defeat, and I have him living in Xiaopei. If the two of them come together to lead troops to attack us, it will be a serious threat to us. What good plan do you have for this?" Xu Chu said, "I would like to borrow 50,000 elite soldiers to cut off the heads of Liu Bei and Lu Bu and present them to the Prime Minister." Xun Yu said, "You are brave, but you don't know how to use strategy. Xudu has just been conquered, so we cannot rush to use military force. Yu has a plan, called "Two Tigers Competing for Food". Although Liu Bei is now in charge of Xuzhou, he has not received the imperial edict. My Lord, please ask for the imperial edict to grant Liu Bei the title of Xuzhou. Cao Cao sent a secret letter to Cao Cao, instructing him to kill Lu Bu. If the plan succeeds, Cao Cao will not have any brave warriors to help him, and his plan will become more feasible. If the plan fails, Lu Bu will surely kill Cao Cao. This is a plan of "two tigers competing for food." Following his advice, he immediately requested an imperial edict and sent an envoy to Xuzhou to confer the title of General Zhengdong, Marquis of Yichengting, and Governor of Xuzhou on Liu Bei, and also attached a secret letter.
Xuande (Liu Bei)... told the truth; and showed Lu Bu the secret letter sent by Cao Cao. After reading it, Bu cried and said, "This is Cao Cao's attempt to cause discord between the two of us!" Xuande said, "Don't worry, brother. Liu Bei swears that he will never do such an unjust thing." Bei invited Bu to drink and returned in the evening. . Guan and Zhang asked, "Brother, why don't you kill Lu Bu?" Xuande said, "Cao Mengde is afraid that I will join forces with Lu Bu to attack him, so he uses this trick to make us two swallow each other up, and he will benefit from it. What can I do? "What do you want me to do?" Guan Gong nodded. Zhang Fei said, "I just want to kill this thief to prevent future troubles!" Xuande said, "This is not what a real man would do."
The next day, Xuande sent the envoy back to the capital, expressed his gratitude, and wrote back to Cao Cao, saying only that he should take his time. The messenger returned to see Cao Cao and told him that Xuande did not kill Lu Bu. Cao asked Yu, "If this plan doesn't work, what can we do?" Yu said, "There is another plan, called 'driving the tiger to swallow the wolf'." Cao asked, "What is the plan?" Yu said, "You can secretly send someone to Go to Yuan Shu to ask for information and report that Liu Bei has submitted a secret report to capture Nanjun. When Shu hears this, he will be furious and attack Bei. So the Duke issued a clear edict to Liu Bei to attack Yuan Shu. If the two sides join forces, Lu Bu will surely become disloyal: this is a "strategy of driving a tiger to devour a wolf" Cao was overjoyed and first sent people to Yuan Shu, then he sent people to Xuzhou with the emperor's edict. But Xuande was in Xuzhou. When he heard that the envoy had arrived, he went out of the city to greet him. When he opened the imperial edict, he read it and found that it was about raising an army to attack Yuan Shu. Xuande accepted the order and sent the envoy back first. Mi Zhu said, "This is another plan of Cao Cao." Xuande said, "Although it is a plan, the king's order cannot be disobeyed."
020
However, Cao's army of 170,000 attacked Shouchun (a city). The daily consumption of food was huge, and the counties and towns were suffering from famine and could not provide relief in time. Cao Cao urged the army to fight quickly, but Li Feng and others stayed indoors and did not come out. After more than a month of resistance, Cao's army was running out of food, so he wrote to Sun Ce and asked to borrow 100,000 hu of rice, but it was not enough to cover his expenses. The grain officer Ren Jun and his subordinate Wang Hu, a warehouse officer, came to report to Cao and said, "There are many soldiers but little grain. What should we do?" Cao said, "We can distribute small amounts of grain to temporarily relieve the emergency." Hu said: "What if the soldiers complain?" Cao said, "I have my own plan."
Huo followed the order and dispersed with small measures. Cao secretly sent people to each camp to investigate, and they all complained, saying that the prime minister was deceiving the people. Cao secretly summoned Wang Hu and said, "I want to borrow something from you to appease the people. You must not be stingy." Hu said, "What does the Prime Minister want?" Cao said, "I want to borrow your head to show the people. Ear." Hu was shocked and said, "In fact, I am not guilty." Cao said, "I also know that you are innocent; but if I don't kill you, the army will change its morale. After you die, I will take care of your wife and children, so don't worry. When Wang Hu wanted to say something again, Cao had already called the executioners to push him out of the door, beheaded him with one blow, and hung his head on a pole. He also posted a notice saying, "Wang Hu deliberately stole official grain by taking small measures. You must be punished according to military law." Then The grievances of the people were finally resolved.
021 文言文
Cao immediately reported that Zhang Xiu was in rebellion and that an army should be sent to attack him.
However, when Zhang Xiu learned that Cao was leading his troops, he quickly sent a letter to Liu Biao, asking him to provide follow-up support... Cao was furious and ordered Xu Chu to go out, but Xiu ordered Zhang Xiu to engage in battle first. After only three moves, Xu Chu killed Zhang Xian on his horse, and Xiu's army was badly defeated. Cao led his troops to the city of Nanyang. Embroidered into the city, and stayed indoors.
Cao laid siege to the city and saw that the moat was very wide and the water was deep, making it difficult to approach the city. So he ordered his soldiers to carry earth to fill the moat. He also used earthen cloth bags mixed with firewood and straw to make ladders at the edge of the city. He also set up cloud ladders to peer into the city. Cao rode his horse around the city to watch it. This went on for three days. Then Cao ordered his soldiers to pile up firewood at the corner of the west gate, gather all the generals, and go up to the city there.
Seeing this, Jia Xu in the city said to Zhang Xiu, "I already know what Cao Cao is up to. Now we can use his trick to defeat him." It is just like "There is always someone stronger than the strong, and when you use deception, you will meet someone who knows how to deceit."
However, Jia Xu knew Cao Cao's intention and wanted to take advantage of it. He said to Zhang Xiu, "I was on the city wall and saw Cao Cao walking around the city for three days. He saw that the bricks and soil in the southeast corner of the city were of different colors, new and old. , most of the deer horns were destroyed, and they intended to attack from here; but they pretended to go to the northwest to pile up grass, pretending to be powerful, hoping to trick us into withdrawing our troops to defend the northwest. They will take advantage of the darkness of night and climb up the southeast corner to attack. "Xiu said: "Then What can we do?" Xu said, "This is an easy matter. Tomorrow we can order the best soldiers to eat well and wear light clothes, and hide them in the houses in the southeast. We can also ask the common people to pretend to be soldiers and guard the northwest. At night, we can let him climb the city wall in the southeast corner. When he crawls into the city, a cannon will be fired and the ambushers will spring up, and Cao will be captured."
Xiu was happy to follow his plan. Scouts had already reported to Cao Cao that Zhang Xiu had withdrawn all his troops to the northwest corner and was shouting to defend the city, but the southeast was left empty. Cao said, "You have fallen into my trap!" He ordered his troops to prepare shovels and hoes and other tools for climbing the city walls. During the day, he led his troops to attack the northwest corner. At the second watch, he led his elite troops to climb into the moat at the southeast corner and cut down the city walls. Open antlers. There was no movement in the city, and all the troops rushed in together. There was a single cannon shot and ambushes sprang up everywhere. Cao's army retreated quickly, and Zhang Xiu led his brave troops to attack from behind. Cao's army was defeated and retreated out of the city, fleeing for dozens of miles. Zhang Xiu continued to fight until dawn before withdrawing his troops into the city. Cao Cao counted the defeated troops and found that they had lost more than 50,000 men and countless supplies. Lu Qian and Yu Jin were both injured.
022 白話文
Cao Cao immediately wrote a report to the Son of Heaven (the emperor of the time), saying that the local warlord Zhang Xiu was causing chaos and that troops should be sent to attack him. When Zhang Xiu learned that Cao Cao was leading his troops to attack, he quickly sent a letter to inform Liu Biao, asking him to provide follow-up support... Cao was furious and ordered Xu Chu to go out, and Zhang Xiu ordered Zhang Xian to take over the battle. In just three rounds, Xu Chu killed Zhang Xian on his horse, and Zhang Xiu's army was defeated. Cao Cao led his troops to the city of Nanyang. Zhang Xiu entered the city and stayed inside without leaving.
Cao Cao besieged the city and saw that the moat was very wide and the water was deep, making it difficult to approach the city in a hurry. So he ordered his soldiers to carry soil to fill the moat. He also used earthen cloth bags filled with firewood and straw and placed them around the city. It was used as a staircase; a ladder was also built to peer into the city. Cao Cao personally rode a horse and circled the city to observe the situation. After three days of this, Cao Cao ordered his soldiers to pile up firewood at the corner of the west gate and gather all the generals, preparing to climb the towering city wall there.Jia Xu, the counselor in the city, saw this and said to Zhang Xiu: "I already know what Cao Cao is thinking. Now we can use his tricks to counter him and follow his line of thought." If you use deception, you will meet someone who knows how to deceive. "
Jia Xu knew Cao Cao's intention and wanted to take advantage of it. He said to Zhang Xiu, "I saw Cao Cao circling the city from the city wall and observing for three days. He saw the color of the bricks and earth in the southeast corner of the city, the new and old Without waiting, most of the antlers (barriers to prevent enemy soldiers from gathering) were destroyed, and they intended to attack from here; but they pretended to pile up grass in the northwest to make a show of strength, hoping to trick me into withdrawing my troops to defend the northwest. He took advantage of the darkness and could not see "I know, they must have crawled in from the southeast corner." Zhang Xiu asked, "I know, what should we do next?" Jia Xu replied, "This is a simple matter. In a few days, we can order the strong soldiers to eat well, wear clothes and The light military uniforms were all hidden in the houses in the southeast corner, and the common people were taught to pretend to be soldiers and pretend to guard the northwest corner. At night, he was allowed to climb the city wall in the southeast corner. When he climbed into the city, a cannon was fired and the ambushes rose up. Cao Cao He can be captured alive."
Zhang Xiu happily followed his plan. A scout had already reported to Cao Cao that Zhang Xiu had withdrawn all his troops to the northwest corner and was shouting to defend the city, but the southeast was extremely empty. Cao Cao said, "You have fallen into my trap!" He ordered his troops to prepare shovels and other tools for climbing the city walls. During the day, he led his troops to attack the northwest corner. At the second watch, he led his elite troops to climb into the moat and the city wall at the southeast corner. Cut off the antlers (obstacles that prevent enemy soldiers from gathering). There was no movement in the city, and all the troops rushed in together. There was a single cannon shot and ambushes sprang up everywhere. Cao's army retreated quickly, and Zhang Xiu led his brave troops to attack from behind. Cao's army was defeated and retreated out of the city, fleeing for dozens of miles. Zhang Xiu continued to fight until dawn before withdrawing his troops into the city. Cao Cao counted the defeated troops and found that they had lost more than 50,000 men and countless supplies. Lu Qian and Yu Jin were both injured.
023
Cao Cao left Xun Yu in Xudu, dispatched soldiers and generals, and led the army forward himself. As we marched, we saw that the wheat along the way was ripe. Because of the arrival of the soldiers, the people fled outside and did not dare to harvest the wheat. Cao sent people far and wide to tell the villagers, elders, and officials guarding the borders, "I am following the emperor's clear order to send troops to suppress the rebellion and eliminate harm to the people. Now that the wheat is ripe, I have no choice but to raise troops. All officers and generals, big and small, who pass through the wheat fields , but anyone who tramples on it will be beheaded. Military law is very strict, you people should not be alarmed or suspicious. "When the people heard the order, they were all delighted and praised it, and they bowed down in the dust blocking the road. When the government troops passed through the wheat fields, they all dismounted and held the wheat in their hands, passing it to each other as they passed, and did not dare to trample on it.
Cao Cao was riding a horse when suddenly a dove was startled in the field. The horse, which was unfamiliar with the dove, ran into the wheat field and trampled a large area of the wheat field. Cao then called the army chief clerk and asked him to accuse him of the crime of trampling on the wheat. The chief clerk said, "How can the prime minister be charged with a crime?" Cao said, "I made the law myself, and I broke it myself. How can I convince the public?" He then drew the sword he was wearing and wanted to commit suicide. Everyone rescued him. Guo Jia said, "In ancient times, the Spring and Autumn Annals said that the law should not be imposed on the noble. How can a prime minister who leads a large army kill himself?" Cao pondered for a long time and said, "Since the Spring and Autumn Annals said that the law should not be imposed on the noble, I will spare my life for now." He cut his hair with a sword and threw it on the ground, saying, "I will cut my hair in lieu of my head." He sent someone to show the hair to the three armies, saying, "The Prime Minister trampled on the wheat and should have been beheaded, but I will cut my hair in lieu." The three armies were horrified and no one was prepared to give up. Obey military orders.
024
The next day, Xun Yu suddenly sent someone to report to Cao Cao: "Liu Biao helped Zhang Xiu to station troops in Anzhong and blocked my way back." Cao Cao replied in a letter: "I walk a few miles a day. I know that the enemy is chasing me, but I have a plan. It has been decided. If we reach Anzhong, we will surely defeat Xiu. You all should not doubt it. " He then urged the army to march to the border of Anzhong County. Liu Biao's army had already taken the strategic position, and Zhang Xiu followed with his troops. Cao ordered his troops to clear a path through dangerous places in the dark night and to ambush special forces. When it was dawn, the armies of Liu Biao and Zhang Xiu met up. Seeing that Cao had few soldiers, they suspected that Cao had escaped, so they all led their troops into dangerous areas to attack him. He commanded a surprise attack and defeated the armies of the two families. Cao's troops left the Anzhong border and set up camp outside the pass. Liu Biao and Zhang Xiu each reorganized their defeated troops and met each other. Biao said, "How could we have fallen into Cao Cao's evil scheme!" Xiu said, "We'll try again!" So the two armies gathered in Anzhong.
Xun Yu learned that Yuan Shao intended to raise an army to attack Xu Du, and he sent a letter to Cao Cao at night to inform him. Cao was frightened when he received the letter and withdrew his troops that day. The spy informed Zhang Xiu, who wanted to pursue him. Jia Xu said, "We should not pursue them. If we do, we will surely be defeated." Liu Biao said, "If we don't pursue them today, we will lose the opportunity." He urged Xiu to lead more than 10,000 troops to pursue them. After walking for about ten miles, they caught up with Cao's rear guard. Cao's army fought hard, and the armies of Xiu and Biao were defeated and retreated. Xiu said to Xu: "I had not listened to your advice, and I was defeated." Xu said: "Now we can organize our troops and chase them again." Xiu and Biao said: "We have already been defeated, why chase them again?" Xu said: If we chase them, we will surely win a great victory. If not, please chop off my head." Xiu believed it. Liu Biao was suspicious and refused to go with them. Xiu then led an army to pursue Cao, and as expected, Cao's troops were defeated. The soldiers, horses, and baggage were scattered along the road and fled.
Xiu was chasing forward when suddenly a group of soldiers rushed out from behind the mountain. Xiu did not dare to pursue and withdrew his troops back to Anzhong. Liu Biao asked Jia Xu, "First, you used elite troops to pursue the retreating troops, and you said they would be defeated; then, you used defeated troops to attack the victorious troops, and you said they would be victorious. In the end, everything turned out to be as you said. How come the two events were different but both turned out to be true? I hope you can teach me. Xu said, "This is easy to know. Although the general is good at commanding troops, he is no match for Cao Cao. Although Cao's army is defeated, he must have strong generals to guard against the pursuit. Although our troops are sharp, they cannot defeat them. Therefore, we know that we will be defeated. The reason Cao was in a hurry to retreat was that Xudu was in trouble. After defeating our pursuing army, he must have retreated quickly with light vehicles and no longer prepared. We took advantage of their unpreparedness and pursued them again, so we were able to win. "Liu Biao and Zhang Xiu Everyone agreed with his brilliant ideas. Xu advised Biao to return to Jingzhou, and Xiu to guard Xiangcheng, so that they could serve as close allies, and the two armies dispersed.
025
Cao Cao immediately ordered Cao Ren to lead 3,000 soldiers to attack Pei City. Cao personally led the army and came with Xuande to fight against Lu Bu. When they reached Shandong, on the way near Xiaoguan, they encountered the Taishan bandits Sun Guan, Wu Dun, Yin Li, and Chang Xi, who led more than 30,000 troops to block their way. Cao ordered Xu Chu to fight, and the four generals went out together. Xu Chu fought desperately, and the four generals could not withstand him and fled in defeat. Cao took advantage of the situation and pursued them to Xiaoguan, where he sent scouts to report to Lu Bu.
Geography NOTE: Xiaoguan, should be: Xiaoxian. It maybe because that: Romance of the Three Kingdoms, a mistake during mass printing, or a rush manuscript by the original author hundreds of years ago.
Xiaoguan is an ancient pass located in the southeast of Guyuan, Ningxia, thousands of kilometers away from Xuzhou. Moreover: Xiaoguan is in Ningxia in the west, Xiaoxian is in Shandong in the east, and Cao Cao set out from Xudu to attack Xuzhou where Lu Bu was, and the direction was: heading east. Unlikely to run to the northwest.
026
At that time, Lu Bu had returned to Xuzhou and wanted to go with Chen Deng to rescue Xiaopei. He ordered Chen Gui to guard Xuzhou. Before Chen Deng left, Gui said to him, "In the past, Cao Gong said that all the affairs in the east would be left to you. Now that Lu Bu is about to be defeated, you can make plans." He said, "I will take care of the outside affairs myself. If Bu returns defeated, father will ask Mi Zhu to defend the city together and not let Bu in. I will find a way for Bu to escape." Gui said, "Bu's wife and children are here. This confidant is quite There are too many, what should we do? Deng said, "I have a plan." He went to see Lu Bu and said, "Xuzhou is under attack from all sides. Cao Cao will surely attack with all his might. We should first think about retreating. We can move the money and food to Xiapi. If Xuzhou is attacked, "The siege is over, but there is food in Xia Pi to help. My lord, why don't you make plans early?" Bu said, "Yuanlong's advice is very good. I will move my wife and children there." So he ordered Song Xian and Wei Xu to protect his wife and children and move to the garrison with money and food. Xia Pi; on the one hand, he led his troops and Chen Deng to rescue Xiaoguan. When they were halfway there, Deng said, "Let me go to the pass first to check on Cao's troops, and then you can go."
Chen Deng, courtesy name: Yuanlong; Yuanlong = Chen Deng
Bush agreed, and Deng arrived at the pass first. Chen Gong and others received him. Deng said, "Marquis Wen is very upset that you guys are unwilling to move forward and wants to punish you." Gong said, "Cao's army is now powerful and we should not underestimate the enemy. We should guard the pass tightly and persuade the lord to defend Pei City. "That's the best strategy." Chen Deng nodded. At night, he looked out from the pass and saw Cao's troops approaching the pass. So he wrote three letters in succession at night, tied them to arrows, and shot them down the pass. The next day, he said goodbye to Chen Gong and rode to see Lu Bu and said, "Sun Guan and others at the pass want to surrender. I have left Chen Gong to guard the pass. You can go to rescue them at dusk."
Wenhou = Lu Bu
Weiwei: a respectful promise
Bu said, "If it weren't for you, this pass would be lost." He ordered Chen Deng to lead his cavalry to the pass first, and asked Chen Gong to be the internal support and to raise a fire as a signal. He went up the path and reported to Gong, saying, "Cao's troops have taken a shortcut to the interior of the pass. I am afraid that Xuzhou will be lost. You should return immediately." Gong then led the crowd to abandon the pass and flee. Deng closed the door and set it on fire. Lu Bu attacked in darkness, and Chen Gong's army and Lu Bu's army killed each other in the dark.
When Cao's soldiers saw the signal fire, they rushed over together and took advantage of the situation to attack. Sun Guan and others fled in all directions. Lu Bu fought until dawn before he realized it was a trap, and hurried back to Xuzhou with Chen Gong. When they arrived at the city gate and knocked on the gate, arrows were shot down from the city. Mi Zhu shouted from the enemy tower: "You have seized the city from my lord, now you must return it to my lord, and you will not be allowed to enter this city again." Bu was furious and asked: "Where is Chen Gui?" Zhu said: "I have killed him. Bu looked back at Gong and asked, "Where is Chen Deng?" Gong said, "General, are you still obsessed with asking this treacherous villain?"
...Then he followed Cao Cao into Xuzhou. Mi Zhu met him and told him that his family members were all well, which made Xuande very happy. Chen Gui and his son also came to pay homage to Cao Cao.
027
Let’s talk about Lu Bu in Xia Pi. He was confident that he had sufficient food supplies and the danger of the Si River, so he could sit back and wait, safe. Chen Gong said, "Cao's troops are coming now. We can take advantage of their unprepared camp and attack them when they are tired. We will surely win." Bu said, "We have been defeated many times. We should not rush out lightly. Wait for them to attack us and then attack them. He fell into the Si River." Then he did not listen to Chen Gong's advice.
028
Lu Bu died at Baimen Tower, killed by Cao Cao. When Cao Cao defeated Lu Bu and captured him, and was hesitating whether to kill Lu Bu, Cao Cao asked Liu Bei for his opinion. Liu Bei suggested to Cao Cao: Think about Dong Zhuo and Ding Yuan, both of whom adopted Lu Bu as their adopted son. As a result, they were all killed by Lu Bu one after another! Therefore, Liu Bei borrowed Cao Cao's knife and killed Lu Bu. Liu Bei's killing with a borrowed knife.
Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 19 <Cao Cao fights in Xia Pi City, Lu Bu dies at Baimen Tower>
When Fang Cao was sending Gong down the stairs, he announced to Xuande, "You are the guest of honor, and I am the prisoner. Why don't you say a word and show some mercy to each other?" Xuande nodded. When Cao came upstairs, Bu called out, "Your Excellency's only concern is Bu. Bu has already surrendered. You will be the general, and Bu will be your deputy. It will not be difficult to conquer the world." Cao looked back at Xuande and said, "What do you think?" Xuande replied, "Didn't you see what happened to Ding Jianyang and Dong Zhuo?" Bu looked at Xuande and said, "This boy is the most untrustworthy person!" Cao ordered him to be dragged down the building and hanged. Lu Bu looked back at Xuande and said, "Big Ear! Don't you remember the time when we shot the halberds at the gate?" Suddenly, someone shouted, "Lu Bu, you bastard! If you want to die, then die. What's there to be afraid of?" Everyone looked at him and saw that he was holding a sword and an axe. Zhang Liao arrived. Cao ordered Lu Bu to be strangled to death and then beheaded.
029
Cao Cao said, "I just saw the green plum trees on the branches, and suddenly I remembered the last year when we were fighting Zhang Xiu. There was a shortage of water on the road and the soldiers were thirsty. I came up with a plan. I pointed with my whip and said, 'There is a plum forest ahead.' When the soldiers heard this, they all said, 'There is a plum forest ahead.'" I spit out my saliva, so I am not thirsty. I see this plum now, I must appreciate it. The wine is just ready, so I invite you to the pavilion for a while. "Xuan De (Liu Bei/Xuan De) just calmed down and followed to the pavilion. In the pavilion, the food and wine have been set up: a plate with green plums and a bottle of boiled wine. The two sat opposite each other and drank happily.
樽俎，古時盛裝酒肉的器皿。
Zunzu was a vessel used to hold wine and meat in ancient times.
成語:折衝樽俎。指:在杯酒宴會間，運用外交手段取勝敵人。
Idiom: to negotiate a dispute. It means: using diplomatic means to defeat the enemy during a banquet.
Colloquial text: At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Cao Cao led a large army to attack Zhang Xiu. Halfway through the journey, they could not find any water, and all the soldiers were tired and thirsty. Cao Cao came up with a plan and said to his soldiers, "Brothers, there is a large plum forest not far ahead. It has sour and sweet plums that can quench your thirst." After hearing this, the soldiers The sour yet sweet taste of plums comes to my mind, and saliva involuntarily appears in my mouth, quenching my thirst. Cao Cao used this opportunity to relieve the difficulties faced by his troops who had no water to drink. Later, this story was condensed into "looking at the plum to quench thirst", which is used as a metaphor to comfort oneself with imaginary situations.
029-2
When Wei Wu was young, he and Yuan Shao were good friends and played knight-errant. They watched a wedding and sneaked into the garden of the owner. At night, he shouted, "There is a thief!" Everyone in the garden went out to watch. Wei Wu entered, drew his sword and robbed the bride and Shao. When he went out again, he lost his way and fell into some thorns. Shao was unable to move and shouted again, "The thief is here!" Shao hurriedly threw him out and they both escaped.
魏武:魏武帝/曹操/曹孟德 Emperor Wu Wei, also known as Cao Cao/Cao Mengde
Cao Cao/Cao Mengde, when he was a teenager, once played with Yuan Shao and his interest was to be a knight-errant. Once I went to spy on someone else's wedding. Cao Cao had evil intentions, so he sneaked into the host's garden and shouted at night, "There is a thief!" Everyone in the Qinglu (a temporary wedding tent) came out to check. Cao Cao took this opportunity to enter the room inside. He drew his knife, threatened and kidnapped the bride, and escaped with Yuan Shao. As a result, they got lost and fell into a thorn bush. Yuan Shao was unable to move and shouted, "The thief is here!" Yuan Shao was frightened and jumped out by himself. The result was that neither of them was caught.
青廬:舉辦婚禮所設置的臨時帳棚 Qinglu: A temporary tent used for wedding ceremonies
029-3
Shishuo Xinyu, False and Tricky - I Have a Feeling 世說新語，假譎-我有感覺
Wei Wu often said: "When someone wants to harm me, I will be tempted." So he said to his close friend: "If you come to my side with a knife in your hand, I will say that I am tempted. I will arrest you and execute you. Just don't tell them that I am the one who sent you. He should be rewarded generously! "The captor believed him and was not afraid, so he beheaded him. This person didn't know it until he died. The people around him believed it to be true, and those who were plotting rebellion were discouraged.
Wei Wu often said: "Don't get too close to me when I'm sleeping. If you get too close, I may kill me without me even noticing. Your attendants should be very careful about this!" Later, when he was asleep, fortunately someone secretly covered him with a quilt and then killed him. Since then, no one dared to approach me whenever I slept.
Wei Wu: Emperor Wu of Wei, also known as Cao Cao/Cao Mengde
030
However, Liu Dai learned that Wang Zhong had been captured, so he held his ground and refused to come out. Zhang Fei shouted and cursed in front of the camp every day. When Dai knew it was Zhang Fei, he dared not go out. Fei had been guarding for several days, and seeing Dai not coming out, he came up with a plan: he ordered his men to rob the camp at the second watch tonight, but during the day he drank in his tent, pretending to be drunk and looking for the faults of the soldiers, beat them up, tied them up in the camp and said, When I send out the troops tonight, you will come and offer sacrifice to the flag!" But he secretly ordered his men to let him go. The soldier managed to escape, sneaked out of the camp, and went straight to Liu Dai's camp to report the robbery. When Liu Dai saw that the surrendered soldiers were seriously injured, he listened to their advice and set up an empty camp, ambushing troops outside.
That night Zhang Fei divided his troops into three groups. He sent more than 30 men in the middle to rob the camp and set it on fire. He also ordered the other two groups to sneak out of the enemy camp from behind and use the fire as a signal to attack from both sides. At the second watch, Zhang Fei led his elite troops to cut off Liu Dai's retreat; more than 30 people in the middle rushed into the camp and set fire to it. Just as Liu Dai's ambush troops were about to attack, Zhang Fei led his troops out in two directions. The Dai army was in disarray, and they didn't know how many flying soldiers there were, so they all fled in disarray. Liu Dai led a group of remnants of the army and fled, where he ran into Zhang Fei. As they met on a narrow road, it was difficult for them to avoid each other. After a brief exchange of attacks, he was captured alive by Zhang Fei. The rest of the people all surrendered.
Liu Dai and Wang Zhong, in the article, were both local generals of Cao Cao.
031
While they were discussing, Guo Jia came in from outside. Cao Cao asked, "I want to march east to attack Liu Bei, but I have to worry about Yuan Shao. What should I do?" Jia said, "Yuan Shao is slow and suspicious, and my advisers are jealous of each other. I don't need to worry. Liu Bei has just organized his army, and the people are not convinced yet. The Prime Minister will lead the army to the east, and the victory can be won in one battle." Cao was overjoyed and said, "That's exactly what I want." He then raised an army of 200,000 and divided it into five routes to attack Xuzhou. Prepare to attack Liu Bei.
Liu Bei ordered Sun Qian to seek help from Yuan Shao in Hebei. Yuan Shao's adviser Tian Feng immediately brought Sun Qian to see Shao and presented him with a letter. Tian Feng said, "Cao Cao is now on an expedition to the east against Liu Xuande, and Xuchang City is empty. If we take our righteous troops and enter with an empty position, we can protect the emperor and save the people. This is a rare opportunity, and I hope you will make the decision."
Yuan Shao: "I also know this is the best, but I am confused and afraid it will be disadvantageous." Tian Feng: "Why are you confused?" Shao said: "Among the five sons, this one is the most extraordinary. If there is any harm, my life will be over. "He decided not to send out the troops, and said to Sun Qian, "When you go back to see Xuande, you can tell him the reason. If you are not satisfied, you can come to me and I will be able to help you." Tian Feng hit the ground with his stick and said, "At this difficult time, I missed the opportunity because of my baby's illness. It's a big mistake! How sad!" He stamped his feet and sighed as he walked out.
Seeing that Shao was unwilling to send troops, Sun Qian had to return to Xiaopei overnight to see Xuande and tell him the whole matter. Xuande was shocked and asked, "What can we do in this situation?" Zhang Fei said, "Don't worry, brother. Cao's troops have come from afar and must be exhausted. When they first arrive, we can rob their camp and defeat Cao Cao." Xuande said, "I have always thought that you are a brave man. You were quite capable of using strategies when we captured Liu Dai before. The strategy you offer now is also in line with the art of war." So they followed his advice and divided their troops to raid the camp.
Zhang Fei thought he had a good plan, so he led the light cavalry in front and broke into Cao's camp, but he saw only a few scattered people and horses, with fires rising on all sides and shouts rising up. Fei realized that he had fallen into a trap and hurried out of the camp. Zhang Liao from the east, Xu Chu from the west, Yu Jin from the south, Li Dian from the north, Xu Huang from the southeast, Le Jin from the southwest, Xiahou Dun from the northeast, and Xiahou Yuan from the northwest, the eight armies were coming to attack. Zhang Fei charged left and right, blocking the front and back; the soldiers he led were originally Cao Cao's old troops, and when they saw that the situation was critical, they all surrendered.
032
Guan Yu successively killed Yan Liang and Wen Chou, two generals in Yuan Shao's camp. Yuan Shao was so angry that he wanted to kill Liu Bei. After Liu Bei's explanation, Yuan Shao thought it made sense, so he did not kill Liu Bei. Liu Bei explained: "Cao Cao has always been afraid of me, Liu Bei. Today, knowing that I am here with you, he is afraid that I will help you. Let's join forces. So he specifically ordered Guan Yu to kill Yan Liang and Wen Chou. This is to kill me through your hand. I hope you will think about it carefully. "Cao Cao's borrowing a knife to kill someone.
Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 26 <Yuan Benchu lost his army and generals, Guan Yu resigned his seal>
Yunchang led several cavalrymen to charge east and west. While the killing was going on, Liu Xuande arrived with 30,000 troops. The scouts ahead got the news and reported to Xuande, saying, "This time, it's the red-faced, long-bearded man who killed Wen Chou." Xuande hurriedly rode his horse to see, and across the river he saw a group of men and horses, moving back and forth quickly. On the flags were written: "Han Shou Ting Hou Guan Yu Chang" seven characters. Xuande thanked heaven and earth inwardly and said, "So my brother is indeed with Cao Cao!" When he was about to greet him, he was surrounded by a large group of Cao's soldiers, so he had to withdraw his troops. Yuan Shao responded to Guandu and set up camp. Guo Tu and Shen Pei went to see Yuan Shao and said, "This time it was Guan who killed Wen Chou again, and Liu Bei pretended to be ignorant." Yuan Shao was furious and scolded, "How dare the big-eared thief do this!"
After a while, Xuande arrived and Shao ordered him to be taken out and beheaded. Xuande asked, "What crime have I committed?" Shao said, "You deliberately let your brother destroy one of my generals. How can you be innocent?" Xuande said, "I will die if I speak up. Cao Cao has always been wary of me. Now I know that I am afraid that Liu Bei will help you, so I sent Yun Chang to kill the two generals. You will be angry. This is to use you to kill Liu Bei. I hope you will think about it. "Yuan Shao said: "Xuan De's words are true. You almost ruined my reputation as a wise man." He dismissed his attendants and invited Xuande to sit in the tent.
033
However, Sun Ce dominated Jiangdong with his elite troops and sufficient food supplies. In the fourth year of Jian'an, he attacked and captured Lujiang, defeated Liu Xun, and sent Yu Fan to send an urgent letter to Yuzhang, and Yuzhang prefect Hua Xin surrendered. From then on, his reputation was greatly boosted, and he sent Zhang Hong to Xuchang to present a report of victory.
Records of the Three Kingdoms: Book 1 of Wu: Biography of Sun Ce
After Yuan Shu died, Chief Clerk Yang Hong, General Zhang Xun and others led their troops to surrender, but Lujiang Prefect Liu Xun attacked them and captured them all, taking their treasures and returning. When Ce heard this, he pretended to make an alliance with Xun. Xun had just gained some generals. At that time, more than 10,000 clan members of Shangliao in Yuzhang were in Jiangdong. Ce advised Xun to attack and capture them. After Xun left, Ce's light army attacked Lujiang at night, and all of Xun's troops surrendered. Only Xun and several hundred of his men surrendered to Cao Gong (Cao Cao).
Sun Ce, son of Sun Jian, wanted to seize Lujiang County. However, Liu Xun of Lujiang County had difficulty in continuously crossing the river to transport troops for battle due to the dangerous Lujiang River, and victory was even more difficult. So Sun Ce pretended that he was not strong enough and sought help from Liu Xun, and agreed that if he won, the spoils would belong to Liu Xun. Therefore, Liu Xun was caught off guard and was defeated by Sun Ce.
034
However, Cao Cao defended Guandu from August to the end of September. His army gradually became exhausted and he ran out of food and fodder. He wanted to abandon Guandu and retreat to Xuchang. He was hesitant and wrote a letter to Xun Yu and sent someone to Xuchang to ask him about it. Yu reported it in a letter. The letter briefly said: ...You have now marked out the territory and are defending it, strangling the enemy's throat and making it unable to advance. It seems that their strength is exhausted and there will be changes. This is the time to use surprise, and you must not miss it.
Xu You, a counselor of Yuan's army, was also known by his courtesy name Ziyuan. He had been friends with Cao Cao when he was young, but at this time he was a counselor for Yuan Shao. He came to see Shao and said, "Cao Cao has stationed troops at Guandu and has been holding out for a long time. Xuchang must be empty. If we send an army to attack Xuchang at night, we can capture Xuchang and Cao Cao. Now that Cao Cao has run out of food and grass, we can take advantage of the opportunity. We should take this opportunity to attack from two directions." Shao said, "Cao Cao has many tricks, and this book is a trick to lure the enemy." You said, "If we don't take it now, we will suffer from it in the future." ...
Xu You came out, looked up to the sky and sighed, "'Honest advice is unpleasant to the ears', 'This boy is not worth consulting with!'" Then he wanted to draw his sword and commit suicide. The attendants snatched the sword from Xu You and advised him, "Why do you want to take your life so risky? Yuan Shao does not accept frank advice, and you will be captured by Cao Cao in the future. Since you have an old relationship with Cao, why don't you abandon the dark and join the light?" Just these two words woke Xu You up. So Xu You went straight to the Surrender to Cao Cao. But Xu You secretly walked out of the camp and headed straight for Cao's camp, but was captured by soldiers who were lying in ambush on the way. You said, "I am an old friend of Prime Minister Cao. Please tell me quickly that Xu You from Nanyang is here to see me." At that time, Cao Cao had just taken off his clothes to rest. When he heard that Xu You had eloped to the camp, he was overjoyed. He did not even have time to put on his shoes and ran out barefoot to greet him. Seeing Xu You from afar, Cao clapped his hands and laughed, and they walked in hand in hand, with Cao bowing to the ground first.
You asked, "How much food do you have left?" Cao said, "It can last a year." You laughed and said, "I'm afraid not." Cao said, "It can last half a year." You stood up and walked out of the tent. "I have been sincere to you, but you have deceived me like this. How can I hope for that!" Cao tried to persuade him to stay, saying, "Don't be angry, Ziyuan. I will tell you the truth. The food in the army is enough to last for three months."
... You shouted, "Don't lie to me, the food is all gone!" ... Cao held his hand and said, "Since Ziyuan has come here to remember our old friendship, I hope you can teach me something." You said, "... You has a "... Yuan Shao's army has stored up all its food and supplies at Wuchao. Now I have sent Chunyu Qiong to guard it. Qiong is a heavy drinker and unprepared. You can select elite soldiers and pretend to be Yuan's generals. Jiang Qi led his troops to protect their food supplies and took the opportunity to burn their food and baggage. Then Shao's army would be in chaos within three days. "Cao was very happy and treated Xu You with respect, keeping him in the camp.
…Yuan Shao collected the defeated troops of Wuchao and returned to his camp. Shao asked, "How did we lose Wuchao?" The defeated army replied, "Chun Yu Qiong was drunk and asleep, so we could not resist the enemy."... When Cao Cao learned that Yuan Shao's troops had moved, he divided his troops into eight groups and rushed straight to Shao's camp. Yuan's army had lost their fighting spirit, fled in all directions, and was defeated. ... Cao won a complete victory and gave the gold, treasures and silk fabrics he had obtained as rewards to his soldiers.
035
Cao Cao - a Han prime minister in name only, but actually a Han traitor; called this by different people.
Resurrection 1 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 30 <Benchu was defeated in the Battle of Guandu, and Mengde was robbed of Wuchao and burned his food> Yuan Shao
Resurrection 2 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 31 <Cao Cao defeated Benchu at Cangting, Xuande relied on Liu Biao in Jingzhou> Liu Bei
Resurrection 3 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 36 <Xuan De uses a trick to attack Fancheng, Yuan Zhi recommends Zhuge Liang> Xu Shu's mother
Resurrection 4 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 44 <Kong Ming uses wisdom to motivate Zhou Yu, Sun Quan decides to defeat Cao Cao> Zhou Yu
Strategy 14: Resurrection from the dead Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 30 <Fighting at Guandu, Yuan Shao loses and Meng De is robbed of food in Wuchao>
Cao Cao pointed his whip at Yuan Shao and said, "I recommended you to be the general in front of the emperor. Why are you plotting rebellion now?" Shao said angrily, "You are a Han traitor in name only. Your crimes are heinous, even worse than those of Mang and Zhuo. You are accusing me of rebellion!" Cao said, "I am following the imperial edict to punish you!" Shao said, "I am following the imperial edict to punish the rebels!"
For Newbies:
Mang and Zhuo: Wang Mang and Dong Zhuo, two people.
Wang Mang: usurped the Han Dynasty and established the Xin Dynasty; divided the Han Dynasty into the Western Han Dynasty and the Eastern Han Dynasty.
Dong Zhuo: led his troops into Luoyang; Dong Zhuo led the Xiliang troops into the Eastern Han capital: Luoyang City, further weakening the Eastern Han Dynasty.
The Yidaizhao (Secret Edict) is a letter from Emperor Xian of Han to his ministers who still have loyalty to the Han Dynasty, calling for an end to the rebellion.
Because Emperor Xian of Han had no ability to command his ministers, especially Cao Cao, who was powerful and suppressed Emperor Xian of Han; so Emperor Xian of Han wrote the Secret Edict.
036
Cao Cao - a Han prime minister in name only, but actually a Han traitor; called this by different people.
Resurrection 2 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 31 <Cao Cao defeated Benchu at Cangting, Xuande relied on Liu Biao in Jingzhou> Liu Bei
But Xuande, Guan, Zhang, Zhao Yun and others led their troops to attack Xu Du. When they were approaching Rangshan, they encountered Cao's troops coming to attack, so Xuande set up camp on Rangshan. The army was divided into three teams: Yunchang stationed his troops in the southeast corner, Zhang Fei stationed his troops in the southwest corner, and Xuande and Zhao Yun set up camp in the south. When Cao Cao's troops arrived, Xuande rushed out with drums beating. Cao deployed his troops into battle formation and asked Xuande to speak. Xuande rode out under the gate flag. Cao pointed at him with his whip and scolded him, "I treated you as a distinguished guest, why do you betray me?" Xuande said, "You pretend to be a Han minister, but you are actually a traitor to the country! I am a relative of the Han Dynasty, and I have come here to suppress the rebellion in the name of the emperor. Thief!" Then he recited the imperial edict on horseback.
037
Cao Cao's troops attacked for days but failed to capture the city. Guo Jia said: "The Yuan family deposed the eldest and enthroned the youngest. The brothers have power and have formed their own factions. If they are in a hurry, they will help each other. If they are slow, they will fight each other. It is better to lead the army south to Jingzhou and attack Liu Biao to wait for the Yuan family to come. The brothers are in a state of rebellion; if we attack them after they have changed, we can defeat them in one fell swoop."
Cao Cao liked his advice and appointed Jia Xu as the prefect to guard Liyang; Cao Hong led his troops to guard Guandu. Cao led his army to march towards Jingzhou. Yuan Tan and Yuan Shang, upon hearing that Cao's army had retreated, congratulated each other. Yuan Xi and Gao Gan resigned respectively. Yuan Tan discussed with Guo Tu and Xin Ping, saying, "I am the eldest son, but I cannot inherit my father's business; Shang was born to my stepmother, but I have inherited a high title. I am really unwilling to accept this." Tu said, "My lord, you can lead your troops outside the city and Ask Xianfu and Shenpei to drink some wine, then ambush the assassins and kill them, and the matter will be settled. ” Tan followed his advice. Just then Wang Xiu came from Qingzhou, and Tan told him this plan. Xiu said, "Brothers are like your left and right hands. If you fight with others and cut off your own hands, and then say that you will win, how can you expect that? If you abandon your brothers and do not love them, who in the world will love you? Slanderers drive a wedge between family members. In order to seek a temporary benefit, I would rather close my ears and not listen. "
Tan was angry and ordered Wang Xiu to leave, and sent someone to invite Yuan Shang. Shang discussed it with Shen Pei. Pei said, "This must be Guo Tu's plan. If you go there, you will surely fall into a trap; it is better to take advantage of the situation and attack." Yuan Shang followed his advice, put on his armor and mounted his horse, leading 50,000 troops out of the city. When Yuan Tan saw Yuan Shang leading his troops, he realized that the plan had been leaked, so he immediately mounted his horse and engaged Shang in battle. Shang saw Tan cursing loudly. Tan also scolded, "You poisoned your father to death, usurped the title, and now you come to kill your brother!" The two men fought in person and Yuan Tan was defeated. Shang Qin braved the arrows and stones and rushed into the battle to kill. Tan led the defeated army to flee to Pingyuan, but Shang withdrew his troops.
Guo Jia, whose courtesy name was Fengxiao, was an advisor to Cao Cao at the time.
038
038 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 33 <Cao Pi takes advantage of the chaos to marry Zhen, Guo Jia's legacy to conquer Liaodong> Xu Chu, Zhang Liao
"Xu Chu killed Yin Kai off his horse with one blow, and the rest of the troops fled in panic." "Zhang Liao took a bow and shot, and Ju Hu fell off his horse. Cao commanded his troops to attack, and the people all fled.
While they were talking, Xu You came from Xuchang. Hearing that Shang was attacking Tan again, he went to see Cao and said, "Prime Minister, are you sitting here waiting for a thunderbolt to kill the two Yuans?" Cao laughed and said, "I have already predicted it. "So he ordered Cao Hong to attack Ye first, while Cao Cao led his own army to attack Yin Kai. When the enemy approached the territory, Kai led his troops to meet them. Kai came out on his horse, and Cao asked, "Where is Xu Zhongkang?" Xu Chu responded and rode out straight to get Yin Kai. Kai was caught off guard and was killed by Xu Chu with a single blow of his sword, and the rest of the troops fled in panic. Cao did his best to persuade them to surrender, and then led his troops to take Handan. Ju Hu advanced his troops to meet them. Zhang Liao came out and fought with Hu. After fighting for less than three rounds, Hu was defeated and Liao chased after him. The two horses were not far apart, Liao quickly took out his bow and shot him, and he fell off his horse as soon as the string was drawn. Cao commanded his troops to attack and the crowd fled in all directions.
039
039 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 33 <Cao Pi takes advantage of the chaos to marry Zhen, Guo Jia's legacy to conquer Liaodong> Zhang Liao
"The Zhang Liao army galloped and killed Maodun on his horse, and the rest of the troops surrendered.
So he left Guo Jia in Yizhou to recuperate and asked the local guide to lead the way. Someone recommended Tian Chou, an old general of Yuan Shao, who was well aware of the situation, so Cao summoned him and questioned him. Chou said: "There is water along this road in summer and autumn. It is too shallow for carriages and too deep for boats. It is very difficult to move. It is better to turn back and cross the dangerous Baitan Pass from Lulongkou, get out of the empty area, and approach Liucheng to catch them by surprise. , Maodun can be captured in one battle."
Cao followed his advice and appointed Tian Chou as General Jingbei, and made him a local guide and vanguard. Zhang Liao was next. Cao followed behind and advanced on horseback at twice the speed. Tian Chou led Zhang Liao to Bailang Mountain, where they met Yuan Xi. Yuan Shang and Maodun and tens of thousands of other cavalrymen came forward. Zhang Liao reported to Cao Cao. Cao reined in his horse and climbed up a high place to look over. He saw that Maodun's soldiers had no formation and were in disarray. Cao said to Zhang Liao, "The enemy troops are not in order, so you can attack them." Then he gave his banner to Liao. Liao led Xu Chu, Yu Jin and Xu Huang down the mountain in four groups and attacked fiercely. Maodun caused chaos. Liao rode his horse and killed Maodun on his horse, and the rest of his men surrendered. Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang led several thousand cavalrymen to Liaodong.
040 (None) [Can only protect himself, no time to expand the results of the war] Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 42 <Zhang Yide makes a scene at Changban Bridge, Liu Yuzhou flees to Hanjin>
"Zhong Shen fell off his horse and died, and the rest of the people fled in panic. 』
However, Zhong Jin and Zhong Shen stopped Zhao Yun and started fighting. Zhao Yun thrust his spear forward and stabbed. Zhong Jin was the first to meet the attack, wielding his axe. The two horses met and fought for less than three rounds. Yun stabbed him off his horse with a spear and ran away. Zhong Shen came up from behind with a halberd in his hand, and the tails of their horses collided with each other. The halberd only made a shadow at the back of Zhao Yun's heart. Yun quickly turned his horse's head, and their chests just happened to hit each other. Yun held the spear in his left hand to block the painted halberd, and with his right hand he drew out the Qinggang sword and chopped it off, cutting off half of the man's helmet and head. The man fell off his horse and died, and the rest of the crowd fled. Zhao Yun escaped and headed towards the long plank bridge.
040
However, Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang led several thousand cavalry to Liaodong. Gongsun Kang, the governor of Liaodong, was originally from Xiangping and the son of Gongsun Du, the general of Wuwei. When he learned that Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang were coming to surrender, he gathered his subordinates to discuss the matter. Gongsun Gong said: "When Yuan Shao was alive, he always wanted to take over Liaodong. Now Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang have been defeated and are about to die. They have nowhere to live. They have come here to get together. It is like a dove trying to seize the magpie's nest. If we accommodate them, we will surely I'd better lure him into the city, kill him, and present his head to Cao Gong, who will surely treat me well." Kang said, "I'm afraid Cao Cao will lead his troops to Liaodong, so I'd better accept the two Yuan envoys to help me." Gong said, "Yes. Send someone to find out. If Cao's army comes to attack, then keep the two Yuans; if they do not move, then kill the two Yuans and hand them over to Cao Gong. "Kang followed his advice and sent someone to find out the news.
Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang arrived in Liaodong. They discussed secretly, "The Liaodong army has tens of thousands of soldiers, which is enough to compete with Cao Cao. We should surrender to them temporarily, and then kill Gongsun Kang and seize their land. Then we can build up our strength and fight against the Central Plains. We can recover Hebei."
After the discussion was finalized, he went to see Gongsun Kang, but Kang stayed in the inn and just said he was sick and did not meet him immediately. Not long after, the spies reported back, "Cao Cao has stationed his troops in Yizhou and has no intention of conquering Liaodong." Gongsun Kang was overjoyed, so he hid the swordsmen and axemen in the wall and sent the two Yuans in. After the greeting ceremony, they were told to sit down. It was extremely cold at the time, and Shang saw that there was no mattress on the bed, so he said to Kang, "I would like to spread a mat for you to sit on." Kang glared at him and said, "You two heads will travel thousands of miles! How can you need a mat?" Shang was greatly shocked. Kang shouted, "Why don't you take action?" The executioners rushed out and chopped off the two men's heads while they were sitting on the table. They put the heads in a wooden box and sent someone to take them to Yizhou to see Cao Cao.
Place names: Liaodong, Yizhou, Zhongyuan, Hebei
041
At that time, Cao Cao was in Yizhou and did not move his troops. Xiahou Dun and Zhang Liao came to report, saying, "If we don't take Liaodong, we can return to Xu Du; but we are afraid that Liu Biao will become resentful." Cao said, "Wait until the heads of the two Yuans arrive, and then we will withdraw our troops." Everyone laughed secretly. Suddenly, it was reported that Gongsun Kang from Liaodong had sent someone to deliver the heads of Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang, and everyone was shocked. The messenger presented the letter. Cao laughed loudly and said, "As expected, he is the man to be filial to his parents!" He rewarded the envoy handsomely and appointed Gongsun Kang as the Left General of the Marquis of Xiangping. The officials asked, "Why didn't it turn out to be just as Fengxiao had expected?" Cao then showed them Guo Jia's letter. The letter briefly said: I have heard that Yuan Xi and Yuan Shang have gone to Liaodong to seek refuge. Your Excellency must not send more troops. Gongsun Kang had long feared that the Yuan family would annex him, so if the two Yuans went to surrender, they would surely be suspicious. If we attack them with troops, we must unite our forces to meet the enemy head on and not give in hastily. If we slow down, Gongsun Kang and the Yuan family will surely plot against each other, as this is the nature of the situation.
Guo Jia, whose courtesy name was Fengxiao, was an advisor to Cao Cao at the time.
042
Liu Biao was happy and wanted to follow his advice. Cai Mao told his sister, Madam Cai, "Liu Bei sent three generals to live outside the capital, while he himself stayed in Jingzhou. This will surely cause trouble in the long run." Madam Cai then told Liu Biao at night, "I heard that many people in Jingzhou have contacts with Liu Bei. We must be on guard. It is useless for him to stay in the city, so it is better to send someone there. ” Biao said, “Xuan De is a kind man.” Cai said, “I am afraid that he may not share your heart.”
(For newbies: Liu Biao is the leader of Jingzhou; Madam Cai is worried that Liu Bei will seize Jingzhou from Liu Biao)
He hesitated and did not answer. The next day, when he left the city, he saw that the horse Xuande was riding was extremely fine. He asked about it and learned that it was Zhang Wu's horse. He praised the horse highly. Xuande then gave the horse to Liu Biao. Biao was overjoyed and rode back to the city. Kuai Yue saw it and asked about it. Biao said, "This is the horse Xuande sent me." Yue said, "My elder brother Kuai Liang was the best at judging horses. I also know a lot about it. This horse has tear troughs under its eyes and white spots on its forehead. It is called Dilu. It will harm the master. Zhang Wu died because of this horse. The master should not ride it. "
Show that you listen to what he says. The next day, he invited Xuande to a banquet and said, "I am deeply grateful for your kindness in giving me the good horses yesterday. But my dear brother, you may need them when you go on a campaign. I will return them with all my heart." Xuande stood up to thank him. Biao also said, "My dear brother, if you stay here for too long, I am afraid that you will neglect military affairs. Xinye County, a county under Xiangyang, has a lot of money and food. You can lead your troops to station in this county, what do you think?"
Xuande agreed. The next day, he said goodbye to Liu Biao and led his troops to Xinye. As he was leaving the city gate, he saw a man standing in front of a horse and bowing, saying, "The horse you are riding is not yours to ride." Xuande looked at him and found that it was Yi Jie, a guest of Jingzhou, whose courtesy name was Jibo and who was from Shanyang. Xuande hurriedly dismounted and asked. Ji said, "Yesterday I heard Kuai Yidu say to Liu Jingzhou: 'This horse is called Dilu, and riding it will harm the master.' So I returned it to you. Can you ride it again?" Xuande said, "I am deeply grateful for your kindness. Life and death are determined by fate. How can a horse interfere with that? " Ji was deeply impressed by his insightful opinion and from then on he kept in touch with Xuande.
Horse-viewing: Judging the quality of horses
043
But Xuande was sitting in the guesthouse with a candle, and was about to go to bed after three o'clock in the morning. Suddenly, a man knocked on the door and came in. It was Yi Ji. It turned out that Yi Ji had learned that Cai Mao intended to harm Xuande, so he came to report it in the middle of the night. At that moment, Yi Ji informed Xuande of Cai Mao's plan and urged him to get up quickly. Xuande asked, "How can you leave without resigning from Jingsheng?" Ji said, "If you resign, you will be harmed by Cai Mao."
Xuande then said goodbye to Yi Ji and hurriedly called his followers to mount their horses together. Without waiting for dawn, he rushed back to Xinye at night. By the time Cai Mao led his troops to the residence, Xuande had already gone far away. Mao regretted it too late, so he wrote a poem on the wall, went straight to see Biao and said: "Liu Bei has the intention of rebellion, wrote a rebellious poem on the wall, and left without saying goodbye." Biao did not believe it, so he went to the mansion to see it himself. There are indeed four lines of poetry. The poem says:
I have been trapped for several years, facing the old mountains and rivers in vain. How can a dragon stay in a pond? It wants to ride on thunder and go up to the sky!
Liu Biao was furious when he saw the poem, and drew his sword, saying, "I swear to kill this ungrateful man!" After walking a few steps, he suddenly realized, "I have been with Xuande for a long time, and I have never seen him write a poem. This must be a plot by an outsider to sow discord between us. ” Then he went back into the hall, cut off the poem with the tip of his sword, threw away the sword and mounted his horse. Cai Mao requested, "The soldiers have been assembled, we can go to Xinye to capture Liu Bei." Biao said, "We should not act rashly, we should take our time."
夤夜 = late at night; 夤夜 ㄧㄣˊ ㄧㄝˋ
(Liu Bei, courtesy name: Xuande) (Liu Biao, courtesy name: Jingsheng)
044
He then ordered his attendants to bring over the four treasures of the study and asked Xu's mother to write. Xu's mother asked, "What kind of person is Liu Bei?" Cao said, "You are a young man from Pei County, who falsely calls himself the emperor's uncle. You have no integrity at all. You are a gentleman on the outside but a villain on the inside." Xu's mother said in a stern voice, "How can you be so deceitful? Yes! I have long heard that Xuande is the descendant of King Jing of Zhongshan, the great-great-grandson of Emperor Xiaojing. He is humble and courteous to others, and is well-known for his kindness. Children, old men, shepherds, and woodcutters all know his name. He is truly a hero of the time. Yes. My son assisted him and found his master. Although you are the Han prime minister in name, you are actually a traitor to the Han. You regard Xuande as a traitor and want to make my son betray the light and join the dark. Aren’t you ashamed of yourself? "
045
Kong Ming said, "Jing Sheng wants to give Jingzhou to the lord, how can we refuse?" Xuande said, "Jing Sheng treats me with kindness and courtesy, how can we bear to take it away when he is in danger?" Kong Ming sighed and said, "What a kind man! The master!" While they were discussing, they were suddenly informed that Master Liu Qi was here to see them. Xuande came in. Qi wept and bowed, saying, "My stepmother is incompatible and my life is in danger. I hope my uncle will have mercy on me and save me." Xuande said, "This is my nephew's family affair. Why are you asking me?" Kongming smiled, and Xuande asked him for advice. Kong Ming said, "This is a family matter, I dare not get involved." After a while, Xuande sent Qi out and whispered in his ear, "Tomorrow I will ask Kong Ming to go back and pay respects to my nephew. You can do this and that. He will surely have a good plan to tell you." Qi Thank you and leave.
The next day, Xuande just claimed to have abdominal pain, so he asked Kongming to go back to pay a visit to Liu Qi. Kong Ming agreed, dismounted in front of the young master's house, and went in to see the young master. The young master invited him into the back hall. After tea, Qi said, "Qi is not tolerated by my stepmother. Fortunately, you can save me with a word." Kong Ming said, "I am a guest here. How dare I tell others about family matters? If it is leaked, it will cause great harm." After that, Stand up and say goodbye. Qi said, "Since you have come to visit me, how dare I treat you with disrespect?" So he invited Kong Ming to come into the secret room and drink together.
While drinking, Qi said again, "My stepmother doesn't like me. I beg you to say something to save me." Kong Ming said, "This is not something I dare to do." After saying this, he wanted to leave again. Qi said, "Sir, if you don't want to say anything, then that's fine. Why do you want to leave?" Kong Ming then sat down again. Qi said, "Qi has an ancient book, please take a look at it, sir." Then he led Kong Ming to a small building. Kong Ming asked, "Where is the book?" Qi wept and bowed, saying, "My stepmother dislikes me and my life is at stake. Can you not say a word to save me?"
Kong Ming got angry and wanted to go downstairs, but found that the stairs had been removed. Qi said, "I want to ask you for advice on a good strategy, but you are afraid that it might be leaked, so you are unwilling to speak. Today, I can neither go up to heaven nor down to earth, but you can speak from your mouth and hear from me, so I can give you advice." Kong Ming said, "' "Distance does not interfere with closeness," how could Liang help the prince? "Qi said, "Sir, are you still unwilling to teach me? My life is in danger. I wish to die before you, Sir." He drew his sword and wanted to commit suicide. Kong Ming stopped him and said, "I have a good plan." Qi bowed and said, "I will teach you now." Kong Ming said, "My lord, have you not heard about the story of Shen Sheng and Chong Er? Shen Sheng died in the inner court, while Chong Er was safe outside the inner court. Now that Huang Zu has just passed away, Jiangxia lacks people to defend it. Why don't you go to the court and ask for troops to be stationed to defend Jiangxia? Then you can avoid disaster."
Qi bowed again to thank him for his advice, and then ordered someone to get a ladder to take Kong Ming downstairs. After saying goodbye, Kong Ming returned to see Xuande and told him everything. Xuande was very happy. The next day, Liu Qi submitted a petition, saying that he wanted to defend Jiangxia. Liu Biao was hesitant and asked Xuande to discuss it together. Xuande said, "Jiangxia is an important place that cannot be defended by others. You must go there yourself. The affairs of the southeast are handled by your brother, father and son; the affairs of the northwest are handled by me." The memorial said, "I heard recently that Cao Cao has made a Xuanwu Pond is used to train the navy, so there must be an intention to march south, so we must be on guard. "Xuan De said, "I already know about it, brother, don't worry." Then he said goodbye and returned to Xinye. Liu Biao ordered Liu Qi to lead 3,000 troops to garrison Jiangxia.
046
"Zhong Shen fell off his horse and died, and the rest of the people fled in panic. 』
However, Zhong Jin and Zhong Shen stopped Zhao Yun and started fighting. Zhao Yun thrust his spear forward and stabbed. Zhong Jin was the first to meet the attack, wielding his axe. The two horses met and fought for less than three rounds. Yun stabbed him off his horse with a spear and ran away. Zhong Shen came up from behind with a halberd in his hand, and the tails of their horses collided with each other. The halberd only made a shadow at the back of Zhao Yun's heart. Yun quickly turned his horse's head, and their chests just happened to hit each other. Yun held the spear in his left hand to block the painted halberd, and with his right hand he drew out the Qinggang sword and chopped it off, cutting off half of the man's helmet and head. The man fell off his horse and died, and the rest of the crowd fled. Zhao Yun escaped and headed towards the long plank bridge.
047
Zhou Yu said: "Although Cao is in name only, he is actually a traitor to the Han Dynasty. The general (Sun Quan) is a man of great power and talent, relying on the legacy of his father and brothers (Sun Quan inherited the legacy of his father and brothers: Sun Jian and Sun Ce), and he has occupied Jiangdong, with a strong army and abundant food. I am a man of integrity, and I should be running rampant throughout the country to rid the country of cruelty and violence. Why should I surrender to the enemy? Moreover, Cao has violated many military strategists' taboos by coming here: the northern land is not yet pacified, Ma Teng and Han Sui are the future troubles, and Cao has been on the southern expedition for a long time. , the first taboo; the Northern Army was not familiar with water warfare, so they abandoned their saddles and horses and relied on boats to compete with the Eastern Wu, which was the second taboo; and it was the middle of winter, and the horses had no wormwood, which was the third taboo; driving the Chinese soldiers across the rivers and lakes, they were not willing to surrender. The water and soil are prone to diseases, which are the four taboos: if Cao's troops violate these taboos, they will be defeated even though they are numerous. General, you will capture Cao today. Yu requests several thousand elite troops to be stationed at Xiakou, so that you can defeat him!"
048
After a while, Zhou Yu came in to see him. After the ceremony, Sun Quan stopped his condolences. Yu said, "I heard recently that Cao Cao led his troops to station at Hanshang and sent a letter to me. What do you think of this, my lord?" Quan immediately showed the letter to Zhou Yu. After reading it, Yu laughed and said, "How dare you, old villain, do you think that we have no one in Jiangdong?" "Is it an insult?" Quan asked, "What do you think?" Yu asked, "Have you discussed this with the civil and military officials?" Quan said, "We have discussed this matter for several days. Some people have advised us to surrender, and some have advised us to fight. It is not yet decided, so please make a careful decision. Yu asked, "Who persuaded the lord to surrender?" Quan said, "Zhang Zibu and others all supported that idea." Yu then asked Zhang Zhao, "I would like to know why you are in favor of surrender. Zhao said, "Cao Cao has taken the emperor hostage and conquered all directions, always in the name of the court. Recently, he has also captured Jingzhou, and his power is even greater. The only thing that can stop Cao Cao in Jiangdong is the Yangtze River. Now Cao Cao has more than a thousand warships. We can advance by land and sea. How can we resist? It is better to surrender and make plans for the future. Yu said, "This is the opinion of a pedantic scholar! Jiangdong has been a country for three generations since its founding. How can we bear to abandon it in one day?" Quan said, "If this is the case, Where to go?
Yu said: "Although Cao pretends to be the prime minister of Han, he is actually a traitor to Han. General, you are a man of great power and talent, relying on the legacy of your father and brother, occupying Jiangdong, with well-trained soldiers and sufficient food. You should be able to run rampant throughout the country and eliminate cruelty and violence for the country. Why did you surrender to the traitor? Is that right? Moreover, Cao has violated many military strategists' taboos by coming here: the northern land is not yet pacified, Ma Teng and Han Sui are its future troubles, and Cao has been on the southern expedition for a long time, which is a taboo; the northern army is not familiar with water warfare, and Cao has left his saddled horses, Relying on boats and ships to compete with the Eastern Wu was the second taboo; it was the dead of winter and the horses had no wormwood, which was the third taboo; driving Chinese soldiers across rivers and lakes, where they were not used to the local climate and water, and many of them got sick, which was the fourth taboo. , even though they are numerous, they will surely be defeated. General, you will capture Cao today. Yu requests several thousand elite soldiers to advance to Xiakou and defeat him for you!" Quan stood up and said, "The old thief has long wanted to overthrow the Han and establish his own regime. He is afraid of the two Yuan, Lu Bu, Liu Biao and I. Now the heroes have been destroyed, only I am still alive. I and the old villain, swear not to coexist! Your words are in line with my opinion. This is God's gift to me." Yu said : "I will fight to the death for the general, even if I die. I am afraid that the general is hesitant." Quan drew his sword and chopped off a corner of the memorial in front of him and said, "Any officer who talks about surrendering to Cao again will be punished like this!" After saying this, He then gave the sword to Zhou Yu, and appointed him as the Grand Commander, Cheng Pu as the Deputy Commander, and Lu Su as the Assistant Army Captain. If any civil or military official disobeys orders, he will be executed with this sword.
An: table; Zou'an: a table used to place official documents
The two Yuans: Yuan Shao and Yuan Shu, two warlords who once controlled large tracts of land
049
Cao Cao asked his generals, "We lost a battle yesterday and our fighting spirit was dampened. Now they are spying on our camp. How should we defeat them?" Before he finished speaking, a man from under the tent came out and said, "I have known you since childhood. Zhou Lang is a classmate and close friend of mine. He is willing to use his eloquence to go to Jiangdong and persuade this man to surrender. Cao Cao was overjoyed. He looked at him and found that he was from Jiujiang. His surname was Jiang, his name was Gan, and his courtesy name was Ziyi. He was treated as a guest in his tent. Cao asked, "Are Ziyi and Zhou Gongjin close friends?" Gan said, "Don't worry, Prime Minister. I will succeed when I reach Jiangzuo." Cao asked, "What do you want to take with you?" Gan said, "I only need a boy to accompany me." "Go, two servants will steer the boat, the rest will not be used." Cao was very happy and gave Jiang Gan a farewell banquet. Wearing a linen cloth robe, Gan drove a small boat and went straight to Zhou Yu's camp, and ordered a messenger to announce: "My old friend Jiang Gan is visiting." Zhou Yu was discussing matters in his tent, and when he heard that Gan had arrived, he smiled and said to his generals: "The lobbyist has arrived." Then he whispered to the generals. The generals obeyed the order and left.
Jiang Gan, courtesy name: Ziyi; Jiang Gan = Jiang Ziyi
Zhou Yu, courtesy name: Gongjin; Zhou Yu = Zhou Gongjin
Yu dressed neatly and was followed by several hundred followers, all wearing brocade clothes and flowery hats, who crowded out from front and back. Jiang Gan came with a little boy in blue clothes, looking proud. Yu bowed and welcomed him. Gan said, "Gongjin, how are you?" Yu said, "Ziyi, you are so kind. You have traveled a long way to be a lobbyist for Cao?" Gan was surprised and said, "I have not seen you for a long time. I came to talk about the past. Why do you suspect me of being a Are you a lobbyist?" Yu smiled and said, "Although I am not as smart as Shi Kuang, I can understand the elegant meaning of Hong's song by listening to it." Gan said, "Since you treat an old friend like this, please leave." Yu smiled and took his arm and said, "I But I am afraid that you are just a lobbyist for Cao. If you have no such intention, why leave so quickly? " Then they entered the tent together. After the greetings were over and they sat down, he ordered all the outstanding people in Jiangzuo to meet Ziyi.
Soon, the civil officials and military generals were all dressed in brocade clothes, and the deputy officers and soldiers under their tents were all covered in silver armor; they entered in two lines. After Yu Du had met them, they sat on both sides. They gave a grand banquet, played music celebrating the army's victory, and served wine in turns. Yu told the officials, "This is my schoolmate and close friend. Although he came here from Jiangbei, he is not a lobbyist for the Cao family. Don't doubt it." Then he took off his sword and gave it to Taishi Ci, saying, "You can wear my sword and supervise the wine. During the banquet, only talk about friendship; if anyone mentions Cao Cao and the military affairs of the Eastern Wu, he will be executed. "Taishi Ci agreed and sat at the table with his sword in hand. Jiang Gan was shocked and dared not say anything more. Zhou Yu said, "Since I took command of the army, I have not drunk a drop of wine. Today I meet an old friend and I have no reservations, so I should get drunk." After saying this, he laughed and drank. There was a lot of drinking and toasting at the table. When they were half drunk, Yu took his hands and walked out of the tent at the same time. The soldiers on both sides were all fully armed and stood with spears and halberds in their hands.
Yu said, "Are our soldiers strong and brave?" Gan said, "They are truly as tough as bears and tigers." Yu led Gan to the back of the tent and saw that food and fodder were piled up like mountains. Yu asked, "Do we have enough food and fodder?" Gan said, "Our soldiers are well-trained and well-fed, and our reputation is well-deserved." Yu pretended to be drunk and laughed, "When Zhou Yu and Ziyi were classmates, they never expected to be like this." Gan said, "We have a well-trained army and sufficient food, and our reputation is well-deserved." Yu pretended to be drunk and laughed, "When Zhou Yu and Ziyi were classmates, they never expected to be like this." Gan said, "We have He said, "Given my brother's high talent, it is not an exaggeration." Yu held his hand and said, "A real man should live in the world and meet a lord who understands him. He should trust the loyalty of the ruler and his subjects, and the love of family members. He should keep his words and follow his plans. We share good and bad fortune. Even if Su Qin, Zhang Yi, Lu Jia, and Li Sheng were to come back, with eloquence and tongues as sharp as blades, how could they move my heart? "After saying this, he laughed. Jiang Gan's face turned pale. Yu brought wine back to the tent and drank with the generals again. He pointed at the generals and said, "These are all heroes from Jiangdong. Today's gathering can be called a 'Gathering of Heroes'." They drank until dusk, lit candles, and Yu started to dance. The sword makes song.
After the song, the whole room was filled with laughter. Late at night, Gan declined, saying, "I can't handle the wine any more." Yu ordered the banquet to be cleared and the generals left. Yu said, "I haven't shared a bed with Ziyi for a long time. Tonight, I will sleep with my feet touching each other." So he pretended to be drunk and brought Gan into the tent to sleep with him. Yu lay down with his clothes on, vomiting all over the place. How could Jiang Gan sleep? As I lay on my pillow and listened, I heard the army drum beating for the second watch. I got up and looked at the remaining lights, which were still bright. When looking at Zhou Yu, his breathing was like thunder. Gan saw a pile of documents on the table in the tent, so he got up and took a peek, and found that they were all correspondence. There was a letter inside, with "Written by Cai Mao and Zhang Yun" written on it. Gan was shocked and read it secretly. The book briefly said: We surrendered to Cao not for official positions or salaries, but because we were forced by the situation. Now we have trapped the Northern Army in the stronghold, but if we get the chance, we will immediately capture the bandit's head and present it to us. When people arrive sooner or later, there will be relevant reports. Please don't doubt it. I would like to reply to you in advance.
Gan Si said, "It turns out that Cai Mao and Zhang Yun are connected with Eastern Wu!..." So he hid the book in his clothes. When he was about to check his book again, Zhou Yu turned over in bed and quickly turned off the light and went to bed. Yu mumbled, "Ziyi, I will teach you how to see the head of Cao the thief in a few days!" Gan responded reluctantly. Yu said again: "Zi Yi, wait!... I'll show you the head of Cao the thief!" When Gan asked him about it, Yu fell asleep again. He lay on the bed. It was almost four o'clock when he heard someone enter the tent and called, "Commander, are you awake?" Zhou Yu pretended to wake up from his dream, so he asked the man, "Who is sleeping on the bed?" The man replied, "The governor invited Ziyi to sleep with me, why did you forget?" Yu regretted, "I never get drunk on weekdays. I got into trouble yesterday, I wonder if you said anything?" The man said, "Someone from Jiangbei is here." Yu shouted, " "Voice low!" and then called "Zi Yi". Jiang Gan just pretended to be asleep. Yu sneaked out of the tent. Gan eavesdropped and heard someone outside saying, "Generals Zhang and Cai said, 'It's too urgent to take action.'" The rest of the words were quite low and unreliable. After a while, Yu entered the tent and called "Zi Yi" again. Jiang Gan just didn't respond and covered his head pretending to sleep. Yu also undressed and went to bed. Gan thought: "Zhou Yu is a meticulous person. If I can't find the book in the morning, he must be trying to harm me." He slept until the fifth watch and woke up to call Zhou Yu. Yu fell asleep. Gan put on his turban, quietly walked out of the tent, called the little boy, and went straight out of the gate. The soldier asked, "Where are you going, sir?" Gan said, "I'm afraid I might hinder the commander-in-chief's business if I stay here, so I'll say goodbye for now." The soldier did not stop him.
Gan got off the boat and rowed back to see Cao Cao. Cao asked, "How is Ziyi doing?" Gan said, "Zhou Yu is a man of high character and noble character, and cannot be moved by words." Cao was angry and said, "You are not doing well again, and you are being laughed at!" Gan said, "Although I cannot persuade Zhou Yu, I have inquired with the Prime Minister and have learned something. Please excuse me, my attendants." Gan took out the letter and told Cao Cao all the above matters. Cao was furious and said, "How rude of you two thieves!" He immediately summoned Cai Mao and Zhang Yun to his tent. Cao said, "I want to send you two to advance." Mao said, "The army has not yet been fully trained, so we should not advance lightly." Cao said angrily, "If the army is fully trained, I will offer my head to Zhou Lang!" Zhang and the other two did not understand what he meant and were too frightened to answer. Cao ordered the warriors to push him out and behead him. After a moment, he presented his head under the tent, and Cao realized and said, "I have fallen into a trap!"
When the generals saw that Zhang and Cai had been killed, they went in to ask why. Although Cao knew that he had fallen into a trap, he refused to admit his mistake and said to his generals, "These two men violated military law, so I will execute them." Everyone sighed and lamented. Cao selected Mao Jie and Yu Jin from among his generals as admirals of the navy to replace Cai and Zhang. The spies found out and reported to Jiangdong. Zhou Yu was overjoyed and said, "My only worry was these two people. Now that they have been eliminated, I have nothing to worry about." Su said, "If the commander-in-chief uses his troops like this, why should we worry that Cao Cao will not be defeated!" Yu said, "I don't think the generals know this. "Zhuge Liang is the only one who has better insight than me. I think this plot cannot be concealed. Zi Jing, try to provoke him with words and see if he knows it or not. Then report it."
050
Kong Ming-Borrowing Arrows from a Straw Boat
Zhou Yu asked Kong Ming, "Today we are going to fight Cao's army. When fighting on the water, which weapon should we use first?" Kong Ming said, "On the Yangtze River, the bow and arrow are the most important." Yu said, "What you said is exactly what I think. But now the army is short of arrows, I would like to ask you to supervise the production of 100,000 arrows to fight the enemy. This is a public matter, please do not refuse. Kong Ming said: "The governor has entrusted me with this task, so I will do my best. May I ask how many arrows are needed for 100,000? When will we need the arrows?" Yu asked, "Can we finish it within ten days?" Kong Ming said, "Cao's army will arrive today. If we wait ten days, we will miss the important task." Yu said, "Mr. How many days will it take to finish it?" Kong Ming said, "It will only take three days to receive 100,000 arrows." Yu said, "There is no joking in the army." Kong Ming said, "How dare I joke with the commander-in-chief! I am willing to accept the military order: three days If you don't do it, you will be severely punished. "
Kong Ming said, "How can we make 100,000 arrows in three days? Zi Jing has to save me!" Lu Su said, "You have brought disaster upon yourself. How can I save you?" Kong Ming said, "I hope Zi Jing can lend me 20 boats. , each ship needs 30 soldiers, all the ships are covered with blue cloth as curtains, and each ship has more than a thousand bundles of grass, distributed on both sides. I have my own clever tricks. On the third day, I guarantee that we will have 100,000 arrows. "
However, Lu Su secretly allocated 20 light boats, each with more than 30 people, as well as cloth curtains, bundles of grass and other supplies, all ready, waiting for Kong Ming to deploy them. On the first day, there was no movement from Kong Ming; on the second day, there was no movement either. At four o'clock on the third day, Kong Ming secretly invited Lu Su to the boat. Su asked, "Why did you call me here?" Kong Ming said, "I want to ask you to go with me to get the arrows." Su asked, "Where should we go?" Kong Ming said, "Zi Jing, don't ask. We will see you there when we go." ” He then ordered twenty boats to be connected with long ropes and to head straight for the northern shore. That night the sky was filled with fog, and the fog was even thicker in the Yangtze River, so that people on the opposite sides could not see each other. Kong Ming urged the boat to move forward, and at five o'clock that night, the boat was close to Cao Cao's water stronghold. Kong Ming ordered the ships to be arranged in a line with their heads to the west and their tails to the east, and then he beat drums and shouted on the boats. Lu Su was surprised and asked, "What if Cao's army came out together?" Kong Ming laughed and said, "I think Cao Cao will not dare to come out in the heavy fog. Let's just drink some wine and have fun, and then go back when the fog clears."
But in Cao Cao's camp, they heard the beating of drums and shouting, so Mao Jie and Yu Jin hurriedly reported to Cao Cao. Cao issued an order, "The river is covered in fog. If the enemy army suddenly arrives, they must be ambushing. Do not act rashly. Send the navy's archers to shoot at them." He also sent someone to the dry camp to call Zhang Liao and Xu Huang, each with his own troops. Three thousand archers and crossbowmen rushed to the riverside to assist in shooting. By the time the order arrived, Mao Jie and Yu Jin, fearing that the Southern Army would rush into the water stronghold, had already sent archers to shoot arrows in front of the stronghold. After a while, archers from the dry camp also arrived, about 10,000 people, and they all shot arrows into the river: arrows flew like rain. Kong Ming ordered the boats to turn around, with the head facing east and the tail facing west, and to approach the water stronghold to receive arrows, while beating drums and shouting. When the sun rose high and the fog dissipated, Kong Ming ordered the ships to return quickly. The grass on both sides of the twenty boats was lined with arrows. Kong Ming ordered the soldiers on each boat to shout in unison, "Thank you, Prime Minister, for the arrows!" By the time Cao Cao was informed in the Cao army camp, the boats were light and the water was fast, so they had already been pushed back more than 20 miles, and Cao Cao could not catch up with them. He regretted it very much.
When the boat reached the shore, Zhou Yu had already sent 500 soldiers to wait by the river to carry arrows. Kong Ming taught people to collect them on the boat, and they could get more than 100,000 branches. They were all moved into the central military tent to pay. Lu Su went to see Zhou Yu and told him the story of Kong Ming taking the arrows. Yu was shocked and sighed, "Kong Ming is so smart and wise, I am not as good as him!"
051
But Zhou Yu was sitting in his tent at night when he suddenly saw Huang Gai sneaking into the army to see Zhou Yu. Yu asked, "Your Excellency will come at night, so you must have some good advice." Gai said, "They are many and we are few, so we can't hold out for long. Why don't we use fire to attack them?"... Yu said, "That's what I was thinking... but I have no idea." One person is plotting a false surrender for me." Gai said, "I am willing to carry out this plan." Yu said, "How can he believe it if I don't suffer a little?" Gai said, "I have received great kindness from the Sun family. Even if I die, I will not No regrets." Yu bowed and thanked him, saying, "If you are willing to carry out this self-torture plan, it will be a great blessing for Jiangdong." Gai said, "I will die without regrets." Then he thanked him and left.
Huang Gai's character: Gong Fu; Huang Gai = Huang Gong Fu
The next day, Zhou Yu beat the drum to gather all the generals under the tent, and Kong Ming was also present. Zhou Yu said, "Cao Cao has led a million troops, and his army is over 300 miles long. It will take more than one day to defeat him. I will order all the generals to take three months' worth of food and grass to prepare for the enemy." Before he finished speaking, Huang Gai stepped forward and said, "Don't say Three months; even if we have thirty months of food and fodder, it will be useless! If we can break through this month, then we can break through; if we can’t break through this month, we can only follow Zhang Zibu’s advice, abandon our weapons and surrender to the north! "
Zhou Yu became furious... He stripped Huang Gai of his clothes, dragged him to the ground, and beat him with the cane fifty times. …The officials helped Huang Gai up and beat him till his skin was torn and blood was gushing out. They helped him back to the camp, where he fainted several times. Everyone who asked the question shed tears. …
Huang Gai was lying in the tent, and all the generals came to question him. He said nothing, but just sighed. Suddenly, it was reported that the military advisor Kan Ze came to ask questions. Gai ordered him to go into the bedroom and ordered his attendants to leave. Kan Ze asked, "General, do you have a grudge against the governor?" Gai said, "No." Ze said, "Then your acceptance of blame is not a self-torture scheme?" Gai said, "How do you know?" Ze said, "I have seen Gongjin's actions were predicted to be 80% or 90% accurate. "Gai said, "I have received great favors from the three generations of Wu Hou, but I have no way to repay them, so I offer this plan to defeat Cao Cao. Although I have suffered, I have no regrets. I have seen the army Among them, there is no one who can be trusted. Only you have a loyal heart and dare to confide in me. "Ze said: "You told me, just to ask me to submit a false letter of surrender." Gai said: "That is indeed the intention . I wonder if you agree?" Kan Ze readily agreed.
Enemy = revenge
052
Originally, the ruler of Wu: Sun Quan and the Grand Commander (military leader) Zhou Yu were still considering: When Cao Cao's army of 800,000 was marching south, should they cooperate with Liu Bei to resist Cao Cao? Or should we cooperate with Cao Cao to end the chaos? (Will Cao Cao be magnanimous enough to tolerate Sun Quan? All these are still unknown; after Sun Quan moves to the north, will he be respected or humiliated? Will he be killed? Will he be crowned king? Will he be able to keep his title? Can he get a fief? Can Sun Quan get a salary?) Sun Quan and Zhou Yu were full of thoughts and were hesitant. Zhuge Liang deliberately forged the story and told Zhou Yu about the "Two Qiaos locked up in the Bronze Sparrow Tower in spring" (roughly meaning: Cao Cao built the Bronze Sparrow Tower in order to unify the world with Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao, shared happiness. One-sided happiness: Cao Cao - Cao Mengde). Da Qiao is the wife of Sun Ce; Xiao Qiao is the wife of Zhou Yu. Zhou Yu, who was narrow-minded, became furious after hearing this and immediately decided to form an alliance with Liu Bei to fight against Cao. As for the adjective: narrow-minded, it is a fabrication in Romance of the Three Kingdoms. Those who can leave their names in history are not simple. Readers should think carefully.
The strategy of deliberately injuring oneself in order to deceive others' trust.
In the 46th chapter of Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Zhou Yu said: "If we don't use the self-torture trick, how can we deceive Cao Cao? Now we must order Huang Gongfu (Wu general Huang Gai) to pretend to surrender, and let Cai Zhong and Cai He report the matter." A two-part allegorical saying: Zhou Yu beats Huang Gai - one is willing to fight, the other is willing to be beaten.
In order to succeed in the burning of Red Cliff, Zhou Yu wanted a general to pretend to surrender and put flammable materials on Cao Cao's warship. At this time, Huang Gai volunteered, so Zhou Yu reluctantly beat Huang Gai 50 times, which made Cao Cao relax his vigilance against Huang Gai. . Cao Cao believed Huang Gai's surrender, so Huang Gai was able to successfully place flammable materials on his own ship and rush towards Cao Cao's ship.
053
But when Wu Guotai saw Sun Quan was hesitant, she said to him, "My elder sister left a message: 'Before he died, Bofu said: If you are undecided about internal affairs, ask Zhang Zhao; if you are undecided about external affairs, ask Zhou Yu.' Why don't you ask Gongjin now?" Quan was overjoyed and immediately sent an envoy to Poyang to invite Zhou Yu to discuss the matter. It turned out that Zhou Yu was training the navy in Poyang Lake. When he heard that Cao Cao's army had arrived at Hanshang, he returned to Chaisang County overnight to discuss military affairs. Before the messenger was sent out, Zhou Yu had already arrived. Lu Su and Yu were the closest, so he went on to explain the previous matter in detail. Zhou Yu said, "Zi Jing, don't worry. I have my own ideas. Now you can quickly invite Kong Ming to meet you."
Lu Su got on his horse. Zhou Yu just took a rest. Suddenly, it was reported that Zhang Zhao, Gu Yong, Zhang Hong and Bu Zhi came to visit. Yu welcomed him into the hall and sat him down, and they exchanged greetings. Zhang Zhao asked, "Does the commander know the benefits and disadvantages of Jiangdong?" Yu said, "I don't know." Zhao said, "Cao Cao has a million men stationed at Hanshang. Yesterday he sent a letter to invite you to hunt in Jiangxia. There is a desire to swallow each other up, but it has not yet been revealed. Zhao and others persuaded the lord to surrender, so as to avoid the disaster in Jiangdong. Unexpectedly, Lu Zijing brought Liu Bei's military advisor Zhuge Liang from Jiangxia. Because he wanted to avenge himself, he made a speech to provoke Lord. Zi Jing was stubborn and refused to change his mind. He was just waiting for the governor to make a decision. Yu said, "Do you all agree with me?" Gu Yong and others said, "We all agree." Yu said, "I have also wanted to surrender for a long time. . Please go back. I will see the lord tomorrow morning and we will make a decision. "
Zhao and others resigned. After a while, it was reported that Cheng Pu, Huang Gai, Han Dang and other generals were coming to see him. Yu welcomed them in and they all expressed their condolences. Cheng Pu asked, "Does the commander know that Jiangdong will belong to someone else sooner or later?" Yu said, "I don't know." Pu said, "We have followed General Sun to establish our base and started our business. We have fought hundreds of battles, both large and small, and finally captured six counties and cities. Now, my lord, Listening to the counsellors, you want to surrender to Cao Cao. This is really shameful and regrettable. We would rather die than be humiliated. I hope the governor will persuade the lord to decide to raise an army. We are willing to fight to the death. "Yu said: "Do you all share the same view?" Huang Gai stood up angrily, slapped his forehead and said: "I will not surrender to Cao even if my head is chopped off!" Everyone said: "We all don't want to surrender." Yu said: "I am going to fight Cao Cao, how can I surrender to Cao Cao?" Surrender? General, please go back. I will see the lord and make a decision. "
Cheng Pu and others should not go. Soon, Zhuge Jin, Lu Fan and other civil officials came to wait. Yu welcomed him in and finished the ceremony. Zhuge Jin said, "My brother Zhuge Liang came from Han and said that Liu Yuzhou wanted to ally with the Eastern Wu to attack Cao Cao together, but the civil and military officials have not yet made a decision. Since my brother is the envoy, I dare not say much and wait for the governor to decide this matter." He asked, "What do you think?" Jin said, "Those who surrender are easy to keep safe, but those who fight are hard to keep safe." Zhou Yu smiled and said, "I have my own opinion. Let's go to the mansion tomorrow to make a decision."
Jin and others resigned. Suddenly, it was reported that Lu Meng, Gan Ning and other generals were coming to see him. Yu invited him in and also discussed the matter. Some wanted to fight, some wanted to surrender, and they argued with each other. Yu said, "No need to say more. Let's all come to the mansion for a public discussion tomorrow." Then everyone left. Zhou Yu continued to sneer.
In the evening, someone reported that Lu Zijing had brought Kong Ming to pay a visit. Yu went out of the middle door to welcome him in. After the formalities, the host and the guest sat down. Su first asked Yu, "Cao Cao is now leading his army to invade the south. The lord cannot decide between peace and war, so he has to listen to the general. What do you think?" Yu said, "Cao Cao is claiming to be the emperor, so his army cannot be resisted. They are powerful, so we should not underestimate them. If we fight, we will surely lose. If we surrender, we will be at peace. I have made up my mind. I will see you tomorrow and send an envoy to accept your surrender."
Lu Su was shocked and said, "You are wrong! Jiangdong has been established for three generations. How can we abandon it to others? Bofu left foreign affairs to you. I want to rely on you to save the country and be your support. Why do you follow the coward's words? "Yu said, "The six counties of Jiangdong have countless lives. If they are ravaged by war, they will surely blame me, so I decided to surrender." Su said, "No. , Cao may not be able to achieve his goal. "
The two argued with each other, and Kong Ming just stood there and sneered. Yu asked, "Sir, why are you laughing?" Kong Ming said, "Liang is not laughing at others, but at Zi Jing's ignorance of the times." Su asked, "Sir, why are you laughing at me for not knowing the times?" Kong Ming said, "Gong Jin wants to surrender to Cao. It is very reasonable. Yu said, "Kongming is a man who understands current affairs and must share the same mind as me." Su said, "Kongming, how can you say that?" Kongming said, "Cao Cao is very good at using troops. No one in the world dares to match him. Only Lu Bu, Yuan Shao, Yuan Shu, and Liu Biao dared to fight. Now they have all been destroyed by Cao, and there is no one left in the world. Only Liu Yuzhou did not know the current situation and tried to compete with him. Now he is alone in Jiangxia, and his life is uncertain. The general decided to surrender. Cao, you can keep your wife and children, and keep your wealth and honor. The fate of the country is transferred, and it is left to fate, so why should you worry about it! "
Lu Su was furious and said, "Are you asking my lord to kneel down and be humiliated by the traitor?" Kong Ming said, "I have a plan. It does not require leading sheep and carrying wine, offering land and seals; nor does it require crossing the river in person. All you need to do is send a messenger. "If Cao Cao could get these two men, all his millions of troops would take off their armor and roll up their flags and retreat." Yu asked, "What two men can we use to retreat Cao Cao's troops?" Kong Ming said, "The loss of these two men from Jiangdong is like a leaf falling from a tree or a grain of rice being lost from a granary. If Cao Cao gets them, he will be overjoyed and leave."
Yu asked again which two people to use. Kong Ming said: "When Liang lived in Longzhong, he heard that Cao had built a new platform on the Zhang River, named Tongque, which was extremely magnificent. He selected beautiful women from all over the world to fill it. Cao was a lustful person. I have long heard that Mr. Qiao of Jiangdong has two daughters, the elder one is Da Qiao and the younger one is Xiao Qiao, both of whom are so beautiful that they can make fishes sink to the bottom of the water and geese fall to the ground, and the moon hides and flowers blush. Cao once swore: "I wish to conquer the four seas and achieve my empire; I wish to get the daughter of Jiangdong. The two Qiaos should be placed in the Bronze Sparrow Tower to enjoy their old age, and they will have no regrets even if they die. 'Although we have led millions of people to the south of the Yangtze River, it is actually for these two women. Why don't you go find Mr. Qiao and buy these two with a thousand gold coins? "The two girls were sent to Cao Cao. Cao Cao was very satisfied with the two girls and would definitely return to the army. This is Fan Li's plan to offer Xi Shi, why not do it quickly?"
Yu asked, "What evidence do you have that Cao Cao wants to marry the two Qiao sisters?" Kong Ming said, "Cao Cao's youngest son, Cao Zhi, whose courtesy name is Zijian, wrote an essay. Cao Cao once asked him to write an ode called "Tongquetai Fu". The idea in the ode is simple. He said that his family would become the emperor and vowed to marry the two Qiao sisters. Yu asked, "Can you remember this poem?" Kong Ming said, "I love its beautiful words and have memorized it." Yu said, "Please recite it once. Kong Ming immediately recited the Tongquetai Fu: (omitted)
After hearing this, Zhou Yu flew into a rage. He stood up and pointed north, cursing, "You old villain, you've bullied me too much!" Kong Ming hurriedly stood up to stop him, saying, "In the past, the Chanyu repeatedly invaded our borders, and the Han emperor promised to marry his princess to him. Why should we be so stingy with the people now? "Are you a girl?" Yu said, "You don't know. Da Qiao is the wife of General Sun Bofu, and Xiao Qiao is Yu's wife." Kong Ming pretended to be frightened and said, "I really don't know. I speak nonsense and I deserve death! Death! "Yu said, "I will never coexist with this old villain!" Kong Ming said, "Think twice before doing anything, or you will regret it." Yu said, "I have received Bo Fu's trust, how can I surrender to Cao? , so I am testing you. Since I left Poyang Lake, I have had the heart to march north. Even if I am attacked by swords and axes, I will not change my mind. I hope Kong Ming can lend a hand to defeat Cao Cao together. Kong Ming said: "If you don't abandon me, I am willing to help you. I am like a dog or a horse, and I have to obey your orders morning and night. Yu said, "Tomorrow I will see the lord and discuss raising an army."
054
Jiang Gan, an old friend of Zhou Yu, came to Soochow, under the pretext of visiting an old friend, in order to find out about Zhou Yu's true intentions. Unexpectedly, Zhou Yu took advantage of the situation and forged the correspondence between Cai Mao, Zhang Yun and Soochow. He pretended to be drunk and let Jiang Gan take the letter. After Jiang Gan got the letter, he left Soochow in a hurry. After returning to Cao Cao's northern camp, Jiang Gan told Cao Cao about this matter, and Cao Cao immediately ordered the execution of the two naval generals Cai Mao and Zhang Yun. As a result, Cao Cao lost the two generals who were most familiar with naval warfare, and most of his generals were from the north, who were familiar with land warfare but not accustomed to naval warfare. This laid the foundation for the Sun-Liu Alliance to defeat Cao Cao in the Battle of Chibi, and the Northern Army was defeated in Chibi.
Cao Cao asked his generals, "We lost a battle yesterday and our fighting spirit was dampened. Now they are spying on our camp. How should we defeat them?" Before he finished speaking, a man from under the tent came out and said, "I have known you since childhood. Zhou Lang is a classmate and close friend of mine. He is willing to use his eloquence to go to Jiangdong and persuade this man to surrender. Cao Cao was overjoyed. He looked at him and found that he was from Jiujiang. His surname was Jiang, his name was Gan, and his courtesy name was Ziyi. He was treated as a guest in his tent. Cao asked, "Are Ziyi and Zhou Gongjin close friends?" Gan said, "Don't worry, Prime Minister. I will succeed when I reach Jiangzuo." Cao asked, "What do you want to take with you?" Gan said, "I only need a boy to accompany me." "Go, two servants will steer the boat, the rest will not be used." Cao was very happy and gave Jiang Gan a farewell banquet. Wearing a linen cloth robe, Gan drove a small boat and went straight to Zhou Yu's camp, and ordered a messenger to announce: "My old friend Jiang Gan is visiting." Zhou Yu was discussing matters in his tent, and when he heard that Gan had arrived, he smiled and said to his generals: "The lobbyist has arrived." Then he whispered to the generals. The generals obeyed the order and left.
Jiang Gan, courtesy name: Ziyi; Jiang Gan = Jiang Ziyi
Zhou Yu, courtesy name: Gongjin; Zhou Yu = Zhou Gongjin
Yu dressed neatly and was followed by several hundred followers, all wearing brocade clothes and flowery hats, who crowded out from front and back. Jiang Gan came with a little boy in blue clothes, looking proud. Yu bowed and welcomed him. Gan said, "Gongjin, how are you?" Yu said, "Ziyi, you are so kind. You have traveled a long way to be a lobbyist for Cao?" Gan was surprised and said, "I have not seen you for a long time. I came to talk about the past. Why do you suspect me of being a Are you a lobbyist?" Yu smiled and said, "Although I am not as smart as Shi Kuang, I can understand the elegant meaning of Hong's song by listening to it." Gan said, "Since you treat an old friend like this, please leave." Yu smiled and took his arm and said, "I But I am afraid that you are just a lobbyist for Cao. If you have no such intention, why leave so quickly? " Then they entered the tent together. After the greetings were over and they sat down, he ordered all the outstanding people in Jiangzuo to meet Ziyi.
Soon, the civil officials and military generals were all dressed in brocade clothes, and the deputy officers and soldiers under their tents were all covered in silver armor; they entered in two lines. After Yu Du had met them, they sat on both sides. They gave a grand banquet, played music celebrating the army's victory, and served wine in turns. Yu told the officials, "This is my schoolmate and close friend. Although he came here from Jiangbei, he is not a lobbyist for the Cao family. Don't doubt it." Then he took off his sword and gave it to Taishi Ci, saying, "You can wear my sword and supervise the wine. During the banquet, only talk about friendship; if anyone mentions Cao Cao and the military affairs of the Eastern Wu, he will be executed. "Taishi Ci agreed and sat at the table with his sword in hand. Jiang Gan was shocked and dared not say anything more. Zhou Yu said, "Since I took command of the army, I have not drunk a drop of wine. Today I meet an old friend and I have no reservations, so I should get drunk." After saying this, he laughed and drank. There was a lot of drinking and toasting at the table. When they were half drunk, Yu took his hands and walked out of the tent at the same time. The soldiers on both sides were all fully armed and stood with spears and halberds in their hands.
Yu said, "Are our soldiers strong and brave?" Gan said, "They are truly as tough as bears and tigers." Yu led Gan to the back of the tent and saw that food and fodder were piled up like mountains. Yu asked, "Do we have enough food and fodder?" Gan said, "Our soldiers are well-trained and well-fed, and our reputation is well-deserved." Yu pretended to be drunk and laughed, "When Zhou Yu and Ziyi were classmates, they never expected to be like this." Gan said, "We have a well-trained army and sufficient food, and our reputation is well-deserved." Yu pretended to be drunk and laughed, "When Zhou Yu and Ziyi were classmates, they never expected to be like this." Gan said, "We have He said, "Given my brother's high talent, it is not an exaggeration." Yu held his hand and said, "A real man should live in the world and meet a lord who understands him. He should trust the loyalty of the ruler and his subjects, and the love of family members. He should keep his words and follow his plans. We share good and bad fortune. Even if Su Qin, Zhang Yi, Lu Jia, and Li Sheng were to come back, with eloquence and tongues as sharp as blades, how could they move my heart? "After saying this, he laughed. Jiang Gan's face turned pale. Yu brought wine back to the tent and drank with the generals again. He pointed at the generals and said, "These are all heroes from Jiangdong. Today's gathering can be called a 'Gathering of Heroes'." They drank until dusk, lit candles, and Yu started to dance. The sword makes song.
After the song, the whole room was filled with laughter. Late at night, Gan declined, saying, "I can't handle the wine any more." Yu ordered the banquet to be cleared and the generals left. Yu said, "I haven't shared a bed with Ziyi for a long time. Tonight, I will sleep with my feet touching each other." So he pretended to be drunk and brought Gan into the tent to sleep with him. Yu lay down with his clothes on, vomiting all over the place. How could Jiang Gan sleep? As I lay on my pillow and listened, I heard the army drum beating for the second watch. I got up and looked at the remaining lights, which were still bright. When looking at Zhou Yu, his breathing was like thunder. Gan saw a pile of documents on the table in the tent, so he got up and took a peek, and found that they were all correspondence. There was a letter inside, with "Written by Cai Mao and Zhang Yun" written on it. Gan was shocked and read it secretly. The book briefly said: We surrendered to Cao not for official positions or salaries, but because we were forced by the situation. Now we have trapped the Northern Army in the stronghold, but if we get the chance, we will immediately capture the bandit's head and present it to us. When people arrive sooner or later, there will be relevant reports. Please don't doubt it. I would like to reply to you in advance.
Gan Si said, "It turns out that Cai Mao and Zhang Yun are connected with Eastern Wu!..." So he hid the book in his clothes. When he was about to check his book again, Zhou Yu turned over in bed and quickly turned off the light and went to bed. Yu mumbled, "Ziyi, I will teach you how to see the head of Cao the thief in a few days!" Gan responded reluctantly. Yu said again: "Zi Yi, wait!... I'll show you the head of Cao the thief!" When Gan asked him about it, Yu fell asleep again. He lay on the bed. It was almost four o'clock when he heard someone enter the tent and called, "Commander, are you awake?" Zhou Yu pretended to wake up from his dream, so he asked the man, "Who is sleeping on the bed?" The man replied, "The governor invited Ziyi to sleep with me, why did you forget?" Yu regretted, "I never get drunk on weekdays. I got into trouble yesterday, I wonder if you said anything?" The man said, "Someone from Jiangbei is here." Yu shouted, " "Voice low!" and then called "Zi Yi". Jiang Gan just pretended to be asleep. Yu sneaked out of the tent. Gan eavesdropped and heard someone outside saying, "Generals Zhang and Cai said, 'It's too urgent to take action.'" The rest of the words were quite low and unreliable. After a while, Yu entered the tent and called "Zi Yi" again. Jiang Gan just didn't respond and covered his head pretending to sleep. Yu also undressed and went to bed. Gan thought: "Zhou Yu is a meticulous person. If I can't find the book in the morning, he must be trying to harm me." He slept until the fifth watch and woke up to call Zhou Yu. Yu fell asleep. Gan put on his turban, quietly walked out of the tent, called the little boy, and went straight out of the gate. The soldier asked, "Where are you going, sir?" Gan said, "I'm afraid I might hinder the commander-in-chief's business if I stay here, so I'll say goodbye for now." The soldier did not stop him.
Gan got off the boat and rowed back to see Cao Cao. Cao asked, "How is Ziyi doing?" Gan said, "Zhou Yu is a man of high character and noble character, and cannot be moved by words." Cao was angry and said, "You are not doing well again, and you are being laughed at!" Gan said, "Although I cannot persuade Zhou Yu, I have inquired with the Prime Minister and have learned something. Please excuse me, my attendants." Gan took out the letter and told Cao Cao all the above matters. Cao was furious and said, "How rude of you two thieves!" He immediately summoned Cai Mao and Zhang Yun to his tent. Cao said, "I want to send you two to advance." Mao said, "The army has not yet been fully trained, so we should not advance lightly." Cao said angrily, "If the army is fully trained, I will offer my head to Zhou Lang!" Zhang and the other two did not understand what he meant and were too frightened to answer. Cao ordered the warriors to push him out and behead him. After a moment, he presented his head under the tent, and Cao realized and said, "I have fallen into a trap!"
When the generals saw that Zhang and Cai had been killed, they went in to ask why. Although Cao knew that he had fallen into a trap, he refused to admit his mistake and said to his generals, "These two men violated military law, so I will execute them." Everyone sighed and lamented. Cao selected Mao Jie and Yu Jin from among his generals as admirals of the navy to replace Cai and Zhang. The spies found out and reported to Jiangdong. Zhou Yu was overjoyed and said, "My only worry was these two people. Now that they have been eliminated, I have nothing to worry about." Su said, "If the commander-in-chief uses his troops like this, why should we worry that Cao Cao will not be defeated!" Yu said, "I don't think the generals know this. "Zhuge Liang is the only one who has better insight than me. I think this plot cannot be concealed. Zi Jing, try to provoke him with words and see if he knows it or not. Then report it."
055
Zhou Yu was very jealous of Zhuge Liang's talent and wanted to get rid of him. In order to have a legitimate reason to get rid of Kong Ming, Zhou Yu asked Zhuge Liang to make 100,000 arrows within three days. Unexpectedly, Zhuge Liang agreed readily. On the third night, thick fog covered the Yangtze River. Zhuge Liang led his soldiers and twenty small warships and placed many scarecrows on the boats. Since Cao Cao's troops were not used to water battles and were afraid of falling into an ambush, they had to attack with arrows. In one night, the scarecrows on the twenty warships were constantly shot with arrows from bows and arrows, and thus received hundreds of thousands of arrows. This is the famous "Borrowing Arrows from a Thatched Boat". From then on, Zhou Yu developed an even stronger desire to kill Zhuge Liang because he felt that Zhuge Liang was a powerful rival. In the foreseeable future, Liu Bei's forces will compete with Sun Quan's forces for Jingzhou. When it comes to the battle for Jingzhou, Zhuge Liang's superior wisdom and ability will be detrimental to Sun Quan's Eastern Wu forces.
Fishing in Troubled Waters 1 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 46 <Kong Ming borrows arrows with a brilliant plan, Huang Gai is tortured for offering a secret plan> Kong Ming - Borrowing Arrows from a Straw Boat
Zhou Yu asked Kong Ming, "Today we are going to fight Cao's army. When fighting on the water, which weapon should we use first?" Kong Ming said, "On the Yangtze River, the bow and arrow are the most important." Yu said, "What you said is exactly what I think. But now the army is short of arrows, I would like to ask you to supervise the production of 100,000 arrows to fight the enemy. This is a public matter, please do not refuse. Kong Ming said: "The governor has entrusted me with this task, so I will do my best. May I ask how many arrows are needed for 100,000? When will we need the arrows?" Yu asked, "Can we finish it within ten days?" Kong Ming said, "Cao's army will arrive today. If we wait ten days, we will miss the important task." Yu said, "Mr. How many days will it take to finish it?" Kong Ming said, "It will only take three days to receive 100,000 arrows." Yu said, "There is no joking in the army." Kong Ming said, "How dare I joke with the commander-in-chief! I am willing to accept the military order: three days If you don't do it, you will be severely punished. "
Kong Ming said, "How can we make 100,000 arrows in three days? Zi Jing has to save me!" Lu Su said, "You have brought disaster upon yourself. How can I save you?" Kong Ming said, "I hope Zi Jing can lend me 20 boats. , each ship needs 30 soldiers, all the ships are covered with blue cloth as curtains, and each ship has more than a thousand bundles of grass, distributed on both sides. I have my own clever tricks. On the third day, I guarantee that we will have 100,000 arrows. "
However, Lu Su secretly allocated 20 light boats, each with more than 30 people, as well as cloth curtains, bundles of grass and other supplies, all ready, waiting for Kong Ming to deploy them. On the first day, there was no movement from Kong Ming; on the second day, there was no movement either. At four o'clock on the third day, Kong Ming secretly invited Lu Su to the boat. Su asked, "Why did you call me here?" Kong Ming said, "I want to ask you to go with me to get the arrows." Su asked, "Where should we go?" Kong Ming said, "Zi Jing, don't ask. We will see you there when we go." ” He then ordered twenty boats to be connected with long ropes and to head straight for the northern shore. That night the sky was filled with fog, and the fog was even thicker in the Yangtze River, so that people on the opposite sides could not see each other. Kong Ming urged the boat to move forward, and at five o'clock that night, the boat was close to Cao Cao's water stronghold. Kong Ming ordered the ships to be arranged in a line with their heads to the west and their tails to the east, and then he beat drums and shouted on the boats. Lu Su was surprised and asked, "What if Cao's army came out together?" Kong Ming laughed and said, "I think Cao Cao will not dare to come out in the heavy fog. Let's just drink some wine and have fun, and then go back when the fog clears."
But in Cao Cao's camp, they heard the beating of drums and shouting, so Mao Jie and Yu Jin hurriedly reported to Cao Cao. Cao issued an order, "The river is covered in fog. If the enemy army suddenly arrives, they must be ambushing. Do not act rashly. Send the navy's archers to shoot at them." He also sent someone to the dry camp to call Zhang Liao and Xu Huang, each with his own troops. Three thousand archers and crossbowmen rushed to the riverside to assist in shooting. By the time the order arrived, Mao Jie and Yu Jin, fearing that the Southern Army would rush into the water stronghold, had already sent archers to shoot arrows in front of the stronghold. After a while, archers from the dry camp also arrived, about 10,000 people, and they all shot arrows into the river: arrows flew like rain. Kong Ming ordered the boats to turn around, with the head facing east and the tail facing west, and to approach the water stronghold to receive arrows, while beating drums and shouting. When the sun rose high and the fog dissipated, Kong Ming ordered the ships to return quickly. The grass on both sides of the twenty boats was lined with arrows. Kong Ming ordered the soldiers on each boat to shout in unison, "Thank you, Prime Minister, for the arrows!" By the time Cao Cao was informed in the Cao army camp, the boats were light and the water was fast, so they had already been pushed back more than 20 miles, and Cao Cao could not catch up with them. He regretted it very much.
When the boat reached the shore, Zhou Yu had already sent 500 soldiers to wait by the river to carry arrows. Kong Ming taught people to collect them on the boat, and they could get more than 100,000 branches. They were all moved into the central military tent to pay. Lu Su went to see Zhou Yu and told him the story of Kong Ming taking the arrows. Yu was shocked and sighed, "Kong Ming is so smart and wise, I am not as good as him!"
056
The plan of fire attack was decided by Kong Ming and Zhou Yu at the same time. Zhou Yu asked Zhuge Liang to work with him to come up with a strategy to fight against Cao Cao. He wrote his ideas on his palms. Then they both stretched out their hands and wrote the word "fire". Thus, the plan to burn down Chibi was decided.
Lu Su bowed in submission. When the boat reached the shore, Zhou Yu had already sent 500 soldiers to wait by the river to carry arrows. Kong Ming taught people to collect them on the boat, and they could get more than 100,000 branches. They were all moved into the central military tent to pay. Lu Su went to see Zhou Yu and told him the story of Kong Ming taking the arrows. Yu was shocked and sighed, "Kong Ming is so smart and wise, I am not as good as him!"
After a while, Kong Ming entered the camp to see Zhou Yu. Yu went down to the tent to welcome him and said admiringly, "Sir, you have a genius for divination. I admire you." Kong Ming said, "It's just a cunning little trick. What's so surprising about it?" Yu invited Kong Ming into the tent to drink together. Yu said, "Yesterday my master sent an envoy to urge the army to advance. I have no brilliant plan. I hope you can teach me." Kong Ming said, "Liang is a mediocre person. How can he have a brilliant plan?" Yu said, "Yesterday I saw Cao Cao's water camp. , is extremely strict and methodical, and cannot be easily attacked. I have come up with a plan, but I don't know if it is feasible. Sir, please help me decide. "Kong Ming said: "General, please don't say anything. Each of you write it in your hand, and you will see whether it is the same or different."
Yu was overjoyed, and asked for a pen and ink. He wrote it secretly first and then gave it to Kong Ming. Kong Ming also wrote secretly. The two moved closer to the couch, each took out the words in his palm, looked at each other, and laughed. It turned out that the word in Zhou Yu's palm was the word "fire", and the word in Kong Ming's palm was also the word "fire". Yu said, "Since we both have the same view, there is no doubt. Please don't leak it." Kong Ming said, "How can we leak the public affairs of the two families? I think that although Cao Cao has tried this plan twice, he will not "For preparation. Now the commander-in-chief may do all the work." After drinking, they dispersed, and none of the generals knew what had happened.
But Cao Cao was very upset because he had lost 150,000 to 160,000 arrows for nothing. Xun You suggested: "In Jiangdong, Zhou Yu and Zhuge Liang are two people who are plotting tricks that are difficult to break. We can send someone to Dongwu to pretend to surrender and become a spy to pass on information. Only then can we make a plan." Cao said: "This is exactly what you said. I think. Who do you think can carry out this plan in the army? "You said: "Cai Mao has been executed, and all the members of the Cai clan are in the army. Mao's cousins Cai Zhong and Cai He are now deputy generals. The prime minister can befriend them and If we go there and pretend to surrender, Dongwu will not be suspicious."
Cao agreed and secretly summoned the two men into his tent that night and told them, "You two can lead a few soldiers to the Eastern Wu to pretend to surrender. If there is any movement, send someone to report it secretly. After the mission is accomplished, I will give you a heavy reward. Don't have any second thoughts!" "The two men said, "Our wives and children are all in Jingzhou. How dare we have any second thoughts? Don't doubt me, Prime Minister. We two will take the heads of Zhou Yu and Zhuge Liang and present them to you." Cao rewarded them generously. The next day, the two men led five hundred soldiers and several boats, sailing towards the south bank with the wind.
It is said that Zhou Yu was just thinking about the matter of advancing the troops when he suddenly received news that a ship from the north of the Yangtze River had arrived at the mouth of the river, claiming that they were Cai Mao's brothers Cai He and Cai Zhong, who had come to surrender, so Yu called them in. The two men wept and bowed, saying, "Our brother was innocent, but was killed by Cao Cao. We want to avenge our brother, so we have come to surrender. We hope you will accept us and we are willing to be the vanguard."
Yu was overjoyed and rewarded the two men handsomely. He then ordered them to lead the army with Gan Ning as the vanguard. The two men thanked him, thinking they had fallen into a trap. Yu secretly called Gan Ning and told him, "These two men did not bring their families with them, so they did not really surrender. They were sent by Cao Cao as spies. I want to take advantage of their situation and have them pass on the news. You should treat them with great care and be on guard. When the day comes to march out, you must first kill two of them as sacrifices. You must be very careful and not make any mistakes."
Gan Ning took the order and left. Lu Su went to see Zhou Yu and said, "The surrender of Cai Zhong and Cai He must be a trick. They should not be used." Zhou Yu rebuked him, "They surrendered because Cao Cao killed their brother. How could it be a trick? If you are so suspicious, how can you accommodate the people of the world?"
He retreated in silence and went to tell Kong Ming, who smiled but said nothing. Su asked, "Why is Kong Ming laughing?" Kong Ming said, "I am laughing at Zi Jing for not understanding Gong Jin's strategy. The Yangtze River is far away, and it is very difficult for spies to travel. Cao sent Cai He and Cai Zhong to pretend to surrender and secretly spy on our army. Gong Jin Jin took advantage of the situation and was about to let him pass on the news. All is fair in war, and this is Gongjin's plan. "Su finally realized it.
But Zhou Yu was sitting in his tent at night when he suddenly saw Huang Gai sneaking into the army to see Zhou Yu. Yu asked, "You came here at night, so you must have a good plan to teach me." Gai said, "They are many and we are few, so we can't hold out for long. Why don't we use fire to attack them?" Yu said, "Who taught you this plan?" Gai said, "This is my own idea, not taught by others." Yu said, "I wanted to do just that, so I left Cai Zhong and Cai He, who pretended to surrender, to pass on the message; but I regret that no one helped me with the plan of false surrender. Gai said, "I am willing to carry out this plan." Yu said, "How can he believe it if I don't suffer a little?" Gai said, "I have received great kindness from the Sun family. Even if I die, I will not regret it." Yu bowed and He thanked him and said, "If you are willing to carry out this self-torture plan, it will be a great blessing for Jiangdong." Gai said, "I will die without any regrets." Then he thanked him and left.
Continued from the 34th Strategy: The Self-Inflicted Injury 2
Chapter 46: Zhou Yu and Huang Gai
057
In order to succeed in the burning of Red Cliff, Zhou Yu wanted a general to pretend to surrender and put flammable materials on Cao Cao's warship. At this time, Huang Gai volunteered, so Zhou Yu reluctantly beat Huang Gai 50 times, which made Cao Cao relax his vigilance against Huang Gai. . Cao Cao believed Huang Gai's surrender, so Huang Gai was able to successfully place flammable materials on his own ship and rush towards Cao Cao's ship.
But Zhou Yu was sitting in his tent at night when he suddenly saw Huang Gai sneaking into the army to see Zhou Yu. Yu asked, "Your Excellency will come at night, so you must have some good advice." Gai said, "They are many and we are few, so we can't hold out for long. Why don't we use fire to attack them?"... Yu said, "That's what I was thinking... but I have no idea." One person is plotting a false surrender for me." Gai said, "I am willing to carry out this plan." Yu said, "How can he believe it if I don't suffer a little?" Gai said, "I have received great kindness from the Sun family. Even if I die, I will not No regrets." Yu bowed and thanked him, saying, "If you are willing to carry out this self-torture plan, it will be a great blessing for Jiangdong." Gai said, "I will die without regrets." Then he thanked him and left.
Huang Gai's character: Gong Fu; Huang Gai = Huang Gong Fu
The next day, Zhou Yu beat the drum to gather all the generals under the tent, and Kong Ming was also present. Zhou Yu said, "Cao Cao has led a million troops, and his army is over 300 miles long. It will take more than one day to defeat him. I will order all the generals to take three months' worth of food and grass to prepare for the enemy." Before he finished speaking, Huang Gai stepped forward and said, "Don't say Three months; even if we have thirty months of food and fodder, it will be useless! If we can break through this month, then we can break through; if we can’t break through this month, we can only follow Zhang Zibu’s advice, abandon our weapons and surrender to the north! "
Zhou Yu became furious... He stripped Huang Gai of his clothes, dragged him to the ground, and beat him with the cane fifty times. …The officials helped Huang Gai up and beat him till his skin was torn and blood was gushing out. They helped him back to the camp, where he fainted several times. Everyone who asked the question shed tears. …
Huang Gai was lying in the tent, and all the generals came to question him. He said nothing, but just sighed. Suddenly, it was reported that the military advisor Kan Ze came to ask questions. Gai ordered him to go into the bedroom and ordered his attendants to leave. Kan Ze asked, "General, do you have a grudge against the governor?" Gai said, "No." Ze said, "Then your acceptance of blame is not a self-torture scheme?" Gai said, "How do you know?" Ze said, "I have seen Gongjin's actions were predicted to be 80% or 90% accurate. "Gai said, "I have received great favors from the three generations of Wu Hou, but I have no way to repay them, so I offer this plan to defeat Cao Cao. Although I have suffered, I have no regrets. I have seen the army Among them, there is no one who can be trusted. Only you have a loyal heart and dare to confide in me. "Ze said: "You told me, just to ask me to submit a false letter of surrender." Gai said: "That is indeed the intention . I wonder if you agree?" Kan Ze readily agreed.
Enemy = revenge
Background: Cao Cao's army was approaching on the north bank of the Yangtze River, and he sent Cai Zhong and Cai He to pretend to surrender; Zhou Yu had seen through it, and decided to take advantage of the situation, so he asked Cai Zhong and Cai He to report the news to Cao Cao. All’s fair in war; this was Zhou Yu’s strategy.
But Zhou Yu was sitting in his tent at night when he suddenly saw Huang Gai sneaking into the army to see Zhou Yu. Yu asked, "You came here at night, so you must have a good plan to teach me." Gai said, "They are many and we are few, so we can't hold out for long. Why don't we use fire to attack them?" Yu said, "Who taught you this plan?" Gai said, "This is my own idea, not taught by others." Yu said, "I wanted to do just that, so I left Cai Zhong and Cai He, who pretended to surrender, to pass on the message; but I regret that no one helped me with the plan of false surrender. Gai said, "I am willing to carry out this plan." Yu said, "How can he believe it if I don't suffer a little?" Gai said, "I have received great kindness from the Sun family. Even if I die, I will not regret it." Yu bowed and He thanked him and said, "If you are willing to carry out this self-torture plan, it will be a great blessing for Jiangdong." Gai said, "I will die without any regrets." Then he thanked him and left.
Zhou Yu, courtesy name: Gongjin; Zhou Yu = Zhou Gongjin
Huang Gai, courtesy name: Gongfu; Huang Gai = Huang Gongfu
The next day, Zhou Yu beat the drum to gather all the generals under the tent, and Kong Ming was also present. Zhou Yu said, "Cao Cao has led a million troops, and his army is over 300 miles long. It will take more than one day to defeat him. I will order all the generals to take three months' worth of food and grass to prepare for the enemy." Before he finished speaking, Huang Gai stepped forward and said, "Don't say Three months; even if we have thirty months of food and fodder, it will be useless! If we can break through this month, then we can break through; if we can’t break through this month, we can only follow Zhang Zibu’s advice, abandon our weapons and surrender to the north! "
Zhang Zhao, courtesy name: Zibu; Zhang Zhao = Zhang Zibu
Zhuge Liang, courtesy name: Kongming; Zhuge Liang = Zhuge Kongming
Zhou Yu's face turned pale with rage and he said, "I am following the orders of my lord to lead the troops to defeat Cao. Anyone who dares to talk about surrender will be killed. Now that our two armies are facing each other, you dare to say such a thing and weaken the morale of our army. I will not kill you unless I have your head cut off." , it is hard to convince the crowd!" He ordered his men to kill Huang Gai and report back. Huang Gai was also angry and said, "I have been following General Po Lu and roaming the southeast for three generations. How could you come here?"
Yu was furious and ordered him to be executed immediately. Gan Ning stepped forward and said, "Gong Fu is an old minister of the Eastern Wu. I hope you will forgive him." Yu shouted, "How dare you talk so much and disrupt my laws!" He first ordered his men to beat Gan Ning out with sticks. All the officials knelt and said, "Huang Gai's crime is indeed worthy of death, but it is not good for the army. I hope the governor will forgive him and record his crime for the time being. It will not be too late to execute him after we defeat Cao."
Yu was still angry, and the officials begged him for mercy. Yu said, "If you don't give consideration to the officials, you must be beheaded! But I will spare your life now!" He ordered his men to drag him over and beat him with a hundred sticks on the back to punish him for his crime. The officials again pleaded for excuse, but Yu overturned the table, rebuked them and ordered them to be beaten. Huang Gai was stripped of his clothes, dragged to the ground, and beaten with the cane fifty times. The officials begged for mercy again, but Yu jumped up and pointed at Gai and said, "How dare you underestimate me! I'll give you fifty strokes of the cane! If you neglect me again, you will be punished for both crimes!" He went into the tent with a grudge.
Look = see
The officials helped Huang Gai up and beat him until his skin was torn and blood gushed out. They helped him back to the camp, where he fainted several times. Everyone who asked the question shed tears. Lu Su also went to see and ask, and when he came to Kong Ming's boat, he said to Kong Ming: "Today Gong Jin angrily blamed Gong Fu, and we are all his subordinates, so we dare not dare to speak out against him. Sir, you are a guest, why do you stand by and watch without saying a word? Kong Ming laughed and said, "Zi Jing deceived me." Su said, "Since Su and you crossed the river, you have never deceived each other. Why do you say that now?" Kong Ming said, "Zi Jing, don't you know that Gong Jin beat Huang Is this his plan? Why do you want me to persuade him?" Su Fang finally understood. Kong Ming said: "If we don't use the self-torture trick, how can we deceive Cao Cao? Now we must send Huang Gongfu to pretend to surrender, and then let Cai Zhong and Cai He report the matter. When Zi Jing sees Gong Jin, don't say that Liang knew the matter first. Just say that Liang also blames the governor. "
Lu Su entered the tent to see Zhou Yu, and Yu invited him into the tent. Su asked, "Why are you criticizing Huang Gongfu today?" Yu asked, "Are the generals resentful?" Su said, "Many are feeling uneasy." Yu asked, "What does Kong Ming think?" Su said, "He also I blame the governor for being so heartless." Yu smiled and said, "We must deceive him this time." Su asked, "What do you mean?" Yu said, "Today, we beat Huang Gai severely, which is a trick. I want him to pretend to surrender, so I must first use "The self-torture trick can deceive Cao Cao and then attack with fire to win." Su secretly thought about Kong Ming's brilliant idea but did not dare to speak it out.
Zhou Yu, courtesy name: Gongjin; Zhou Yu = Zhou Gongjin
Huang Gai, courtesy name: Gongfu; Huang Gai = Huang Gongfu
Zhuge Liang, courtesy name: Kongming; Zhuge Liang = Zhuge Kongming
Lu Su, courtesy name: Zijing; Lu Su = Lu Zijing
Huang Gai was lying in the tent, and all the generals came to question him. He said nothing, but just sighed. Suddenly, it was reported that the military advisor Kan Ze came to ask questions. Gai ordered him to go into the bedroom and ordered his attendants to leave. Kan Ze asked, "General, do you have a grudge against the governor?" Gai said, "No." Ze said, "Then your acceptance of blame is not a self-torture scheme?" Gai said, "How do you know?" Ze said, "I have seen Gongjin's actions were predicted to be 80% or 90% accurate. "Gai said, "I have received great favors from the three generations of Wu Hou, but I have no way to repay them, so I offer this plan to defeat Cao Cao. Although I have suffered, I have no regrets. I have seen the army Among them, there is no one who can be trusted. Only you have a loyal heart and dare to confide in me. "Ze said: "You told me, just to ask me to submit a false letter of surrender." Gai said: "That is indeed the intention . I wonder if you agree?" Kan Ze readily agreed.
Enemy = revenge
058
Cao Cao was preparing to attack Jiangdong, but he was troubled by the fact that most of his soldiers were from the north and were not used to riding on ships. The Yangtze River is a vast body of water, with some sections of the river being one kilometer wide between the north and south banks. Such a boat will sway from side to side when it is at the dock on the north shore. Northerners are not used to riding on boats, and they will feel dizzy, vomit, and feel physically and mentally uncomfortable if they are shaken for a long time. In order to make Cao Cao's action fail, Pang Tong cooperated with Zhou Yu's fire attack. Pang Tong pretended to be genuinely concerned about the northern army and suggested to Cao Cao: connect all the warships with iron chains so that the entire row of ships can withstand the wind and waves together. As a result, the amplitude of the shaking of individual ships will be reduced and the stability will be greatly increased. Because of the increased stability, it is more acceptable for northerners to take boats. The dizziness, vomiting, physical and mental discomfort were greatly reduced to the point of having almost no impact. Cao Cao was very happy, so he adopted Pang Tong's suggestion and called these ships "linked warships."
Pang Tong proposed a series of strategies to Cao Cao. On the surface: offset the impact of wind and waves on the Yangtze River, reduce the degree of shaking, improve the stability of the ship, and make the Northern Army soldiers less shaken violently. But on the other hand, it also prevented Cao Cao's warships from moving freely, causing the flames to spread when the fire started. Except for the ships on both sides of the formation, it was almost impossible for other ships to escape. Because the iron chains connected the entire row of ships, the power of the fire attack was even greater. Pang Tong's performance had important key factors for success. Pang Tong’s suggestion of linked boats is the essence of these eight links.
058-2
But let’s talk about Que Ze, whose courtesy name was Derun, and who was from Shanyin, Kuaiji. He was poor but loved to study. He worked as a servant and often borrowed books from others to read. Once you have seen it, you will never forget it. He is good at eloquence but lacks courage. Sun Quan summoned him to be his advisor and he got along best with Huang Gai. Knowing that he was eloquent and courageous, he wanted him to offer a false letter of surrender. Ze readily agreed and said, "If a man cannot achieve great things in life, he will no better die than trees and grass. Since you have sacrificed your life to repay your lord, why should I cherish my own life?" Huang Gai rolled off the bed, bowed and thanked him. Ze said, "This matter cannot be delayed, we must do it now." Gai said, "The book has been completed."
Debate: eloquent, good at debate
Pre-Qin - Han Feizi - Difficult to say: Quick and eloquent, sophisticated in literary talent
Southern Song Dynasty - Liu Yiqing - Shishuo Xinyu: Taishu Guang is very eloquent
Ze received the letter and that night disguised himself as a fisherman, sailing towards the north bank in a small boat. That night the sky was full of cold stars. At three o'clock in the morning, we arrived at Cao's water camp. The soldiers patrolling the river arrested him and reported to Cao Cao that night. Cao said, "Could he be a spy?" The soldier said, "He is just a fisherman who claims to be Kan Ze, the chief of staff of Eastern Wu. He has something confidential to tell you." Cao then ordered his general to come in. The soldiers led Kan Ze to the tent, where they saw a bright light and a seated Cao Cao. They asked, "Since you are the military advisor of the Eastern Wu, what are you doing here?" Ze said, "People say that Prime Minister Cao is eager to recruit talented people. Now I see that This question is totally irrelevant. --Huang Gongfu, you are thinking wrongly again! "
Cao said, "We are at war with the Eastern Wu day and night. How can you not ask for your secret visit here?" Ze said, "Huang Gongfu is a loyal minister of the Eastern Wu for three generations. Now he was beaten up by Zhou Yu in front of all the generals for no reason. I am very angry. Because he wanted to surrender to the Prime Minister, he had planned to do it with me for revenge. Gongfu and I are as close as brothers, so I came here to present a secret letter. I wonder if the Prime Minister will accept it? Cao asked, "Where is the letter?" Ze Qu's book is presented. Cao opened the book and read it under the lamp. The letter briefly said: "I have received great kindness from the Sun family, so I should not have second thoughts. However, judging from the current situation: using the soldiers of the six counties of Jiangdong to fight against the million-strong army of China, we are outnumbered and outmatched, which is seen by everyone in the country. The officers and officials of the Eastern Wu, no matter how smart or stupid, all knew that this was impossible. Zhou Yu was a young man who was shallow and ignorant, and he was conceited about his ability, and he wanted to fight a rock with an egg. He also abused his power and punished innocent people, and refused to reward his merits. He was an old official. I am so humiliated for no reason, and I hate it! I have heard that the Prime Minister treats people with sincerity and welcomes talents with an open mind. He is willing to lead the people to surrender and seek meritorious service to avenge the humiliation. Food, fodder, and weapons are offered on the ship. Don’t be suspicious.
Zhou Yu, courtesy name: Gongjin; Zhou Yu = Zhou Gongjin
Huang Gai, courtesy name: Gongfu; Huang Gai = Huang Gongfu
Cao Cao read the letter over and over again on the table for more than ten times. Suddenly, he slammed the table and opened his eyes in anger and said, "Huang Gai used a self-torture trick to make you write a false letter of surrender so that he could take advantage of it. But you dare to come and mock me!" He ordered Push him out from both sides and cut him off. The generals on both sides surrounded Kan Ze, but Ze remained expressionless and laughed loudly towards the sky. Cao ordered him to be brought back and scolded him, "I have seen through the evil plot, why are you laughing?" Ze said, "I am not laughing at you. I am laughing at Huang Gongfu's inability to recognize people." Cao said, "Why don't you recognize people?" Ze said, "Kill him if you want, why ask so many questions!" Cao said, "I have read military books since I was young, and I know the ways of treachery. You can only hide this plan from others, but how can you hide it from me?" Ze said, "Just tell me. Which thing in the book is a treacherous plot?" Cao said, "I'll tell you your weakness so that you can die without regrets! Since you really want to surrender, why don't you make it clear when to do it? What do you have to say now?"
After hearing this, Kan Ze laughed and said, "You are not afraid, and you dare to boast that you are familiar with military books! Why don't you withdraw your troops as soon as possible? If we fight, you will be captured by Zhou Yu! You are an uneducated person! It's a pity that I have to die at your hands!" Cao He said, "Why do you say I am unlearned?" Ze said, "You do not know how to plan and do not understand the principles. Are you unlearned?" Cao said, "Tell me what I am not good at?" Ze said, "You have no courtesy to treat the wise. , why should I say anything? I am only going to die. Cao said, "If what you say makes sense, I will naturally respect you." Ze said, "Haven't you heard that 'betraying the master and stealing cannot be scheduled'? If we set a date now, If you fail, they will come here to help, and the matter will be leaked. But you can only act when the opportunity arises, how can you predict the outcome? You don't understand this principle, and you want to kill a good person, you are really an uneducated person! "
Cao heard this and changed his expression, got up from his seat and said, "I was not clear about the situation and offended your majesty by mistake. Please don't worry about it." Ze said, "I surrendered to Huang Gong with all my heart, just like a baby looking forward to his parents. How could I be deceitful? Cao was overjoyed and said, "If you two can achieve great success, you will be honored above others in the future." Ze said, "We are not here for honors and salaries, but to obey the will of heaven and the people." Cao took the wine Wait for it.
After a while, someone entered the tent and whispered in Yu Cao's ear. Cao said, "Show me the letter." The man presented the secret letter. Cao looked at it and was quite pleased with its color. Kan Ze thought to himself, "This must be Cai Zhong and Cai He coming to report the news that Huang Gai was tortured. Cao is therefore happy that my surrender is true." Cao said, "Please go back to Jiangdong and revise the agreement with Huang Gong. If the news crosses the river, I will send troops to support it. Ze said, "I have already left Jiangdong and cannot return. I hope the Prime Minister will send a confidential person." Cao said, "If someone else goes, the matter may be leaked." Ze declined again and again; for a long time , and said: "If you want to go, you dare not stay for long, and you should go now."
Cao gave him gold and silk, but Ze refused to accept them. He said goodbye and left the camp. He sailed back to Jiangdong in a small boat and came to see Huang Gai, telling him what had happened in detail. Gai said, "If you hadn't been able to argue, Gai would have suffered in vain." Ze said, "I'm going to Gan Ning's camp to find out the news about Cai Zhong and Cai He." Gai said, "Very good." Ze arrived at Ning's camp. Ning access. Ze said, "General, you were humiliated by Zhou Gongjin yesterday while trying to save Huang Gongfu. I feel very unfair." Ning smiled but did not answer.
While they were talking, Cai Zhong and Cai He arrived. Ze Yi watched Gan Ning leave. Ning understood what he meant and said, "Zhou Gongjin only relies on his ability and doesn't care about us at all. I am humiliated now and I am ashamed to see the people in Jiangzuo!" After saying this, he gritted his teeth and screamed in fear. Ze Naixu whispered in Ning's ear, but Ning lowered his head and said nothing, sighing several times.
Cai Zhong and Cai He saw that Ze Ning had rebellious intentions, so they provoked him with words, saying, "General, why are you upset? Sir, what are you dissatisfied with?" Ze Ning said, "How can you know the pain we feel?" Cai He said, : "Do you want to betray Wu and join Cao?" Kan Ze was dismayed. Gan Ning drew his sword and stood up, saying, "My story has been discovered, I must kill him to silence him!"
Cai Zhong and Cai He said in panic, "Don't worry, I will tell you my secrets." Ning said, "You can tell me quickly!" Cai He said, "We are sent by Cao Gong to pretend to surrender. If you two are willing to surrender, I will bring them in. "Ning said, "Are you serious?" The two said in unison, "How dare we lie to each other?" Ning pretended to be happy and said, "If so, it is a gift from heaven. "The two Cais said, "I have already informed the Prime Minister about the humiliation of Huang Gongfu and the general." Ze said, "I have already presented a letter to the Prime Minister on behalf of Huang Gongfu. Now I have come to see Xingba to agree to surrender together. Ning said, "When a man meets a wise leader, he will naturally be devoted to him."
Gan Ning, courtesy name: Xingba; Gan Ning = Gan Xingba
Then the four of them drank together and discussed their concerns. The two Cais immediately wrote a letter and secretly reported to Cao Cao, saying that Gan Ning and someone were the traitors. Kan Ze wrote another letter and sent someone to report secretly to Cao Cao. The book clearly states that Huang Gai wanted to come but did not have the opportunity; but the one who came with the green-tooth flag on the bow was the one.
Cao Cao received two letters in a row, and he was confused. He gathered his advisers to discuss and said, "Gan Ning of Jiangzuo was humiliated by Zhou Yu and was willing to be an insider; Huang Gai was blamed and ordered Kan Ze to surrender. We can't trust them all. Who dares to go directly to Zhou Yu? "I went to the camp to get the real news?" Jiang Gan said, "I went to Dongwu the other day but failed. I feel ashamed. Now I am willing to sacrifice my life to go again and get the real news and report it to the Prime Minister." Cao was very happy and immediately ordered Jiang Gan to Boat. Gan drove a small boat directly to the water stronghold south of the Yangtze River and sent someone to report.
When Zhou Yu heard that Gan had arrived again, he was overjoyed and said, "My success depends on this man!" He then instructed Lu Su, "Please ask Pang Shiyuan to come and do this and that for me." It turned out that Pang Tong of Xiangyang, whose courtesy name was Shiyuan, was a person who avoided the He lived in chaos in Jiangdong. Lu Su once recommended him to Zhou Yu, but Tong had no chance to meet him. Yu first sent Su to ask Tong, "What strategy should we use to defeat Cao?" Tong secretly told Su, "If we want to defeat Cao's army, we must use fire attack. But on the river, if one ship is on fire, the rest will scatter. Unless "I proposed a 'chain plan', and taught him to put them together, and then the work could be done." Su told Yu about it, and Yu was deeply convinced by his theory, so he said to Su: "The one who can carry out this plan for me must be Pang Shiyuan." Su He said, "I'm afraid Cao Cao is cunning, how can we get rid of him?"
Pang Tong, courtesy name: Shiyuan; Pang Tong = Pang Shiyuan
Zhou Yu was hesitating and thinking that there was no chance when he heard that Jiang Gan was coming again. Yu was overjoyed. On the one hand, he instructed Pang Tong to use a strategy, while on the other hand, he sat in the tent and asked someone to do it. Gan was suspicious when he saw that no one was coming to pick him up, so he ordered the boat to be tied up at a secluded shore and then went into the camp to see Zhou Yu. Yu said angrily, "Ziyi, why do you bully me so much?" Jiang Gan laughed and said, "I think we are old brothers. I came here to tell you my secrets. How can I lie to you?" Yu said, "You want to say that I surrendered? Last time, I invited you to drink and sleep with me, thinking of our old friendship. But you stole my private letter, left without saying goodbye, reported to Cao Cao, killed Cai Mao and Zhang Yun, and made my plan unsuccessful. Why did you come here again today? You must have bad intentions! I will not look at our old friendship and will cut you off in two! I wanted to send you over, but I have to defeat Cao Cao in a day or two. If I keep you in the army, There must be a leak." He then told his attendants, "Send Ziyi to the temple on the west mountain to rest. When I defeat Cao Cao, it won't be too late to ferry you across the river."
Dispatch = order
Jiang Gan, courtesy name: Jiang Ziyi; Jiang Gan = Jiang Ziyi
When Jiang Gan wanted to speak again, Zhou Yu had already entered the tent and left. The attendants took a horse and gave Jiang Gan a ride, and took him to a small temple behind the West Hill to rest, and assigned two soldiers to serve as attendants. He stayed in the nunnery, feeling depressed and unable to sleep or eat. That night the sky was full of stars. After I walked out of the nunnery alone, I could only hear the sound of reading. I walked there and saw a thatched house with a few rafters beside the rocks, with lights shining from inside. Gan went to take a peek and saw a man hanging a sword in front of a lamp, reciting Sun Wu's Book of Military Affairs. Gan thought this must be an extraordinary person, so he knocked on the door and asked to see him. The man opened the door and came out to greet him, with an elegant appearance. Gan asked his name, and he replied, "My surname is Pang, my given name is Tong, and my courtesy name is Shiyuan." Gan said, "Are you Mr. Fengchu?" Tong said, "Yes." Gan was delighted and said, "I have heard of your great name for a long time. Why are you here now?" "Why do you live in seclusion here?" He replied, "Zhou Yu is proud of his talent and cannot tolerate others, so I live in seclusion here. Who are you?" Gan said, "I am Jiang Gan."
Tong then invited him into the thatched hut to sit and talk together. Gan said, "With your talent, there is no disadvantage for you to go anywhere. If you are willing to return to Cao, Gan will take you in." Tong said, "I have also wanted to leave Jiangdong for a long time. Since you are willing to take me in, you should go now. If you delay, Zhou Yu will If you hear this, you will be harmed. "
So he and Gan went down the mountain overnight, found the original boat at the riverside, and rowed to the north of the river. When they arrived at Cao's camp, Gan went in first to see him and recounted what had happened. When Cao heard that Master Fengchu was coming, he personally went out of his tent to welcome him in, and seated the host and guest. He then asked, "Zhou Yu is young, and he relies on his talent to bully others, and does not use good advice. I have long heard of your great name, and now that I have your patronage, I beg you to teach me." Tong said, "I have heard that the Prime Minister has a way of using troops, and now I would like to see the appearance of the army."
Cao ordered his men to prepare their horses and first invited them to visit the dry camp together. Tong and Cao rode together to the top of the mountain and looked out. Tong said, "It is close to the mountains and forests, with a wide view, a gate for entering and exiting, and a winding path for advancing and retreating. Even if Sun Wu were reborn or Rang Ju came back to life, they would not be better than this." Cao said, "Sir, please do not praise me too much. I still hope you can give me some advice." Then He also visited the water fort with him. Seeing that there were 24 gates to the south, each with a warship, forming a city wall, with small boats hidden inside, and alleys for traffic, with an orderly flow. Tong smiled and said, "The Prime Minister is so good at using troops, his reputation is well-deserved!" Then he pointed to the south of the Yangtze River and said: "Zhou Lang! Zhou Lang! You will die soon!"
Cao was overjoyed and returned to the camp. He invited Cao to come into his tent, where he drank wine and discussed military strategies. Tong spoke eloquently and responded fluently. Cao had deep respect for him and treated him with great hospitality. Tong pretended to be drunk and asked, "May I ask if there is a good doctor in the army?" Cao asked what the use was. Tong said: "The navy soldiers are suffering from many diseases and need to be treated by good doctors." At that time, Cao's soldiers were not used to the local climate and water, and they all suffered from vomiting and many died. Cao was thinking about this matter when he suddenly heard Tong's words. How could he not ask? Tong said, "The Prime Minister's method of training the navy is very wonderful, but unfortunately it is incomplete." Cao asked again and again. The general said, "I have a plan to ensure that the navy, both large and small, will be free of disease and achieve success safely and successfully."
Cao was very happy and asked for some good advice. Tong said: "In the Yangtze River, the tides rise and fall, and the wind and waves never stop. Northern soldiers are not used to riding in boats, and they will get sick if they are affected by the waves. If they use large and small boats, they can be matched, either thirty in a row or five in a row. Ten of them are arranged in a row, chained together with iron rings, and covered with wide boards. Not only can people cross, but horses can also walk. With this, no matter how strong the wind and waves are, what is there to fear? "Cao Cao got down from his seat and thanked He said, "Without your good plan, how could we have defeated the Eastern Wu?" Tong said, "This is just my foolish opinion. You can make your own decision, Prime Minister." Cao immediately ordered the blacksmiths in the army to forge large linked nails overnight to lock the ships. When the troops heard this, they were all delighted.
Pang Tong, courtesy name: Shiyuan; Pang Tong = Pang Shiyuan
Pang Tong also said to Cao: "I have seen many heroes in Jiangzuo who resent Zhou Yu. I can persuade them with my three-inch tongue and ask the Prime Minister to surrender. Zhou Yu will be isolated and helpless and will be captured by the Prime Minister. Once Zhou Yu is defeated, Liu Bei is useless now. Cao said, "If you can accomplish great things, I will ask the emperor to appoint you as one of the Three Dukes." Tong said, "I am not seeking wealth and honor, but only to save the people. When the Prime Minister crosses the river, please do not kill me. Cao said, "I am acting on behalf of Heaven, how can I bear to kill the people?" Tong asked for a notice to comfort the clan. Cao asked, "Where are your family members living now?" Tong said, "They are by the river. If we can get this list, they can be saved."
Cao ordered the writing of the notice and its delivery to the general. Tong thanked him and said, "After we part, you can advance your troops quickly and don't wait for Zhou Lang to find out." Cao agreed.
Tong said goodbye and went to the riverside. Just as he was about to get off the boat, he suddenly saw a man on the shore wearing a Taoist robe and bamboo hat. He grabbed Tong and said, "How dare you! Huang Gai used the self-torture trick, Kan Ze sent a false letter of surrender, and now you are offering a chain of tricks. I’m just afraid that we can’t burn it all! You have resorted to such cruel means, so you have to hide it from Cao Cao, but you must not hide it from me! "Pang Tong was so frightened that his soul flew out of his body.
But Pang Tong was surprised when he heard this. He turned around and looked at the person, and it turned out to be Xu Shu. Seeing that it was an old friend, Tong felt relieved. Looking around and seeing that there was no one around, he said, "If you reveal my plan, it will be a pity that the people of the 81 states in the south of the Yangtze River will all be killed by you!" Shu laughed and said, "There are 830,000 people here. What about the lives of the men and horses?" Tong asked, "Does Yuan Zhi really want to defeat my plan?" Shu said, "I am grateful for the kindness of Uncle Liu, and I have never forgotten to repay him. Cao Cao forced my mother to death, and I have said that I will never make a plan in my life. How can I destroy your good plan? I am here with the army. After the defeat, how can I escape? You should teach me how to escape, and I will keep silent and stay away. With such great insight and foresight, I believe this is not difficult at all!" Shu said, "I hope you can give me some advice, sir." Tong went to whisper a few words into Xu Shu's ear. Shu was very happy and thanked him. Pang Tong said goodbye to Xu Shu, got off the boat, and returned to Jiangdong.
Xu Shu, courtesy name: Yuanzhi; Xu Shu = Xu Yuanzhi
Pang Tong, courtesy name: Shiyuan; Pang Tong = Pang Shiyuan
The eighty-one states in Jiangnan can also be used as counties. In the novel: The author sometimes mixes up <state> and <county>.
Liu Bei = Liu Xuande
It is said that Xu Shu secretly sent his men to various camps to spread rumors that night. The next day, people in the village were talking to each other in groups of three or five. A spy had already informed Cao Cao, saying, "There is a rumor in the army that Han Sui and Ma Teng of Xiliang Province are plotting a rebellion and are heading for Xudu." Cao was shocked and quickly gathered his advisers to discuss the matter. He said, "I will lead my troops to the south. The ones I am worried about are Han Sui and Ma Teng. Although I have not yet verified the truth of rumors in the army, I must guard against them. "
Before he finished speaking, Xu Shu stepped forward and said, "I have been accepted by the Prime Minister, but I regret that I have not been able to contribute anything. Please send me 3,000 men and horses to guard the pass at night. If there is an emergency, please report it to me." Cao was delighted and said, "If you can get me, Yuan Zhi has left, and I have nothing to worry about. There are also troops on Sanguan Pass, and you can lead them. Now, send 3,000 soldiers and infantry, and order Zang Ba to be the vanguard, and go at night without delay. "Xu Shu said goodbye to Cao Cao. , and Zang Ba set off. ...This was Pang Tong’s plan to save Xu Shu.
059
Since there is little southeast wind in winter, Zhou Yu was very anxious and fell ill. Kong Ming came to visit him and pointed out the cause of his illness: it was because he was worried that the war situation was unfavorable, and the Eastern Wu wanted to set fire to attack the northern army, but lacked The wind direction is downwind. When setting a fire, going against the wind will not only prevent your opponent from being burned, but will also blow the fire onto yourself. Zhuge Liang assured Governor Zhou that he could borrow the east wind, and Zhou Yu's condition improved as his worries were resolved.
Before the Battle of Chibi, Zhuge Liang, who understood astronomy and geography, indeed borrowed the east wind. By burning the linked ships, Cao Cao's Neijiang fleet was severely damaged, Cao Cao's army fled in disgrace, and Cao Cao returned in defeat. Moreover, Cao Cao almost lost his life. If it weren't for the fact that Cao Cao had been very kind to Guan Yu and Guan Yu was a man who valued friendship and would have let Cao Mengde go out of gratitude for the kindness that Prime Minister Cao had shown him, Cao Cao would have almost died at Huarong Road.
It is said that Zhou Yu stood on the top of the mountain, watching for a long time, and suddenly fell backwards, vomiting blood and losing consciousness. The left and right rescued him back to the tent. All the generals came to ask, and were all shocked. They looked at each other and said, "There are millions of people in Jiangbei, and they are like tigers and whales. We didn't expect the governor to be like this. What should we do if Cao's troops arrive?" They hurriedly sent someone to report to the Marquis of Wu, while seeking medical treatment. .
But Lu Su saw that Zhou Yu was ill and felt worried, so he went to see Kong Ming and told him about Zhou Yu's sudden illness. Kong Ming asked, "What do you think?" Su said, "This is a blessing for Cao Cao and a disaster for Jiangdong." Kong Ming laughed and said, "Liang can also cure Gong Jin's disease." Su said, "If this is true, then the country will Fortunately!" He then invited Kong Ming to go see the doctor together. Su went in to see Zhou Yu first. Yu lay down with his head covered by a quilt. Su asked, "How is the governor's condition?" Zhou Yu said, "He has severe abdominal pain and is unconscious from time to time." Su asked, "What medicine did you take?" Yu said, "I feel nauseous and cannot take the medicine." Su said, " I just went to see Kong Ming, who said he could cure the governor's illness. He is outside the tent now, so please come and treat him, what do you think?"
Yu ordered him to come in and asked his attendants to help him stand up and sit on the bed. Kong Ming said, "I haven't seen you for days. I wonder if you are not feeling well!" Yu said, "'Humans are subject to misfortunes at any time'. How can you protect yourself?" Kong Ming laughed and said, "'The weather is unpredictable'. How can you predict the future?" "Huh?" Yu turned pale when he heard this and began to groan. Kong Ming asked, "Does the commander-in-chief seem to feel upset?" Yu said, "Yes." Kong Ming said, "You must use cold medicine to relieve it." Yu said, "I have taken cold medicine, but it is completely ineffective." Kong Ming said, " You must first regulate your Qi; if the Qi flows smoothly, you will naturally recover in the blink of an eye."
Yu knew that Kongming would know what he meant, so he asked him, "What medicine should I take to relieve my qi?" Kongming smiled and said, "I have a prescription that will make the governor relieve his qi." Yu said, "I hope you can teach me, sir." Kong Ming asked for paper and pen, dismissed his attendants, and secretly wrote sixteen words: "If you want to defeat Cao Gong, you should use fire attack; everything is ready, only the east wind is missing." After writing, he handed it to Zhou Yu and said: "This is the source of the governor's illness. .
Yu was shocked when he saw this, and thought to himself: "Kong Ming is really a god! He already knew what was on my mind! I had no choice but to tell him the truth." He smiled and said: "Sir, you already know the cause of my illness. What medicine will you use to treat it? This is a critical situation. I hope you can cure it as soon as possible. Please teach me." Kong Ming said: "Although I am not talented, I once met an extraordinary person who taught me the Qimen Dunjia Heavenly Book, which can call the wind and rain. If the governor wants the southeast wind, he can build a platform on Nanping Mountain and name it "Seven Star Altar". Gao Jiu 100 feet, three layers, 120 people holding flags and banners around. Liang performed a ritual on the platform to borrow a strong southeast wind for three days and three nights to help the governor to lead the army. What do you think? Yu said: "Don't talk about three days and three nights. , with just one night of strong wind, great things can be accomplished. But the matter is now, and there is no time to delay. "Kong Ming said: "On the 20th day of the eleventh month, we will offer sacrifices to the wind, and on the 22nd day, the wind will stop, how about that?"
Yu was overjoyed when he heard this and stood up suddenly. He then ordered five hundred strong soldiers to go to Nanping Mountain to build an altar, and also assigned one hundred and twenty people to hold flags and guard the altar, awaiting orders.
矍, pronounced: ㄐㄩㄝˊ, looks at with surprise.
Kong Ming said goodbye and left the tent. He and Lu Su mounted their horses and went to Nanping Mountain to survey the terrain. He ordered the soldiers to take red soil from the southeast to build an altar. It is twenty-four feet in circumference, and each floor is three feet high, for a total of nine feet. The next layer is lined with twenty-eight constellations: seven green flags in the east, arranged in the shape of a blue dragon, with the horns, kang, di, fang, xin, wei, and ji. Seven black flags in the north, arranged in the shape of a dou, niu, nu, xu, wei, Room, wall, in the shape of Xuanwu: seven white flags in the west, according to Kui, Lou, Zhou, Mao, Bi, Zi, Shen, sitting on the power of the white tiger; seven red flags in the south, according to Jing, Gui, Liu, Xing, Zhang, Wings and Zhen form the shape of Vermilion Bird. There are sixty-four yellow flags around the second layer, divided into eight positions according to the sixty-four hexagrams. The upper layer has four people, each wearing a hair-binding crown, a black silk robe, a phoenix robe with a wide belt, and red shoes with square hems. There is a person standing on the left in front, holding a long pole with a chicken feather on the tip to attract wind signals. There is a person standing on the front right, holding a long pole with a seven-star belt tied to the pole to represent the wind; there is a person standing on the back left, holding a sword; there is a person standing on the back right, holding an incense burner. There were twenty-four people under the altar, each holding a banner, a canopy, a large halberd, a long spear, a yellow flag, a white axe, a red banner, and a soap stick, surrounding the altar on all sides.
On the 20th day of the 11th month, Kong Ming bathed and fasted, put on Taoist robes, went barefoot and had his hair loose, and came to the altar. He told Lu Su, "Zi Jing, go to the army and help Gong Jin mobilize the troops. If Liang Don't be surprised if your prayers are not answered." Lu Su left. Kong Ming instructed the soldiers guarding the altar: "You are not allowed to leave your position without permission, you are not allowed to whisper, you are not allowed to speak nonsense, and you are not allowed to panic and kill monsters. Anyone who violates the order will be executed." Everyone obeyed the order. Kong Ming slowly stepped onto the altar, looked around, and determined the direction. He burned incense in the burner, poured water into the bowl, and looked up to the sky and prayed silently. He went down the altar and rested for a while in the tent, and ordered the soldiers to take turns to eat. Kong Ming went up to the altar three times and down from the altar three times a day, but there was no southeast wind.
Barefoot, pronounced as: ㄒㄧㄢˇ ㄗㄨˊ, means bare feet, without shoes or socks.
Zhou Yu asked Cheng Pu, Lu Su and a group of officers to wait in the tent, waiting for the southeast wind to rise so that he could dispatch troops and at the same time inform Sun Quan for support. Huang Gai had prepared 20 fireboats, with large nails densely studded on the bows; the boats were loaded with dry reeds and firewood, filled with fish oil, and covered with sulfur, saltpeter and other flammable materials, each covered with a green cloth oil sheet; a green dragon was inserted into the bows of the boats. There are flags and boats tied to the stern of each ship. He was waiting in the tent, just waiting for Zhou Yu's orders. Gan Ning and Kan Ze were in hiding; Cai He and Cai Zhong were in the outer camp, drinking every day and not letting any soldier go ashore. The area was full of Eastern Wu troops and horses, making it impossible to get through. Just waiting for the order from the account.
Zhou Yu was sitting in his tent discussing matters when a spy came to report: "The ships of the Marquis of Wu are at anchor 85 miles from the camp, waiting for the governor's good news." Yu immediately sent Lu Su to tell all his officers and soldiers: "Pack up your ships, weapons, and sails. "Oars and other things. Once the order is issued, do not disobey it at any time. If you disobey it, you will be punished according to military law." The soldiers received the order and rubbed their hands, ready to fight.
As the day drew to a close, the sky became clear and bright, with a gentle breeze. Yu said to Lu Su, "Kong Ming's words are wrong. How can there be southeast wind in the middle of winter?" Su said, "I think Kong Ming is right."
At about three o'clock in the morning, we heard the sound of wind and the flags fluttering. When Yu came out of the tent to look, he saw that the flag was flying towards the northwest, and suddenly a strong wind blew from the southeast.
Yu was shocked and said, "This man has the ability to seize the power of heaven and earth, and the unpredictable skills of ghosts and gods! If we keep him, it will be the root of disaster for Dongwu. Kill him as soon as possible to avoid future worries." He hurriedly called the guard captain Ding Generals Ding Feng and Xu Sheng: "Each of them will take 100 men. Xu Sheng will go from the river, and Ding Feng will go from the land. All of them will go to the Seven Star Altar on Nanping Mountain. Don't ask who is better, just capture Zhuge Liang and behead him. Bring us his head." Please give me credit. 」
The two generals received the order. Xu Sheng got off the boat, and one hundred swordsmen and axemen rowed the oars; Ding Feng mounted his horse, and one hundred archers, each riding a war horse, headed for Nanping Mountain. Yu Lu was facing the southeast wind.
060
Zhuge Liang knew that Zhou Yu would definitely not tolerate him because of the profound wisdom he had shown after the Battle of Red Cliffs, so he quickly left Soochow after borrowing the east wind. Zhuge Liang's grasp of the right time to retire after achieving success showed his extraordinary wisdom.
Zhou Yu was shocked and said, "This man has the ability to seize the power of heaven and earth, and the unpredictable skills of ghosts and gods! If we keep him, he will be the root of trouble for Dongwu. Kill him as soon as possible to avoid future worries." He hurriedly called the guard captain Ding Generals Ding Feng and Xu Sheng: "Each of them will take 100 men. Xu Sheng will go from the river, and Ding Feng will go from the land. All of them will go to the Seven Star Altar on Nanping Mountain. Don't ask who is better, just capture Zhuge Liang and behead him. Bring us his head." Please give me credit. 」
The two generals received the order. Xu Sheng got off the boat, and one hundred swordsmen and axemen rowed the oars; Ding Feng mounted his horse, and one hundred archers, each riding a war horse, headed for Nanping Mountain. Yu Lu was facing the southeast wind. Ding Feng's cavalry arrived first and saw soldiers holding flags on the altar, standing facing the wind. Ding Feng dismounted and went up to the altar with his sword in hand, but did not see Kong Ming, so he asked the soldiers guarding the altar in panic. He replied, "He just left the altar." When Ding Feng hurried down the altar to look for him, Xu Sheng's boat had already arrived. The two gathered by the river. The soldier reported, "Last night a speedboat stopped at the front beach. Just then I saw Kong Ming getting off the boat with his hair loose. The boat seemed to be heading up the water."
Ding Feng and Xu Sheng then pursued the enemy by land and sea. Xu Sheng taught the boat to hoist the full sail and catch the wind. Looking at the boat ahead not far away, Xu Sheng shouted loudly at the bow: "Military advisor, don't go! The commander-in-chief wants to see you!" Kong Ming stood at the stern and laughed, saying: "Report to the commander-in-chief: Use the troops well. Zhuge Liang will return to Xiakou for the time being. We will meet again some other day." Xu Sheng said, "Please stay for a while. I have something urgent to tell you." Kong Ming said, "I have already predicted that the governor will not tolerate me and will come to harm me, so I have asked Zhao Zilong to come to meet him in advance. General, there is no need to chase him! "
Seeing that the boat in front had no sail, Xu Sheng just hurried over. Seeing that they were getting closer, Zhao Yun drew his bow and arrow, stood at the stern and shouted, "I am Zhao Zilong of Changshan! I have been ordered to come to pick up the military advisor. Why are you chasing me? I was planning to shoot you to death with one arrow, but it would be a disgrace to our two families. , I will teach you my methods!" As he finished speaking, arrows flew everywhere, cutting the sail ropes on Xu Sheng's boat. The sail fell into the water and the boat capsized. However, Zhao Yun taught his boat to hoist the full sail and sail with the wind. Their ships flew like the wind and could not be caught up with.
Awning: A device on a vehicle, boat or shed used to provide shade and shelter from rain.
On the shore, Ding Feng called Xu Sheng to the shore and said, "Zhuge Liang is a man of great foresight, and no one can match him. Moreover, Zhao Yun is a man of unrivalled courage. Do you know what he did at Changban in Dangyang? We just want to get his report." So the two of them went back to see Zhou Yu and told him that Kong Ming had made an appointment with Zhao Yun to pick him up in advance. Zhou Yu was shocked and said, "This man is so scheming that he makes me uneasy day and night!" Lu Su said, "Let's wait until we defeat Cao and then make plans."
061
After several rounds of drinking, Yu said, "Yuzhou has moved its troops here. Is it possible that they intend to take Nanjun?" Xuande said, "I heard that the governor wants to take Nanjun, so I came to help. If the governor does not take it, I will definitely take it." Yu laughed and said, "We in the Eastern Wu have long wanted to annex Hanjiang. Now that Nanjun is in our hands, why don't we take it?" Xuande said, "The outcome is unpredictable. Cao Cao is about to return, and Cao Ren is now guarding Nanjun and other places. He must have a clever plan. Moreover, Cao Ren is a man of unrivalled courage; but I am afraid that the commander-in-chief cannot take it." Yu said, "If I cannot take it, then I will let you take it." Xuande said, "Kong Ming, Zi Jing is here to testify, the commander-in-chief should not regret it."
Lu Su hesitated and did not respond. Yu said, "A man of honor has spoken, why should he regret it?" Kong Ming said, "What the governor said is fair. Let Dongwu take it first; if it doesn't surrender, why not, my lord?" Yu said goodbye to Su. Xuande and Kongming mounted their horses and rode away. Xuande asked Kong Ming, "Mr. Kong Ming taught me to answer this way. Although I thought it was reasonable, I have been thinking about it for a long time. I am alone and poor, and I have no place to stay. I want to get Nanjun as a place to stay. If I had taught Zhou Yu first, If we take it, the city will belong to Dongwu, so how can we live there?" Kongming laughed and said, "At the beginning, I advised you to take Jingzhou, but you didn't listen. Have you forgotten it today?" Xuande said, "It was the land of Jingsheng. , so I couldn't bear to take it; now it's Cao Cao's land, so I should take it. "Kong Ming said: "My lord, don't worry. Let Zhou Yu fight, and sooner or later I will let you sit high in Nanjun City." Xuande said: "What's the plan? ? "Kong Ming said: "Just do this and that." Xuande was delighted and just camped at the mouth of the river without moving his troops.
Cao Ren discussed the matter with Chen Jiao. ...Cao Ren then ordered Niu Jin to be the vanguard, and he himself to be the central army, with Cao Hong and Cao Chun as the rear guard. He only left Chen Jiao to lead a few soldiers to guard the city, and the rest of the troops all rose up. He left the city at the beginning of the night and went straight to Zhou Yu's camp. When we arrived at the gate of the village, we didn't see anyone, but only saw flags and spears inserted in the air. Knowing that they had fallen into a trap, they quickly retreated. Cannons fired from all directions. Han Dang and Jiang Qin came to attack from the east, Zhou Tai and Pan Zhang came to attack from the west, Xu Sheng and Ding Feng came to attack from the south, and Chen Wu and Lu Meng came to attack from the north. Cao's army was badly defeated, and the three armies were all scattered, with the front and rear unable to rescue each other.
Zhou Yu and Cheng Pu gathered their troops and went straight to the city of Nanjun. They saw flags everywhere and a general on the enemy tower shouted, "General, please forgive me! I have taken the city by order of the military advisor. I am Zhao Zilong from Changshan." … …
While they were dividing the troops, a scout suddenly came to report: "Zhuge Liang has taken Nanjun, so he used the military order to falsely mobilize the Jingzhou garrison to rescue it overnight, and then ordered Zhang Fei to attack Jingzhou." Another scout came to report: When Xiahou Dun was in Xiangyang, Zhuge Liang sent someone with a military order, falsely claiming that Cao Ren was asking for help, to lure Dun to lead his troops out, but then ordered Yunchang to attack and capture Xiangyang. "The two cities were taken without any effort, and both belonged to Liu Xuande. "Zhou Yu said, "How did Zhuge Liang get the military command?" Cheng Pu said, "If he captures Chen Jiao, the military command will naturally belong to him." Zhou Yu screamed and the wound burst open.
Notes:
Yu said: "Yuzhou moved its troops here...
Yuzhou: refers to -> Liu Bei; because Liu Bei once served as: Yuzhou Mu
(Liu Bei, courtesy name: Xuande) (Liu Biao, courtesy name: Jingsheng) (Lu Su, courtesy name: Zijing)
(Guan Yu, courtesy name: Yunchang) (Zhang Fei, courtesy name: Yide) (Zhao Yun, courtesy name: Zilong)
062
Cao Ren returned to the city and discussed the matter with everyone. Cao Hong said, "Now that we have lost Yi Ling, the situation is critical. Why don't you open the Prime Minister's will and read it to resolve this crisis?" Cao Ren said, "Your words are exactly what I think." So he opened the letter and read it. He was very happy and Orders were given to prepare food at five o'clock in the morning. At daybreak, all the soldiers, big and small, abandoned the city. Flags were placed all over the city to bluff the troops, and the army went out through three gates.
But Zhou Yu rescued Gan Ning and deployed his troops outside the city of Nanjun. Seeing Cao's troops coming out of three gates, Yu went up to the platform to watch. I saw flags inserted in vain near the parapet, with no one guarding it; I also saw soldiers with bags tied around their waists. Yu secretly thought that Cao Ren must be preparing to leave first, so he went down to the general's platform to issue orders, dividing the two armies into left and right wings; if the front army was victorious, they would just chase forward and would not retreat until the horn was sounded. He ordered Cheng Pu to lead the rear army, and Yu personally led the army to capture the city. When the drums sounded, Cao Hong came out to challenge the enemy. Yu went to the gate himself and ordered Han Dang to go out and fight with Cao Hong. After fighting for more than thirty rounds, Hong was defeated and fled. Cao Ren came out to engage in battle. Zhou Tai rode his horse to meet him. After fighting for more than ten rounds, Ren was defeated and fled, with the formation in disarray.
Zhou Yu led his troops on both wings to attack and defeated Cao's army. Yu led his troops to the city of Nanjun, but Cao's troops did not enter the city and fled to the northwest. Han Dang and Zhou Tai led the front troops and tried their best to catch up. Yu saw that the city gate was wide open and there was no one on the city walls, so he ordered his troops to seize the city. Dozens of riders entered first. Yu spurred his horse and charged straight into the city wall. Chen Jiao was on the enemy tower, and when he saw Zhou Yu coming into the city, he cheered inwardly, "The Prime Minister's plan is as brilliant as a god!"
With a bang, bows and crossbows on both sides were fired at the same time, with force like a torrential rain. Those who rushed into the city first were thrown into the pit. When Zhou Yu hurriedly reined in his horse, he was hit by a crossbow arrow in the left rib and fell off his horse. Niu Jin rushed out of the city to capture Zhou Yu. Xu Sheng and Ding Feng risked their lives to save him. Cao's troops rushed out of the city, and Wu's troops trampled on each other, with countless of them falling into the trenches. When Cheng Pu was trying to withdraw his troops, Cao Hong and Cao Ren divided their forces into two groups and fought back. The Wu army was defeated.
Prime Minister: refers to Cao Cao, because at that time, Cao Cao’s official position in the court was: Prime Minister; hence the name.
Parapet: A low wall with a concave and convex shape on the ancient city walls. If there is a gap, it is mostly used as a shooting hole for archery.
Fall: fall down suddenly.
Wengcheng: A small city wall outside the big city wall, usually set outside the city wall with gates in the big city, forming a U-shaped wall.
063
Cao Cao wanted to take advantage of Zhou Yu's death to attack Eastern Wu and destroy Sun Quan. At this time, Sun Quan asked Liu Bei for help. Liu Bei was in a dilemma: if he saved Sun Quan's Eastern Wu, he would not get Jingzhou and Yizhou.
But if he goes to take Xichuan (Yizhou), he will ignore Dongwu. Cao Cao will then annex Sun Quan of Eastern Wu. At this time, Zhuge Liang offered a plan to solve the problem: ask Liu Bei to send a letter to Ma Chao in Liang Province in the northwest, and ask Ma Chao in Liang Province to send troops to attack Cao Cao. This is exactly the strategy of besieging Wei to save Zhao.
Cao Cao immediately raised an army of 300,000 and marched straight to the south of the Yangtze River... He had already sent spies to inform Sun Quan. Quan gathered all the generals to discuss the matter. …sent people to ask Xuande (Liu Bei – Liu Xuande) for help. After reading the meaning of the letter, Xuande kept the envoy in the guesthouse and sent someone to Nanjun to invite Kongming. When Kongming arrived in Jingzhou, Xuande read Lu Su's letter to Kongming. Kong Ming said: "There is no need to mobilize the troops in the south of the Yangtze River, nor the troops in Jingzhou. This will prevent Cao Cao from looking directly at the southeast."
Xuande asked, "Cao Cao has raised an army of 300,000 and joined the troops at Fei. They are coming at us all at once. Sir, do you have any good plan to repel them?" Kongming said, "What Cao Cao has always worried about is the troops from Xiliang. …My Lord, you can write a letter to Ma Chao and ask him to lead his troops into the pass, so that Cao will have no time to go south of the Yangtze River.” Xuande was overjoyed, and immediately wrote a letter and sent a trusted man to surrender to him in Xiliang Prefecture.
064
An example of diverting trouble to others: Just like in the Romance of the Three Kingdoms, in Chapter 58 <Ma Mengqi raises an army to avenge his hatred, Cao Aman cuts off his beard and throws away his robe>, there was a time when Cao Cao was almost killed by Ma Chao. Ding Pei drove the cattle and horses, causing Ma Chao's Xiliang soldiers to rob the cattle and horses, thus saving Cao Cao.
At that time, there was a county magistrate named Ding Fei in Weinan, who was on the top of Nanshan Mountain. He saw that Ma Chao was chasing Cao very closely and fearing that Cao would be killed, he drove all the cattle and horses in the village out, and the whole mountain was filled with cattle and horses. When the Xiliang soldiers saw this, they turned around and fought for the horses and cattle and had no intention of chasing after him, so Cao Cao was able to escape. As soon as they reached the north bank, they sank the boat. When the generals heard that Cao Cao was fleeing in the river and rushed to rescue him, Cao had already reached the shore. Xu Chu was wearing heavy armor, and the arrows were all embedded in his armor. All the generals escorted Cao to the wild camp, and they all bowed to the ground and greeted him. Cao laughed loudly and said, "I was almost trapped by the little thieves today!" Zhu said, "If someone hadn't let the horses and cattle seduce the thieves, they would have tried hard to cross the river." Cao asked, "Who lured the thieves?" The one who knew replied, "It is Ding Fei, the magistrate of Weinan County." After a while, Fei came in to see him. Cao thanked him and said, "If it were not for your good advice, I would have been captured by the enemy." So he appointed him as the commander of the army.
065
Han Sui, together with Ma Chao's subordinates Pang De and Ma Dai, raised an army of 200,000 and marched towards Chang'an. Zhong Yao, the governor of Chang'an County, quickly reported to Cao Cao, while at the same time he led his troops to resist the enemy and deployed their battle array in the wild. Ma Dai, the vanguard of Xiliang Province, led an army of 15,000 and marched across the mountains and plains in a mighty force. Zhong Yao came out to answer. Dai wielded his precious sword and engaged Yao in battle. In a short while, Yao was defeated and fled, and Dai came after him with a knife in hand. Ma Chao and Han Sui led a large army to surround Chang'an, and Zhong Yao went up to the city to guard it.
Chang'an was the capital of the Western Han Dynasty. Its city walls were strong and its moats were deep and dangerous, making it impossible to capture it even by a hasty attack. They besieged the city for ten days but were unable to break through. Pang De proposed a plan: "The soil in Chang'an is hard and the water is salty, so it is not suitable for food. There is no firewood. After ten days of siege, the soldiers and civilians are starving. It is better to withdraw the troops temporarily. If we do this, Chang'an will be easily captured." Ma Chao said: "This plan is great. "Brilliant!" He immediately sent flags with the word "Order" to all the troops, ordering them to retreat. Ma Chao personally covered the rear, and the troops gradually retreated.
When Zhong Yao climbed up the city wall the next day, he found that the soldiers had all retreated. He was afraid that there was a conspiracy. He sent people to scout and found that the soldiers had indeed gone far away. Only then did he feel relieved. He allowed the soldiers and civilians to go out of the city to collect firewood and water, and opened the city gates to let people go in and out. On the fifth day, someone reported that Ma Chao's troops had arrived again, and the soldiers and civilians rushed into the city. However, Zhong Yao still closed the city and held on.
But Zhong Yao's younger brother Zhong Jin was guarding the west gate. Around three o'clock in the morning, a fire broke out at the city gate. When Zhong Jin rushed to rescue, a man came by the city wall, raised his sword, and rode his horse, shouting, "Pang De is here!" Zhong Jin was caught off guard and was killed by Pang De. He also killed the military school, broke the gates, and opened the locks. Let Ma Chao and Han Sui's troops enter the city. Zhong Yao abandoned the city through the east gate. Ma Chao and Han Sui captured the city and rewarded the three armies.
066
Cao Cao advanced his troops straight to Tongguan. Cao Ren said, "We can set up camp first, and then it won't be too late to attack the pass." Cao ordered his men to cut down trees and build fences, dividing the camp into three camps: Cao Ren on the left, Xiahou Yuan on the right, and Cao himself in the middle. The next day, Cao led the officers and soldiers from the three camps and rushed to the pass, where they met the Xiliang army. Both sides set up their own battle formations. Cao rode out under the flag at the gate and looked at the soldiers of Xiliang. Every one of them was brave and strong, and every one of them was a hero. ...Cao was secretly amazed, and he rode his horse to Chao, saying, "You are the descendant of a famous general of the Han Dynasty, why did you betray me?" Chao gnashed his teeth and cursed, "Cao, the thief, deceived the emperor and deceived the superiors. His crime is unforgivable! He harmed my father and brother, and I will never tolerate your behavior. My sworn enemy! I will capture you alive and eat your flesh!"
After saying that, he charged forward with his gun in hand. Yu Jin came out from behind Cao Cao to greet him. The two horses fought for eight or nine rounds, and Yu Jin was defeated and fled. Zhang He came out to meet him, but was defeated after fighting for twenty rounds. Li Tong came out to meet him, and Chao fought with great force. After a few rounds, Chao stabbed Li Tong to death with a spear. Chao pulled his gun back and the soldiers from Xiliang rushed over together. Cao's troops were defeated. The soldiers from Xiliang came with such force that the generals and officers on both sides were unable to resist. Ma Chao, Pang De, and Ma Dai led more than a hundred cavalrymen and went straight into the center of the army to capture Cao Cao. Cao was in the chaos of the army. He heard the Xiliang army shouting, "The one wearing the red robe is Cao Cao!" Cao immediately took off his red robe. He heard another shout, "The one with the long beard is Cao Cao!" Cao panicked. He drew the sword he was wearing and cut off his beard. Someone in the army informed Ma Chao that Cao Cao had cut off his beard. Chao then ordered his men to shout that the man with short beard was Cao Cao. When Cao heard the news, he grabbed the corner of the flag and wrapped it around his neck and fled.
067
However, Cao Cao expected that Ma Chao could be defeated, so he secretly ordered Xu Huang and Zhu Ling to cross the river and set up camp on the west side to attack from both sides. One day, Cao was on the city wall and saw Ma Chao leading hundreds of cavalrymen, heading straight for the camp, moving back and forth like the wind. Cao Cao watched for a long time, threw his helmet to the ground and said, "If the horse doesn't die, I will have no place to bury it!"
After hearing this, Xiahou Yuan was furious and said in a stern voice: "I would rather die here than destroy the horse bandits!" He then led more than a thousand men from his own army, opened the gate of the camp, and rushed straight there. Cao was so anxious that he could not stop himself, fearing that something might happen to him, so he mounted his horse in a hurry and came to rescue him. When Ma Chao saw Cao's troops approaching, he made the front troops the rear team and the rear team the vanguard, and lined them up in a row. When Xiahou Yuan arrived, Ma Chao took over the fight. Chao saw Cao Cao from a distance in the chaos of the army, so he left Xiahou Yuan behind and went straight for Cao Cao. Cao was greatly alarmed and rode away. Cao's troops were in great disorder.
While they were chasing, they suddenly received news that Cao had an army that had set up camp west of the river. Ma Chao was shocked and had no intention of chasing after them. He quickly withdrew his troops and returned to the camp to discuss with Han Sui, saying, "Cao's troops have taken advantage of the situation and crossed the river to the west. Our army is attacked from both sides. What should we do?" His general Li Kan said, "Why not cede land and ask for peace? Both families should stop fighting and get through the winter. When the spring comes, we can make plans together. Han Sui said, "Li Kan's advice is the best. We can follow it."
The 8th Strategy: Secretly Crossing Chencang: Cao Cao expected that Ma Chao could be defeated by trickery, so he secretly ordered Xu Huang and Zhu Ling to cross the river and set up camp to the west, attacking from both sides.
Ma Chao hesitated. Yang Qiu and Hou Xuan both advised for peace. So Han Sui sent Yang Qiu as an envoy to Cao's camp to write a letter, in which he proposed to cede territory and ask for peace. Cao said, "You go back to the camp first. I will send someone to report back tomorrow." Yang Qiu left. Jia Xu came to see Cao and asked, "What do you think, Prime Minister?" Cao asked, "What do you think?" Xu said, "All is fair in war. You can pretend to agree, and then use the strategy of sowing discord to make Han and Ma suspicious of each other, and then you can defeat them with one blow. Cao clapped his hands in delight and said, "Many of the wise opinions in the world agree with mine. Wenhe's plan is exactly what I have in mind." So he sent someone to write back, saying, "Wait for me to withdraw my troops gradually and return your land west of the Yellow River." He ordered the building of a floating bridge as a sign of retreat. Ma Chao received the letter and said to Han Sui, "Although Cao Cao has agreed to peace, he is a treacherous hero who is hard to predict. If we are not prepared, we will be controlled by him. I will take turns with my uncle to mobilize the troops. Today, my uncle will go to Cao, and I will go to Xu Huang. Tomorrow, I will go to Cao, and my uncle will go to Xu Huang. Xu Huang: Separate your forces to prepare for the attack, to prevent their deception. "
Jia Xu, courtesy name: Wenhe, Jia Xu = Jia Wenhe
Han Sui followed the plan and someone informed Cao Cao early on. Cao looked at Jia Xu and said, "My mission is accomplished!" He asked, "Who will join me tomorrow?" Someone reported, "Han Sui." The next day Cao led all his generals out of the camp and surrounded them on both sides. Cao was the only one standing in the center of the battlefield, and many of Han Sui's soldiers did not recognize Cao and came out to watch. Cao shouted, "Do you want to see Cao Gong? I am just like a human being. I don't have four eyes and two mouths, but I have many wisdom and strategies."
All the troops were afraid. Cao sent someone to the battle line and said to Han Sui, "The Prime Minister respectfully invites General Han to have a conversation." Han Sui immediately went out of the battle line; and seeing that Cao had no armor or weapons, he also threw away his armor, and rode out on horseback in light clothes. The two men's horses met, and they each held the reins and talked to each other. Cao said, "I was selected as an incorruptible official together with your father, and I served him as his uncle. I also entered the officialdom with you, and it has been a long time since then. How old is the general now?" Han Sui replied, "Fourteen years old. I am ten years old now." Cao said, "We were all young in the capital before, but I don't know how I can be ten years old now! How can the world be peaceful and happy?" He only recounted the past in detail, without mentioning the military situation, and laughed after that. After talking for an hour, they turned around and went back to their respective camps.
Someone had already informed Ma Chao of this matter, so Chao hurried over to ask Han Sui, "What did Cao Cao talk about today in front of the battle line?" Han Sui replied, "He was just talking about old events in the capital." Chao asked, "Why didn't he talk about military affairs?" So he said, "Cao Cao didn't say anything, so why should I say it alone?" Chao was very suspicious and left without saying anything.
No. 33: Counter-espionage: Cao Cao chatted with Han Sui casually, only recounting old events in detail without mentioning military intelligence; Ma Chao began to suspect Han Sui.
No. 16: Playing hard to get: Cao Cao and Han Sui chatted casually, only recounting old events in detail without mentioning any military intelligence. Nor did he attack Han Sui's army.
Cao Cao returned to the camp and said to Jia Xu, "Do you know the meaning of my conversation in front of the battle?" Jia Xu said, "Although this idea is good, it is not enough to sow discord between the two men. I have a plan to make Han and Ma kill each other. ( (曠杀=vendetta)" Cao asked for his plan. Jia Xu said: "Ma Chao is a brave man who does not know the secrets. The Prime Minister wrote a letter to Han Sui with his own handwriting, blurring out the words in the middle, and then smearing and changing the key points, and then sealed it and sent it to Han Sui, deliberately letting Ma Chao know it. I must ask for the book to read. If I see the important parts in it, they are all erased. I guess Han Sui was afraid that Chao would know something very confidential, so he erased it himself, which is just in line with the suspicion of the conversation between the two riders; suspicion will definitely cause chaos. Moreover, he secretly made alliances with Han Sui's generals to alienate each other, so that Chao could be plotted. Cao said, "This is a very good plan." He wrote a letter and deleted all the important parts, then sealed it and deliberately sent more people to He was escorted to the village, and after leaving the letter, he returned.
Sure enough, someone informed Ma Chao. Chao became more suspicious and went straight to Han Sui to ask for the book. Han Sui gave the letter to Chao. Chao saw some erased words on the book and asked Sui, "Why are all the words erased and changed?" Sui said, "The original book was like this, I don't know why." Chao said, "How could I send the draft to anyone? It must be my uncle. He was afraid that I would know the details, so he changed it first. "He then asked, "Could it be that Cao Cao mistakenly sealed the draft?" Chao said, "I don't believe it. Cao Cao is a meticulous person, how could he make a mistake? My uncle and I worked together to find out. Kill the bandits, why do you suddenly have other thoughts?" Then he said: "If you don't believe my heart, I will talk to Cao in front of the battle line tomorrow, and you can break out from the battle line and stab him with a spear." Chao said: "If so, I see my uncle is sincere. "
No. 33: Counter-espionage: Cao Cao wrote a letter personally, only to Han Sui, with blurred words and erased text; Ma Chao became more suspicious of Han Sui.
The two agreed. The next day, Han Sui led five generals, Hou Xuan, Li Kan, Liang Xing, Ma Wan and Yang Qiu, into battle. Ma Chao hid in the shadow of the door. Han Sui sent someone to the front of Cao's camp, shouting, "General Han wants to talk to the Prime Minister." Cao then ordered Cao Hong to lead dozens of cavalrymen to meet Han Sui in front of the battle line. When the horse was a few steps away, Hong immediately leaned forward and said, "The Prime Minister came last night to convey the general's words. Don't make any misunderstanding." After saying this, he turned his horse around.
Chao was furious when he heard this, and he drew his spear, galloped his horse, and stabbed Han Sui. Five generals stopped him and persuaded him to return to the camp. So he said, "Don't doubt me, my dear nephew. I have no bad intentions." How could Ma Chao believe him? He left with hatred and resentment. Han Sui discussed with the five generals and asked, "How do we explain this?" Yang Qiu said, "Ma Chao relies on his bravery and often bullies the lord. Even if he defeats Cao Cao, how can he be willing to give in? In my humble opinion, it is better to surrender to Cao Gong secretly. , and I will not lose my title of nobility in the future." Sui said, "I and Ma Teng were once brothers, how can I bear to betray him?" Yang Qiu said, "It has come to this, and I have no choice." Sui said, "Who can "Pass on the news?" Yang Qiu said, "I am willing to go." Then he wrote a secret letter and sent Yang Qiu to Caozhai to tell him about surrender.
Cao was overjoyed and promised to confer titles on Han Sui as Marquis of Xiliang, Yang Qiu as governor of Xiliang, and the rest of the people as well. They agreed to set fire as a signal and conspired against Ma Chao. Yang Qiu took his leave and went back to see Han Sui, telling him the whole story: "We have agreed to set fire tonight, with internal and external support." Han Sui was overjoyed, and ordered the soldiers to pile up dry firewood behind the central army tent, and the five generals each hung their swords and waited. Han Sui discussed and planned to hold a banquet to invite Ma Chao, and then he planned to do it at the table, but he hesitated and did not make a decision.
Unexpectedly, Ma Chao had already discovered the details, so he took a few of his followers and went ahead with swords, leaving Pang De and Ma Dai to follow up. Ma Chao sneaked into Han Sui's tent and saw the five generals whispering to Han Sui. He only heard Yang Qiu say, "There is no time to lose, so act quickly!" Chao was furious and rushed in with his sword, shouting, "Where are the bandits?" How dare you murder me!" Everyone was shocked. Chao swung his sword at Han Sui's face, and Han Sui panicked and tried to block it with his hand, but his left hand was chopped off. The five generals drew their swords together. Chao stepped out of the tent, and the five generals surrounded him and attacked him. Chao wielded his sword alone and was able to defeat five generals. Blood splattered where the sword shone: Ma Wan was chopped down, Liang Xing was chopped down, and the generals fled for their lives. When Chao Fu entered the tent to kill Han Sui, he had already been rescued by his attendants. A fire started behind the tent and soldiers from all the camps were mobilized. Chao quickly got on the horse. Pang De and Ma Dai also arrived and engaged in a fight. When Chao led his troops to attack, Cao's troops were surrounded by Xu Chu in front, Xu Huang behind, Xiahou Yuan on the left, and Cao Hong on the right. The soldiers from Xiliang killed each other. Chao lost sight of Pang De and Ma Dai, so he led more than a hundred cavalrymen to intercept them on Wei Bridge.
At daybreak, Li Kan was seen leading an army passing under the bridge. Chao held his spear and rode his horse to chase them. Li Kan dragged his gun and walked away. Just then Yu Jin came up from behind Ma Chao and shot Ma Chao with his bow. Chao heard the bowstring sound behind him and dodged quickly, but the arrow hit Li Kan in front of him, causing him to fall off his horse and die. Chao turned his horse back to kill Yu Jin. The ban on patting horses has been lifted. Ma Chao went back to the bridge and camped. Cao's troops came from the front and back, with the Tiger Guards in the lead, shooting arrows at Ma Chao. Chao used his spear to deflect the arrows, and they all fell to the ground. Chao ordered his cavalry to charge forward, but Cao's troops surrounded them so tightly that they could not break out. Chao shouted loudly on the bridge and charged into Hebei, and all his followers were cut off. Chaodu clashed in the formation, but was shot down by a hidden crossbow and fell off his horse. Ma Chao fell to the ground and Cao's army closed in.
At this critical moment, a group of soldiers suddenly came from the northwest corner to attack. They were Pang De and Ma Dai. The two rescued Ma Chao. The general took the war horse and rode with Ma Chao, turned around and killed their way through the blood, then headed northwest. When Cao Cao heard that Ma Chao had escaped, he ordered his generals: "No matter day or night, you must catch Ma Chao. Whoever gets his head will be rewarded with a thousand gold coins and be made a marquis. Whoever captures him alive will be made a general." The generals obeyed the order. Everyone wanted to compete for merit and pursued the enemy in a long line. Ma Chao didn't care that his men and horses were tired and just kept running. The followers gradually dispersed. Most of the infantrymen who could not keep up were captured. Only about thirty riders were left, and they headed towards Longxi and Lintao with Pang De and Ma Dai.
Cao Cao personally chased Ma Chao to Anding, and only when he learned that Ma Chao had gone far away did he withdraw his troops and return to Chang'an. All the generals gathered. Han Sui no longer had his left hand and had become a disabled man. Cao asked him to rest his horse in Chang'an and granted him the title of Marquis of Xiliang. Yang Qiu and Hou Xuan were all granted the title of marquis and ordered to guard Weikou. He ordered the troops to return to Xu Du. Yang Fu, a military officer from Liangzhou, whose courtesy name was Yishan, came directly to Chang'an to see Cao. Cao asked him. Yang Fu said: "Ma Chao has the courage of Lu Bu and has won the hearts of the Qiang people. If the Prime Minister does not seize the opportunity to wipe him out, he will become powerful in the future and the counties on the Long River will no longer belong to the country. I hope the Prime Minister will not withdraw his troops. Cao said, "I originally wanted to leave troops to conquer them, but the Central Plains are in turmoil and the South is not yet settled, so I cannot stay for long. You should protect them for me."
Fu Ling agreed and recommended Wei Kang as the governor of Liangzhou. Together they led troops to garrison in Jicheng to guard against Ma Chao. Before leaving, Fu asked Cao: "We must leave a large number of troops in Chang'an as support." Cao said: "I have already made up my mind, you can rest assured." Fu said goodbye and left. All the generals asked, "When the enemy occupied Tongguan and the road north of Wei was missing, the Prime Minister did not attack Fengyi from Hedong, but instead defended Tongguan for a long time, and then crossed the river to the north and set up camp to defend it. Why?" Cao said, "When the enemy occupied Tongguan, the road north of Wei was missing. Why did the Prime Minister not attack Fengyi from Hedong? Instead, he defended Tongguan for a long time, and then crossed the river to the north and set up camp to defend it. Why?" The bandits guard Tongguan. If I had taken Hedong as soon as I arrived, the bandits would have divided their camps to guard the various crossings, and Hexi would have been impossible to cross. So I gathered all my troops in front of Tongguan, forcing the bandits to guard the south and Hexi would be unprepared. Therefore, Xu Huang and Zhu Ling were able to cross the river. Then I led my troops to cross the river to the north, connected the carts and built fences to form a corridor, and built an ice city, hoping that the enemy would know that I was weak, so as to make them arrogant and unprepared. I then cleverly used sorcerers and kept The strength of the soldiers will be broken once they are defeated. As the saying goes, "Thunderbolt can't stop the ears." The changes in the military are not the same. "
The generals asked again, "Prime Minister, you are always happy when you hear that the bandits have increased their numbers. Why is that?" Cao said, "Guanzhong is a remote border. If the bandits were to rely on their own defenses, it would take one or two years to pacify them. Now they have all gathered together. In one place, although there are many people, their hearts are not united and they are easy to be divided. We can destroy them in one fell swoop. That is why I am happy. "The generals bowed and said, "The Prime Minister has a brilliant plan. We are no match for him!" Cao said, "It is also thanks to the wisdom of your civil and military officials. He then gave heavy rewards to the troops and left Xiahou Yuan to station his troops in Chang'an. The surrendered soldiers were distributed among the various units.
068
Zhang Song said: "...Although Liu Jiyu has the land of Yizhou, he is weak and incompetent. In addition, Zhang Lu is in the north and is always thinking of invading. The people are divided and want a wise leader. ... You should first take Xichuan as your base and then go north. If you really want to take Xichuan, I am willing to serve you like a dog or a horse, and be your internal support. I wonder what you think? Xuande said, "I deeply appreciate your kindness. But Liu Jiyu is from the same clan as me. If you If we attack him, we will be cursed by the world." Song said, "A real man should strive to establish achievements and be the first to take the lead. If we don't take it now, others will take it, and it will be too late to regret it." Xuande said, "I have heard that the road to Shu is rugged. , thousands of mountains and rivers, a cart cannot keep a straight track, a horse cannot keep a bridle; even if you want to take it, what good strategy can you use? "
Liu Jiyu = Liu Zhang. Liu Zhang, courtesy name Ji Yu, was the actual ruler of Yizhou at that time.
Song took out a map from his sleeve, handed it to Xuande and said, "Song is grateful for your great kindness and dares to present this map to you. You will know the roads in Shu on this map." Xuande unfolded it and saw that it showed the geographical itinerary in full. The distance, width, narrowness, dangerous mountains and rivers, and the money and grain in the treasury are all clearly recorded. Song said, "Your Excellency, please make plans quickly. Song has two close friends: Fa Zheng and Meng Da. They will definitely be able to help. When they come to Jingzhou, we can discuss our concerns with each other." Xuande bowed and thanked him, saying, "The mountains are green and the rivers are evergreen. When things are done in the future, I will surely reward you handsomely." Song said, "Song has met a wise master and I have to tell him everything. How dare I expect a reward?" After saying that, he said goodbye. Kong Ming ordered Yun Chang and others to escort him for dozens of miles before returning.
When Zhang Song returned to Yizhou, he first met his friend Fa Zheng. When Song saw Fa Zheng, he said, "I have promised Yizhou to Uncle Liu. I just want to discuss it with you." Fa Zheng said, "I think Liu Zhang is incompetent, and I have wanted to meet Uncle Liu for a long time. We have the same idea, so why should I doubt it? "
Liu Xuande = Liu Bei = Liu Huangshu; Liu Bei, courtesy name: Xuande; people call him Liu Huangshu
Song said, "I recommend you as an envoy to Jingzhou." The next day, Zhang Song met Liu Zhang. Song said, "Song has a plan to make Zhang Lu and Cao Cao dare not to attack Xichuan lightly." Zhang said, "What is the plan?" Song said, "Liu Huangshu of Jingzhou is from the same clan as you, and he is kind and generous, with the demeanor of an elder. After the battle, Cao was terrified when he heard about it, not to mention Zhang Lu. Why didn't you send an envoy to make peace and make him an external aid? You can resist Cao Cao and Zhang Lu. "Zhang said: "I have had this idea for a long time. Who can be an envoy? ? " Song said: "If it is not Fa Zheng and Meng Da, you cannot go." Zhang immediately summoned the two men, wrote a letter, and ordered Fa Zheng to be the envoy to communicate the situation first; then he sent Meng Da to lead 5,000 elite soldiers to meet Xuan Germany entered Sichuan for assistance.
Xuande was overjoyed after reading it and held a banquet to entertain Fa Zheng. After several rounds of drinking, Xuande dismissed his attendants and said to Fa Zheng in secret, "I have long admired your wisdom and integrity, and Zhang Biejia has often spoken of your great virtues. Now that I have been able to listen to your teachings, I am very happy in my life." Fa Zheng thanked him and said, "I am a small official in Shu, so I am not worthy of your kindness. Is that true? I have heard that a horse neighs when it meets a good friend, and a man dies when he meets a good friend. What Zhang Biejia said before, do you still care about it?" Xuande said, "I am a guest, and I have always been sad and sighed. ... There is plenty of food in Shu. It is not that I do not want to take the land, but Liu Jiyu is of the same clan as Bei, and I cannot bear to plot against him. "Fa Zheng said: "Yizhou is a land of abundance, and it cannot be inhabited without a ruler who can bring order and order. Now Liu Jiyu cannot employ talented people, and this business will soon belong to someone else. . I will give it to you today, so you can’t miss it. Haven’t you heard the saying, “The first one to chase the rabbit gets it”? If you want to take it, I will die for you.” Xuande bowed and thanked him, saying, “We can discuss it.”
After the banquet that day, Kong Ming personally escorted Fa Zheng back to his residence. Xuande sat alone and pondered. Pang Tong stepped forward and said, "Those who fail to make decisions when they should are fools. My lord is wise, why are you so suspicious?" Xuande asked, "According to your opinion, what should we do?" Tong said, "To the east of Jingzhou is Sun Quan, and to the north is "With Cao Cao, it is difficult to achieve success. Yizhou has a population of one million, and the people are rich and wealthy, which can help with great undertakings. Fortunately, Zhang Song and Fa Zheng are my female helpers, which is a gift from heaven. Why should I doubt it?"
In the winter of that year, he led his troops to march towards Xichuan. After walking for a few miles, Meng Da came up and paid his respects to Xuande, saying that Liu Yizhou had ordered him to lead 5,000 troops to meet him. Xuande sent someone into Yizhou to report to Liu Zhang first. Zhang then sent letters to inform the prefectures and counties along the way and asked for the supply of money and food. Zhang wanted to go out of Fucheng to meet Xuande in person, so he ordered the preparation of carriages, tents, flags, and armor, making sure they were bright and clear. Huang Quan, the chief clerk, came in to advise him, saying, "If you go, you will be harmed by Liu Bei. I have been enjoying official salary for many years and I cannot bear to see you fall into the evil schemes of others. Please think twice." Zhang Song said, "Huang Quan's words are a rift between the clan and the people. , which will only increase the power of the bandits and will not benefit the lord. " Zhang then scolded Quan and said, "I have made up my mind, why are you going against me!"
Liu Yizhou = Liu Zhang. Liu Zhang was the actual ruler of Yizhou at that time.
069
However, Pang Tong and Fa Zheng advised Xuande to kill Liu Zhang during the banquet, which would allow Xichuan to be easily within his grasp. Xuande said, "I have just entered Shu and have not yet established my favor and trust. This is absolutely not feasible." The two men repeatedly persuaded him, but Xuande just refused to listen. The next day, he and Liu Zhang had a banquet in the city again. They talked about their innermost feelings and were very close. When they were half drunk, Pang Tong and Fa Zheng discussed and said, "It has come to this point. It is beyond our lord's control." So they asked Wei Yan to go up to the hall and dance with a sword. Taking advantage of the situation to kill Liu Zhang, Wei Yan drew his sword and said, "There is nothing to do at the banquet, so I would like to dance with swords for fun." Pang Tong then called all the warriors in and lined them up in the hall, waiting for Wei Yan to take action. When the generals under Liu Zhang saw Wei Yan dancing, they At the sword banquet, I saw warriors on the steps with their hands on the target and looking straight at the hall. Zhang Ren, an attendant, also drew his sword and danced, saying, "Sword dance must be paired. I am willing to dance with General Wei."
The two danced opposite each other in front of the banquet. Wei Yan looked at Liu Feng, who also drew his sword to help dance. Then Liu Gui, Leng Bao, and Deng Xian each drew their swords and said, "Let's dance together to help make you laugh." Xuande was startled and quickly drew his swords. He stood at the table with a sword and said, "Brothers, we are meeting to drink and have no suspicion. This is not the Hongmen Meeting, so why do we need to dance with swords? Anyone who does not put down his sword will be killed immediately!" Liu Zhang also scolded him, "Brothers, why do you need to bring swords when we meet? Knife?" He ordered the guards to put away their swords. Everyone left the hall in a hurry. Xuande called all the generals to the stage, gave them wine, and said, "We brothers are of the same clan and flesh and blood. We discuss important matters together and have no ulterior motives. Don't doubt me." All the generals bowed and thanked him. Liu Zhang held Xuande's hand and cried, "I swear I will never forget your kindness!" The two men drank happily until late at night and then parted. Xuande returned to the camp and blamed Pang Tong, saying, "Why did you want to put me in an unjust position? Never do this again in the future." Tong sighed and retreated.
When Liu Zhang returned to the camp, Liu Gui and others said, "My lord, have you seen what happened at the banquet today? It is better to return early to avoid future troubles." Liu Zhang said, "My brother Liu Xuande is different from others." The generals said, "Although Xuande is All his subordinates wanted to take over Xichuan in order to gain wealth and power. "Zhang said, "You are destroying the friendship between us brothers." He did not listen and talked happily with Xuande every day.
Suddenly, there was news that Zhang Lu was reorganizing his troops and was about to attack Jiameng Pass. Liu Zhang then asked Xuande to go and resist them. Xuande readily agreed and led his troops to Jiameng Pass that same day. The generals advised Liu Zhang to order his generals to guard the passes tightly to prevent Xuande from launching a mutiny. Zhang refused at first, but after being persuaded by everyone, he ordered Yang Huai, the governor of Baishui, and Gao Pei to guard the Fushui Pass. Liu Zhang returned to Chengdu. When Xuande arrived at Jiameng Pass, he strictly prohibited the soldiers from doing anything illegal and showed kindness to the people in order to win their hearts.
070
Sun Quan, the ruler of the Eastern Wu, asked his ministers about the state affairs, but Zhang Zhao suggested, "Don't mobilize the army yet. If you do, Cao Cao will surely come back. It is better to write two letters: one to Liu Zhang, saying that Liu Bei has made an alliance with the Eastern Wu. Wu, together we will take Xichuan, so that Liu Zhang will be suspicious and attack Liu Bei. Send a letter to Zhang Lu and tell him to march his troops to Jingzhou, so that Liu Bei will be unable to come to the rescue. Then I will raise an army to take it, and the matter will be settled. "Quan agreed and immediately set out. Let the two places be gone.
071
It is said that Xuande had been in Jiameng Pass for a long time and was very popular among the people. Suddenly, he received a letter from Kong Ming, and learned that Madam Sun had returned to Soochow. He also heard that Cao Cao had raised an army to attack Ruxu, so he discussed with Pang Tong: "If Cao Cao attacks Sun Quan, Cao will surely take Jingzhou if he wins, and he will also take Jingzhou if he wins. What should we do?" Pang Tong said: "Don't worry, my lord. We have Kong Ming here. He thought that Dongwu would not dare to attack Jingzhou. My lord, you can send a letter to Liu Zhang, asking Cao Cao to attack Sun Quan. Quan asked for help from Jingzhou. Sun Quan and I are close friends, so we must help each other. Zhang Lu, the thief who defends himself, will never dare to attack. I now want to withdraw my troops to Jingzhou and join forces with Sun Quan to defeat Cao Cao, but we are short of soldiers and food. I hope you can use our kinship to quickly send 30,000 to 40,000 elite soldiers and 100,000 hu of food to help us. Please don't make any mistakes. If we can get soldiers, horses, money and food, we will discuss this separately."
Xuande followed his advice and sent people to Chengdu. When they arrived at the pass, Yang Huai and Gao Pei heard about this and ordered Gao Pei to guard the pass. Yang Huai went into Chengdu with the envoy and presented the letter to Liu Zhang. After reading it, Liu Zhang asked Yang Huai why he came with them. Yang Huai said, "I came here just for this letter. Since Liu Bei entered Sichuan, he has been spreading kindness and benevolence to win the hearts of the people. His intentions are not good. Now he is asking for money and food for the army. Don't give them to him. If you help him, it will be like adding fuel to the fire." Liu Zhang said, "Xuan De and I have a brotherly relationship, how can I not help him?" Liu Ba came out and said, "Liu Bei is a great hero. He has been in Shu for a long time without being sent away. He is letting a tiger into the house. Now we are helping him with troops, horses, money and food. What is the difference between this and Will it give the tiger more wings? "After hearing Liu Ba's words, Liu Zhang hesitated.
Huang Quan made another bitter remonstration. Zhang then allocated 4,000 old and weak soldiers and 10,000 hu of rice, sent a letter to Xuande and still ordered Yang Huai and Gao Pei to guard the pass tightly. Liu Zhang's envoy arrived at Jiameng Pass to meet Xuande and presented the reply letter. Xuande was furious and said, "I have spent a lot of energy and effort to fight the enemy for you. Now you are stingy with money and rewards. How can you make your soldiers fight for you?" He tore up the reply letter, cursed and stood up. The envoy fled back to Chengdu. Pang Tong said, "My lord, you only value benevolence and righteousness. Today, you destroyed the book and were angry, and all our previous feelings were abandoned." Xuande said, "In this case, what should we do?" Pang Tong said, "I have three plans. Please choose one from them. "
Xuande asked about the three plans. Tong said: "Now we should select the best troops and attack Chengdu by road day and night. This is the best plan. Yang Huai and Gao Pei are famous generals in Shu. They each have strong troops to defend the pass. Now the lord pretends to return to Jingzhou. When the two generals hear this, , will definitely come to see you off; capture and kill him at the place where he is seeing you off, seize the pass, first take Fucheng, then turn to Chengdu, this is the middle plan. Return to Baidi, return to Jingzhou overnight, and slowly advance, this is the lower plan. If we do not stop hesitating, we will be in great trouble and beyond rescue. Xuande said, "The military advisor's upper plan is too hasty, and the lower plan is too slow. The middle plan is neither too slow nor too fast, so we can implement it."
072
馬超在馬上以鞭指曰：「吾本領張魯兵來救益州，誰想張魯聽信楊松讒言，反欲害我，今已歸降劉皇叔。公可納士拜降，免致生靈受苦。如或執迷，吾先攻城矣！」
劉璋驚得面如土色，氣倒於城上。眾官救醒。璋曰：「吾之不明，悔之何及！不若開門投降，以救滿城百姓。」董和曰:「城中兵尚有三萬餘人；錢帛糧草，可支一年：奈何便降？」劉璋曰：「吾父子在蜀二十餘年，無恩德以加百姓；攻戰三年，血肉捐於草野，皆我罪也。我心何安？不如投降以安百姓。」
次日，人報「劉皇叔遺幕賓簡雍在城下喚門。」璋令開門接入。雍坐車中，傲睨自若。忽一人掣劍大喝曰：「小輩得志，傍若無人！汝敢藐視吾蜀中人物耶！」雍慌下車迎之。此人乃廣漢綿竹人也；姓秦名宓，字:子勑。雍笑曰；「不識賢兄，幸勿見責。」遂同入見劉璋，具說玄德寬洪大度，並無相害之意。於是劉璋決計投降，厚待簡雍；次日，親齎印綬文籍，與簡雍同車出城投降。玄德出寨迎接，握手流涕曰：「非吾不行仁義，奈勢不得已也！」共入寨，交割印綬文籍，並馬入城。
玄德入成都，百姓香花燈燭，迎門而接。玄德到公廳，陞堂坐定。郡內諸官，皆拜於堂下。
劉玄德=劉備=劉皇叔；劉備，字:玄德；世人稱為:劉皇叔
( ) 1.馬超現在為誰而戰？
(A) 劉璋 (B) 馬超 (C) 張魯 (D) 劉備
( ) 2.劉璋放棄抵抗是因為？
(A) 間諜太多 (B) 糧食耗盡 (C) 彈盡援絕 (D) 身患疾病
( ) 3.簡雍進入成都城時，心情如何；跟人講話以後，心情又如何？
(A) 舒適、焦躁 (B) 平淡、狂傲 (C) 驕傲、收斂 (D) 恬淡、安適
( ) 4.為何劉璋決計投降？
(A) 可以保護百姓，相信劉備不會害他 (B) 在多年的戰爭裡，耗盡力量
(C) 先求蟄伏，以謀求以後翻盤的機會 (D) 身患重病，無以為繼
( ) 5.劉備入成都，百姓反應如何？
(A) 隔靴搔癢 (B) 不共戴天 (C) 歡欣鼓舞 (D) 咬牙切齒
072
Ma Chao pointed with his whip on his horse and said, "I led Zhang Lu's troops to rescue Yizhou, but Zhang Lu believed Yang Song's slander and wanted to harm me. Now he has surrendered to Emperor Liu. You can accept the surrender and save the lives of the people. If Obsessed, I will attack the city first! "
Liu Zhang was so frightened that his face turned pale and he collapsed on the city wall. The officials rescued him. Zhang said, "It is too late to regret my ignorance! It is better to open the gate and surrender to save the people in the city." Dong He said, "There are still more than 30,000 soldiers in the city; money, silk, food and grass can support it for a year. What can we do? Surrender?" Liu Zhang said, "My father and I have been in Shu for more than 20 years, and have done no kindness to the people. We have been fighting for three years, and our blood and flesh have been shed in the wilderness. It is all my fault. How can I feel at ease? It is better to surrender and comfort the people."
The next day, someone reported that "Jian Yong, the remaining guest of Emperor Liu, is knocking at the gate." Zhang ordered the gate to be opened to receive him. Yong sat in the car, looking arrogant and confident. Suddenly, a man drew his sword and shouted, "You youngsters are so successful that you act as if no one is around! How dare you look down on the people of Shu!" Yong hurriedly got off the car to meet him. This person was from Mianzhu, Guanghan. His surname was Qin, his given name was Mi, and his courtesy name was Ziqi. Yong smiled and said, "I don't recognize you, my dear brother. Please don't blame me." Then they went to see Liu Zhang together and told him that Xuande was magnanimous and had no intention of harming them. So Liu Zhang decided to surrender and treated Jian Yong well. The next day, he personally carried the seal, ribbon and documents and rode out of the city with Jian Yong to surrender. Xuande came out of the camp to greet him, shook his hand and said with tears in his eyes, "It's not that I don't practice benevolence and righteousness, but I have no choice but to do so!" They entered the camp together, handed over seals, ribbons and documents, and rode into the city together.
When Xuande entered Chengdu, the people welcomed him at the gate with incense, flowers, and candles. Xuande arrived at the public hall and sat down. All officials in the county bowed in the hall.
Liu Xuande = Liu Bei = Liu Huangshu; Liu Bei, courtesy name: Xuande; people call him Liu Huangshu
073
Liu Bei's general Huang Zhong met Cao Cao's generals Xiahou Shang and Xiahou Yuan at Dingjun Mountain. Huang Zhong did not go into battle at first, but held his ground, conserved his strength and waited for an opportunity. Wait until Cao Cao's army is exhausted, and then attack them, taking advantage of the situation. Huang Zhong laughed and said, "This is an old man's plan to make his soldiers arrogant. We can fight tonight and recover all the camps and seize their food and horses."
074
Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 71-72. 71 <Huang Zhong occupied the opposite mountain and waited for the enemy to tire out; Zhao Yun defeated the enemy with a small force at Hanshui> 72 <Zhuge Liang took Hanzhong by force; Cao Aman’s troops retreated to Xiegu> During the battle between Liu Bei and Cao Cao at Hanshui, Zhuge Liang ordered Zhao Yun to lead his troops and hide in a place. place. It was just making noise at night to make Cao Cao's soldiers tired. Did not come out to fight. Therefore, Cao Cao's soldiers were very tired from the noise, while Liu Bei's soldiers were well rested and ready to fight.
075
Fa Zheng, the military advisor of the Shu Han army, analyzed the characteristics of his opponent Xiahou Yuan to Huang Zhong, the general of the Shu Han army: "Yuan is frivolous and relies on courage but lacks strategy. We can encourage the soldiers to move forward and take the camp, step by step, and lure Yuan to fight. And capture him, this is the method of 'turning the tables'."
Huang Zhong and Fa Zheng stationed their troops at the Dingjun Pass and challenged Xiahou Yuan repeatedly, but Xiahou Yuan held his ground and refused to come out. They wanted to attack, but were afraid that the mountain road was dangerous and they would be unable to predict the enemy, so they had to hold their ground. On that day, there was a sudden report that Cao's soldiers from the mountain had come down to challenge him. Huang Zhong was about to lead his troops to meet them, but his general Chen Shi said, "General, please don't move. I am willing to take over."
Zhong was overjoyed, so he ordered Chen Shi to lead a thousand troops out of the mountain pass and form a battle line. When Xiahou Shang's troops arrived, they engaged in battle. After a few rounds of fighting, Shang pretended to be defeated and fled. They hurried on, but halfway through they were hit by pounding stones and cannonballs from the two hills, and could not go any further. When he was about to turn back, Xiahou Yuan led his troops to attack from behind. Chen Shi was unable to resist and was captured alive by Xiahou Yuan and taken back to the camp. Many of the soldiers surrendered. A member of the defeated army escaped and reported to Huang Zhong that Chen Shi had been captured. Zhong panicked and discussed the matter with Fa Zheng. Zheng said: "Yuan is a frivolous person who relies on his courage but lacks strategy. You can encourage the soldiers, move forward from the camp, and take every step carefully to lure Yuan into a fight and capture him. This is the method of 'turning the tables'."
Zhong followed his advice and rewarded the three armies with all their dues. The whole valley was filled with cheers and everyone was willing to fight to the death. Huang Zhong moved forward that same day, setting up camps step by step; he stayed in each camp for a few days before moving forward again. Yuan heard and knew. Want to go to war. Zhang He said, "This is a plan to turn the tables. We should not go into battle; we will suffer losses if we fight." Yuan refused and ordered Xiahou Shang to lead several thousand soldiers to fight until they reached Huang Zhong's camp. Zhong mounted his horse and drew his sword to meet the enemy. He engaged in a duel with Xiahou Shang and captured him alive in just one move. The rest fled and reported back to Xiahou Yuan. Yuan hurriedly sent someone to Huang Zhong's camp, saying that he was willing to exchange Chen Shi for Xiahou Shang. Zhong agreed to exchange battle positions the next day.
The next day, both armies arrived at a wide area in the valley and formed their battle array. Huang Zhong and Xiahou Yuan each stood on their horses under the gate flag of their own camp. Huang Zhong brought Xiahou Shang with him, and Xiahou Yuan brought Chen Shi with him. None of them wore robes or armor, but only thin clothes to cover their bodies. At the sound of a drum, Chen Shi and Xiahou Shang each ran back to their own camps. When Xiahou Shang reached the battle formation, he was shot in the back by an arrow from Huang Zhong. He returned with the arrow. Yuan was furious and rode straight to Huang Zhong. Zhongzheng wants to fight with Yuan. The two generals fought for more than twenty rounds, when suddenly a horn was sounded in Cao's camp to call back the troops. Yuan turned his horse back in panic, but Zhong took advantage of the situation and killed him. Yuan returned to the battle line and asked the officer in charge, "Why did you sound the horn?" The officer replied, "I saw several flags of the Shu army in the valley, and I was afraid they were an ambush, so I hurriedly called the general back."
Yuan believed his words and stayed at his post without going out. Huang Zhong chased to the foot of Dingjun Mountain and discussed with Fa Zheng. Zheng pointed and said, "West of Dingjun Mountain, there is a towering mountain with dangerous paths all around. From this mountain, you can see the strength of Dingjun Mountain from below. If you can capture this mountain, Dingjun Mountain will be in your hands." Zhong Looking up, I saw that the top of the mountain was slightly flat, and there were a few people and horses on the mountain. At the second watch of the night, Zhong led his soldiers, sounded horns and beat drums, and marched straight to the top of the mountain. This mountain is guarded by Du Xi, a general under Xiahou Yuan, with only a few hundred men. Seeing Huang Zhong's troops approaching, they had no choice but to abandon the mountain and flee. Zhongde reached the top of the mountain, which was opposite to Dingjun Mountain. Fa Zheng said, "General, you can stay halfway up the mountain, and I will stay at the top. When Xiahou Yuan's troops arrive, I will raise a white flag as a signal, and you will keep your troops still. When they become tired and unprepared, I will raise a red flag, and you will come down the mountain and attack them. : "If you wait for the enemy to tire while you are at rest, you will surely win." Zhong was delighted and followed his plan.
But Du Xi led his troops back and met Xiahou Yuan, saying that Huang Zhong had captured the opposite mountain. Yuan was furious and said, "Huang Zhong has occupied the opposite mountain and will not allow me to go out to fight." Zhang He advised, "This is Fa Zheng's plan. General, you must not go out to fight, you should just hold on." Yuan said, "He has occupied the opposite mountain to watch me. How can we not go to war when we know the real situation?" He advised him bitterly but he would not listen. Yuan divided his troops and surrounded the opposite mountain, shouting curses and challenges. Fa Zheng raised a white flag on the mountain; no matter how Xiahou Yuan insulted him, Huang Zhong just refused to fight. After noon, Fa Zheng saw that Cao's soldiers were tired and their morale had dropped. Many of them dismounted and sat down to rest, so he unfurled the red flag. Drums and horns sounded, and shouts were loud. Huang Zhong took the lead and galloped down the mountain with a force as if the sky was collapsing and the earth was falling. Xiahou Yuan was caught off guard and was driven under Huang Zhong's banner, where he shouted like thunder. Before Yuan could meet him, Huang Zhong's precious sword had already dropped, chopping Yuan's head and shoulders into two pieces.
076
During the Battle of Han River in the Three Kingdoms period, Cao Cao was transporting grain at the foot of Beishan Mountain. Huang Zhong led troops to seize it, but he did not return after the agreed deadline. Zhao Yun led dozens of cavalry out of the camp to search for him. But they happened to encounter Cao Cao's army and were surrounded by it. Zhao Yun led his troops to break through, fighting and retreating at the same time. Cao's soldiers gathered again and chased to Zhao Yun's camp. After Zhao Yun entered the camp, he ordered the camp gates to be opened wide and the fighting to be stopped. Suspecting an ambush, Cao's army retreated. Unexpectedly, as they were retreating, Zhao Yun's army suddenly beat drums to the sky and used powerful crossbows to shoot Cao's soldiers from the rear. Cao's soldiers were immediately panicked and frightened. They trampled on each other and fell into the Han River, where many died.
Empty City Plan 2 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 71 <Huang Zhong takes advantage of the mountains to wait for the enemy to attack, Zhao Yun defeats the enemy with a small force at the Han River> Zhao Yun
When Cao Cao saw Zhao Yun rushing east and west, unstoppable, no one dared to meet him. After saving Huang Zhong and Zhang Zhao, he became furious and led his generals to chase Zhao Yun away. Yun has already returned to the camp. The general Zhang Yi followed and saw dust rising from behind, realizing that Cao's troops were chasing them. He said to Yun: "The pursuers are getting closer, you can order the soldiers to close the camp gates and go up to the enemy tower for protection." Yun shouted: "Don't close the camp gates. Don't you know that when I was in Dangyang and Changban, I was alone. "I look upon Cao's 830,000 soldiers as if they were grass! Now that I have an army and a general, what is there to fear?" He then drew his bow and laid an ambush in the trench outside the camp; all the flags and spears in the camp were turned down; and the gongs and drums stopped beating. Yun was standing outside the camp gate, alone on horseback and with a spear.
However, Zhang He and Xu Huang led their troops to the Shu camp when it was already dusk. They saw that the flags in the camp had ceased to fight, and Zhao Yun was standing outside the camp alone on horseback with a spear. The camp gate was wide open, and the two generals did not dare to move forward. Just when they were doubtful, Cao Cao arrived in person and urged the troops to move forward. The soldiers obeyed the order, shouted loudly, and rushed to the front of the camp. Seeing that Zhao Yun did not move at all, Cao's soldiers turned around and retreated. Zhao Yun raised his spear and everyone in the trench fired their bows. It was dark at the time and no one knew how many Shu soldiers there were. Cao turned his horse and rode back first. All I heard was a loud shout from behind, and the sound of drums and horns, and the Shu soldiers were coming. Cao's soldiers trampled on each other; they rushed to the bank of the Han River, and countless people fell into the water and died. Zhao Yun, Huang Zhong and Zhang Zhao each led a group of soldiers and pursued them fiercely.
Huang Zhong beheaded Xiahou Yuan and came to Jiameng Pass to meet Xuande to report his achievement. Xuande was overjoyed, and promoted Zhong to General of the Western Expedition, and held a banquet to celebrate. Suddenly, General Zhang Zhuo came to report, saying, "Cao Cao has led an army of 200,000 to avenge Xiahou Yuan. Zhang He is currently transporting food and grass to the foot of the mountain north of the Han River." Kong Ming said, "Now Cao has led a large army. At this point, they were afraid that they were running out of food and grass, so they stopped their troops from advancing. If one person could penetrate deep into their territory, burn their food and grass, and seize their baggage, then Cao Cao's fighting spirit would be crushed. Huang Zhong said, "I am willing to take on this task." Kong Ming said, : "Cao is not comparable to Xiahou Yuan, so don't underestimate him." Xuande said, "Although Xiahou Yuan is the commander-in-chief, he is just a brave man. How can he compare to Zhang He? If we kill Zhang He, it will be ten times better than killing Xiahou Yuan." Zhong said excitedly: "I'm willing to go and kill him." Kong Ming said, "You can go with Zhao Zilong to lead an army, and we'll discuss everything together and see who can achieve the greatest merit." Zhong agreed and set off. Kong Ming ordered Zhang Zhuo to go with him as his deputy general. Yun said to Zhong: "Cao has led 200,000 troops and divided them into ten camps. You are going to seize food in front of your lord. This is no small matter. What strategy should you use?" Zhong said: "Look, I will go first. How do you do it?" Yun said, "Let me go first." Zhong said, "I am the chief general and you are the deputy general. How can we compete for the first place?" Yun said, "You and I are both working for the lord. Why should we argue? Let's draw lots and The one who picks it up goes first. " Zhong Yi agreed. At that time Huang Zhong went first. Yun said, "Since the general has left first, I will help him. We can agree on a time. If the general returns on time, I will keep my troops in place; if the general does not return on time, I will lead my troops to support him." Zhong said, "You are right."
曠 = hatred; draw lots = draw lots
So the two agreed to meet at noon. Yun returned to his camp and said to his general Zhang Yi: "Huang Hansheng agreed to go and seize food and grass tomorrow. If he does not return by noon, I will go to help. Our camp is facing the Han River, and the terrain is dangerous. If I leave, you can guard the camp carefully. The fence must not be moved lightly." Zhang Yi agreed.
Huang Hansheng = Huang Zhong, because Huang Zhong, courtesy name: Hansheng
Huang Zhong returned to the camp and said to his deputy general Zhang Zhuo, "I killed Xiahou Yuan and Zhang He lost his temper. Tomorrow I will be ordered to rob food and grass, leaving only 500 soldiers to guard the camp. You can help me. Tonight at three o'clock, all After eating, they left the camp at four o'clock in the morning and marched to the foot of the northern mountain, first capturing Zhang He and then robbing the food and grass. "Zhang Zhu obeyed the order. That night Huang Zhong led his troops in front, with Zhang Zhao following behind, and they secretly crossed the Han River and arrived at the foot of the Beishan Mountain. The sun rises in the east, and grain piles up like mountains can be seen. There were a few soldiers guarding the place, but when they saw the Shu troops arriving, they all abandoned their guards and fled. Huang Zhong ordered the cavalry to dismount and pile firewood on top of the rice and grain. About to set fire. Zhang He's troops arrived and engaged in a fierce battle with Zhong. When Cao Cao heard the news, he urgently ordered Xu Huang to provide assistance. Huang led his troops forward and trapped Huang Zhong in Gaixin. Zhang Zhuo led 300 soldiers to escape and was about to return to the camp when suddenly a group of soldiers rushed out and blocked their way. The leading general was Wen Pin. Cao's soldiers came from behind and surrounded Zhang Zhuo.
That night Huang Zhong led the troops in front, Zhang Zhao followed behind, they secretly crossed the Han River and went to the foot of the Beishan Mountain.
(Continued from the previous article) Xu Huang led his troops forward and trapped Huang Zhong in Gaixin. Zhang Zhuo led 300 soldiers to escape and was about to return to the camp when suddenly a group of soldiers rushed out and blocked their way. The leading general was Wen Pin. Cao's soldiers came from behind and surrounded Zhang Zhuo.
(Beginning) Zhao Yun was in the camp. When it was noon, he did not see Zhong return. He quickly put on his armor and mounted his horse, leading 3,000 soldiers to support him. Before leaving, he said to Zhang Yi, "You can hold the camp firmly. There are many archers on both sides. Crossbow, be prepared."
Yi agreed repeatedly. Yun held his spear and rode his horse forward. He was stopped by a general who was Wen Pin's subordinate Murong Lie. He rode his horse and brandished his sword to meet Zhao Yun; Zhao Yun stabbed him to death with a spear. Cao's troops were defeated and fled. Yun rushed straight into the encirclement, but was intercepted by another group of soldiers; the leader was Wei general Jiao Bang. Yun shouted, "Where are the Shu soldiers?" Bing replied, "We have killed them all!" Yun became furious and rode his horse forward and stabbed Jiao Bing to death with a spear. He killed the remaining soldiers and went straight to the foot of the northern mountain, where he saw Zhang He and Xu Huang. The two of them had surrounded Huang Zhong, and the soldiers had been trapped for a long time. Yun shouted loudly, pointed his spear and galloped his horse, charging into the encirclement; he rushed left and right, as if he was in an empty space; the spear's entire body was like dancing pear blossoms, and its entire body was like falling snow.
Zhang He and Xu Huang were terrified and dared not to fight. Yun rescued Huang Zhong and fought as he retreated; wherever he went, no one dared to stop him. Cao Cao saw him from a high place and asked his generals in surprise, "Who is this?" Someone who knew him said, "This is Zhao Zilong from Changshan." Cao said, "The heroes of Dangyang and Changban are still here!" The order was: "Do not underestimate the enemy wherever you go."
Zhao Yun rescued Huang Zhong and fought his way through the encirclement. A soldier pointed and said, "The one coming towards us from the southeast must be our deputy general Zhang Zhe." Yun did not return to his camp, but instead headed towards the southeast to fight his way forward. Wherever he went, he saw flags with the words "Zhao Yun of Changshan" on them. Those who had been in Dangyang and Changban knew of his bravery and told each other about it, and all of them fled. Yun saved Zhang again.
(Continued from the previous article) Zhao Yun rescued Huang Zhong and killed his way through the encirclement. A soldier pointed and said, "The one coming towards us from the southeast must be our deputy general Zhang Zhe." Yun did not return to his camp, but instead headed towards the southeast to fight his way forward. Wherever he went, he saw flags with the words "Zhao Yun of Changshan" on them. Those who had been in Dangyang and Changban knew of his bravery and told each other about it, and all of them fled. Yun saved Zhang again.
(Begin) Cao Cao saw Zhao Yun rushing east and west, unstoppable, and no one dared to meet him. He rescued Huang Zhong and Zhang Zhao, and he became furious, and led his generals to chase Zhao Yun away. Yun has already returned to the camp. The general Zhang Yi followed and saw dust rising from behind, realizing that Cao's troops were chasing them. He said to Yun: "The pursuers are getting closer, you can order the soldiers to close the camp gates and go up to the enemy tower for protection." Yun shouted: "Don't close the camp gates. Don't you know that when I was in Dangyang and Changban, I was alone. "I look upon Cao's 830,000 soldiers as if they were grass! Now that I have an army and a general, what is there to fear?" He then drew his bow and laid an ambush in the trench outside the camp; all the flags and spears in the camp were turned down; and the gongs and drums stopped beating. Yun was standing outside the camp gate, alone on horseback and with a spear.
However, Zhang He and Xu Huang led their troops to the Shu camp when it was already dusk. They saw that the flags in the camp had ceased to fight, and Zhao Yun was standing outside the camp alone on horseback with a spear. The camp gate was wide open, and the two generals did not dare to move forward. Just when they were doubtful, Cao Cao arrived in person and urged the troops to move forward. The soldiers obeyed the order, shouted loudly, and rushed to the front of the camp. Seeing that Zhao Yun did not move at all, Cao's soldiers turned around and retreated. Zhao Yun raised his spear and everyone in the trench fired their bows. It was dark at the time and no one knew how many Shu soldiers there were. Cao turned his horse and rode back first. All I heard was a loud shout from behind, and the sound of drums and horns, and the Shu soldiers were coming. Cao's soldiers trampled on each other; they rushed to the bank of the Han River, and countless people fell into the water and died. Zhao Yun, Huang Zhong and Zhang Zhao each led a group of soldiers and pursued them fiercely.
As Cao was running away, Liu Feng and Meng Da suddenly led two troops and attacked from the Micang Mountain Road and set fire to the food and fodder. Cao abandoned the food and grass in Beishan and hurried back to Nanzheng. Zhang He and Xu Huang, unable to stay still, also abandoned their camp and fled. Zhao Yun captured Cao's camp, Huang Zhong burned the food and grass, and they seized countless weapons from the Han River. They won a great victory and sent someone to report to Xuande. Xuande then went to the Han River with Kongming and asked Zhao Yun's soldiers, "How did Zilong fight?" The soldiers recounted in detail the story of Zilong rescuing Huang Zhong from the Han River. Xuande was overjoyed. He looked at the steep road ahead and behind the mountain and said to Kongming happily, "Zilong is full of courage!"
077
Zhang Zhao, an advisor to the Eastern Wu, said, "Recently I heard that Yunchang captured Yu Jin and beheaded Pang De, and his might has shaken the whole of China..." Before Quan could say anything, he suddenly heard that Lu Meng had come to report something in person. Quan summoned him in and questioned him. Meng said: "Yun Chang is leading his troops to besiege Fancheng. We can take advantage of their advance to attack Jingzhou."
Lu Meng resigned from Sun Quan. A scout had already reported, "There are beacon towers on high ground every twenty or thirty miles up and down the river." The Chinese were also shocked to hear that the Jingzhou army was well disciplined and prepared. After thinking of a solution, he pretended to be sick and did not go out, and sent someone to report to Sun Quan. When Quan heard that Lu Meng was ill, he was very unhappy. Lu Xun said, "Lü Ziming's illness is just a lie, not a real illness." Quan said, "Since Bo Yan knows that he is lying, you can go and see him."
Lu Xun took the order and went to see Lu Meng that night, and indeed he looked healthy. Lu Xun smiled and said, "Zi Ming's illness is only because the troops of Jingzhou are in good order and there are beacon towers along the river. I have a plan to make the guards along the river unable to light fires, and the troops of Jingzhou will surrender. Is that okay?"
Quan appointed Lü Meng as the Grand Commander, commanding the troops of Jiangdong. He selected 30,000 soldiers and more than 80 fast boats. He selected people who were good at sailing to disguise themselves as merchants, all dressed in white, rowing the boats, while his elite soldiers hid in the boats. . Then he sent a man in white to drive a speedboat to the Xunyang River. When the soldiers guarding the beacon tower on the river interrogated them, the Wu people replied, "We are all merchants. We took shelter here because of the wind blocking the river." They then gave their belongings to the soldiers guarding the tower. The soldiers believed it and allowed it to anchor by the river.
At about the second watch, the elite soldiers on the ships came out and tied up the soldiers on the beacon tower. With a secret signal, the elite soldiers on more than 80 ships stood up and captured all the soldiers on the watchtowers in critical locations and took them onto the ships. Not a single one escaped. So he marched forward at great speed and captured Jingzhou without anyone noticing. ...opened the city gate. At a shout, the soldiers set off a signal fire at the city gate. The Wu soldiers marched in together and attacked Jingzhou.
Name and courtesy name of the character = Guan Yu, courtesy name: Yunchang; Lü Meng, courtesy name: Ziming;
Zhang Zhao, courtesy name: Zibu; Lu Xun, courtesy name: Boyan;
078
During the Three Kingdoms period, the State of Wu killed Guan Yu. Liu Bei was furious and personally led an army of 700,000 to attack Eastern Wu (on paper; the actual number may not be that large). The Shu army advanced downstream from the upper reaches of the Yangtze River, commanding the enemy with an unstoppable force. He led his troops eastward and won more than ten battles in a row. His morale was high, and he reached Yi Ling and Yi Ting areas, deep into the heart of Wu. The whole country of Dongwu was shocked! Sun Quan ignored the majority's opinion and ordered the young general Lu Xun to be the commander-in-chief and lead the army to fight. Lu Xun was well versed in military tactics and correctly analyzed the situation. He believed that Liu Bei was at the peak of his energy and was in a dominant position, making it difficult for the Wu army to attack. So they decided to implement a strategic retreat and wait and see how the situation develops. The Wu army completely withdrew from the mountains. As a result, the Shu army found it difficult to deploy in the mountainous area (please see the map and satellite map of the middle reaches of the Yangtze River, there are no large plains). Instead, they were in a passive position, unable to fight because their soldiers were tired and discouraged. After half a year of stalemate, the morale of the Shu army waned. Lu Xun saw that the Shu army's battle line stretched for hundreds of miles and it was difficult to take care of both ends, so he set up camp in the mountains and forests, which was a taboo for military strategists. When the time was ripe, Lu Xun ordered a full-scale counterattack, catching the Shu army off guard. Lu Xun set fire to the Shu army's camp for 700 miles. The Shu army was in chaos, suffered heavy casualties, and retreated in a hurry. Lu Xun created a famous example in the history of war of defeating a larger force with a smaller one and striking first after being attacked.
Xiaoting = place name.
The First Lord: refers to Liu Bei-Liu Xuande, because he was the First Lord of the Shu Han regime. The last ruler was: Liu Chan.
In addition, when the Wu army and the Shu army were confronting each other in the Yangtze River Basin. Because the command of Wu's army was in the hands of Lu Xun, many officials in Wu's court were worried that Lu Xun would become independent and reduce Sun Quan's power, so they wrote letters to impeach him.
Classical Chinese: But Lu Xun had already decided on a plan to defeat Shu, so he wrote a letter and sent an envoy to report it to Sun Quan, saying that Shu could be defeated in no time. After reading it, Quan was overjoyed and said, "I have such an extraordinary man in Jiangdong. What should I worry about? All the generals wrote to me saying that he is a coward, but I didn't believe it. Now judging from his words, he is indeed not a coward." So he raised a large number of Wu troops to support him.
Lu Xun had already formulated a plan to defeat Shu, so he wrote a letter to the monarch, explaining his plan, and then sent an envoy to deliver the letter to the monarch: Sun Quan, stating that Shu could be defeated within a specified date. country. After reading the letter, Sun Quan was very happy and commented: "Jiangdong has once again found such a talented person. Why should I worry? Previously, all the generals and civil officials wrote comments on Lu Xun's letter to me. , I thought he was a coward. I was the only one among all people who didn't believe that Lu Xun was a coward. Now I see his plan, he is not a coward. "So Sun Quan mobilized a large number of Wu soldiers to support Lu Xun.
079
In the third year of Jianxing, Yizhou sent a report: "The barbarian king Meng Huo has raised a large army of 100,000 barbarians and invaded the border. The governor of Jianning, Yong Kai, is a descendant of Yong Chi, the Marquis of Shifang in the Han Dynasty. He has now joined forces with Meng Huo to rebel. Zhu Bao, the governor of Yuejun, and Gao Ding, the governor of Yuejun, surrendered their cities. Only Wang Kang, the governor of Yongchang, refused to rebel. Now the troops under Yong Kai, Zhu Bao, and Gao Ding are all serving as guides with Meng Huo. , attacked Yongchang County. Lai Wangkang and Gongcao Lu Kai gathered the people and defended the city to the death. Their situation was very urgent. "
Kong Ming went to the court and reported to the emperor: "I see that the southern barbarians are not obedient, which is a great threat to the country. I will lead the army to conquer them." The emperor said: "To the east, there is Sun Quan, and to the north, there is Cao Pi. Now my father has abandoned me. If we leave, what should we do if Wu and Wei attack us?" Kong Ming said, "Dongwu is negotiating peace with our country, so I don't think they have any other intentions. If they do, Li Yan is in Baidi City, and he can be a match for Lu Xun. Cao Pi After the recent defeat, the army has lost its fighting spirit and is unable to make any long-term plans. Besides, Ma Chao is guarding the various passes in Hanzhong, so there is no need to worry. I have also left Guan Xing, Zhang Bao and others to divide the two armies to provide support, so that Your Majesty will be safe. Now I will go first to sweep the The emperor said, "I am young and ignorant, so I will leave it to my father to decide what to do."
Before he finished speaking, a man from the squad came out and said, "No! No!" Everyone looked at him and found that he was a man from Nanyang. His surname was Wang, his given name was Lian, and his courtesy name was Wenyi. He was appointed as the Imperial Counselor. Lian advised: "The south is a barren land, full of malaria and epidemics. It is not appropriate for the Prime Minister to lead a long expedition when he is entrusted with such an important task. Moreover, Yong Kai and his men are only minor scabies. The Prime Minister should just send a general to suppress them. It will surely succeed. Kong Ming said: "The southern barbarians are far away from the country, and most of the people are not accustomed to the king's rule, so it is very difficult to subdue them. I will go to conquer them myself. I can be tough or gentle, and I have to consider it carefully. It is not easy to entrust others."
Scabies: a skin disease, metaphor: a relatively less serious problem.
080
Ma Dai went happily and led his troops to Shakou and ordered them to cross the river. However, as the water was shallow, most of them did not get off the rafts and just crossed naked. Half of them fell down after being rushed to the shore, but they died with bleeding from the mouth and nose. Ma Dai was shocked and reported to Kong Ming that night. Kong Ming then called the local guide to ask him. The locals said, "It is hot now, and the poison is gathering in the Lu River. It is very hot during the day, and the poison is spreading. If anyone crosses the river, they will be poisoned. If anyone drinks this water, they will die. If you want to cross the river, you must wait until the night is quiet. The water is cold, the poison gas will not rise, and you can cross it with a full stomach without any danger. "Kong Ming then ordered the natives to lead the way, and selected five or six hundred strong soldiers to follow Ma Dai to the sand mouth of the Lu River, set up a raft, and crossed the river in the middle of the night. The water was indeed fine. Ma Dai led 2,000 strong soldiers and occupied the valley of Jiashan. He divided the soldiers and set up a stockade. …
…At this time, Meng Huo was in the camp, drinking and having fun all day, ignoring military affairs. He said to the chieftains, "If I fight against Zhuge Liang, I will fall into his trap. Now we rely on the danger of the Lu River, dig deep trenches and build high fortifications to wait for him. The Shu people cannot stand the scorching heat and will surely retreat. Then you and I will follow up and attack them, and we can capture Zhuge Liang." After he finished speaking, he laughed.
Suddenly, a chieftain in the squad said, "The water at Shakou is shallow. If the Shu soldiers leak out, it will be very dangerous. We should divide the troops to guard it." Huo laughed and said, "You are a local, how could you not know? I just want the Shu soldiers to come across. If we cross this river, we will surely die in the water." The chief asked again, "What if the natives tell us how to cross the river at night?" Huo said, "Don't be suspicious. How can the people in our territory help the enemy? "While he was speaking, news suddenly came that an unknown number of Shu soldiers had secretly crossed the Lu River, cut off the food supply route to Jiashan, and were flying under the banner of "General Ma Dai, the General who Pacifies the North."
...Kong Ming laughed and said, "You said before: 'If you can capture me again, I will surrender.' How about today?" Meng Huo said, "This is not your ability, but the people under my command killed each other, which led to this: How can you surrender?" Kong Ming pointed at Meng Huo and said with a smile: "You first ordered your brother to pretend to surrender with courtesy, how could you deceive me! Now you are captured by me again, are you willing to surrender?" Meng Huo said: "This is my I was greedy for food and accidentally poisoned you, which led to the failure of the great cause. If I had come here myself, I would have responded with my troops and would have succeeded. This is a defeat from heaven, not my fault, so how can I surrender?" Kong Ming said: This is the third time, how can you not accept it?" Meng Huo lowered his head in silence.
081
But Kong Ming drove a small carriage and led a hundred riders to explore the way. There is a river in front, named Xi'er River. Although the water was flowing slowly, there was no boat or raft. Kong Ming ordered his men to cut down trees to make rafts for crossing the river, but all the trees sank when they touched the water. Kong Ming then asked Lu Kai. Kai said, "I heard there is a mountain upstream of the Xi'er River. There are many bamboos on the mountain, some of which are several circumferences. We can have people cut down the bamboos and build a bamboo bridge over the river to cross the river." Kong Ming immediately sent 30,000 men into the mountain to cut down the bamboos. Hundreds of thousands of them were lowered downstream to build a bamboo bridge more than ten feet wide at the narrowest part of the river.
On that day, a strong wind blew violently, fires were burning on the walls and drums were beating. The Shu soldiers arrived and the barbarian soldiers and Liao soldiers clashed with each other. Meng Huo was greatly alarmed, and immediately led his clan members to kill their way through, heading straight for the old camp. Suddenly a group of soldiers rushed out from the camp. It was Zhao Yun. Huo hurriedly returned to Xi'er River and walked towards a secluded place in the mountains. Another group of soldiers rushed out, it was Ma Dai. Meng Huo was left with only a few dozen defeated soldiers, who fled into the valley. Seeing dust and fire in the south, north and west, he dared not move forward and could only run eastward.
Just after turning the mountain pass, I saw a large forest with dozens of followers leading a small cart. In the cart sat Kong Ming, who laughed and said, "Barbarian King Meng Huo! I have been waiting for you for a long time to be defeated like this!" Kong Huo was furious. He looked around and said, "I have fallen victim to this man's tricks and have been humiliated three times. Fortunately, we meet here. You all should rush forward and chop him and his chariot into pieces!" Several barbarian soldiers rushed forward with all their might. Meng Huo was the first to shout. Before they could grab Dalin, they stepped into a pit with a loud thud, and all of them collapsed. Wei Yan came out from inside the big forest and led hundreds of soldiers. They dragged them out one by one and tied them up with ropes.
Wei Yan brought Meng Huo to the scene. Kong Ming was furious and said, "You have been captured by me again this time, what do you have to argue with?" Huo said, "I have fallen into a trap, and I will die with my eyes open!" Kong Ming ordered the warriors to take Huo out and behead him. Huo showed no fear at all. He looked back at Kong Ming and said, "If you dare to let me go back again, I will definitely avenge me four times." Kong Ming laughed and ordered his men to untie him. He gave him some wine to calm him down and sat him in the tent. Kong Ming asked, "I have treated you with courtesy four times, but you still refuse to obey. Why?" Huo said, "Although I am a foreigner, I am not like you who uses tricks. How can I obey?" Kong Ming said. He asked, "If I let you go again, will you be able to fight again?" Huo said, "If the Prime Minister catches me again, I will surrender wholeheartedly, offer all the treasures in my cave to reward the army, and swear not to rebel." Kong Ming smiled and sent him away. Of.
082
But Meng Huo, Lady Zhu Rong, Meng You, the cave master, and all the clan members were drinking in another tent. Suddenly, a man entered the tent and said to Meng Huo, "The Prime Minister is ashamed and does not want to see you. He has ordered me to let you go back and recruit more troops to decide the outcome. You can leave now." Meng Huo shed tears and said, "To capture and release a man seven times is unprecedented in history. Although I am a foreigner, I know some etiquette and morality. How can I be so shameless?" Then he and his brothers, wife, clan members and others all knelt down under the tent, bared their flesh and apologized. "The Prime Minister's divine power means that the southerners will never rebel again!" Kong Ming asked, "Are you convinced now?" Huo thanked him in tears and said, "My descendants are all grateful for your kindness, how can we not be convinced?"
Kong Ming invited Meng Huo to his tent, held a banquet to celebrate, and appointed him as the permanent master of the cave. All the captured lands were returned. Meng Huo's clan members and all the barbarian soldiers were all grateful and jumped away happily.
The Chief Secretary Fei Yi came to advise, "Now the Prime Minister has personally led the soldiers deep into the barren land to subdue the barbarians. The barbarian king has surrendered, why not appoint officials to guard it together with Meng Huo?" Kong Ming said, "There are three difficulties in doing so: keeping outsiders will The soldiers should be left behind, as they have nothing to eat. The barbarians are injured and their fathers and brothers have died. If we leave outsiders behind instead of soldiers, it will surely lead to disaster. This is also not easy. The barbarians have committed many crimes of killing and abducting people, so they are naturally suspicious. If we leave outsiders behind, it will eventually lead to disaster. "If you don't believe me, it's not easy. Now I won't keep anyone here, I won't transport any food, I'll just live in peace with you."
Everyone was convinced. As a result, the barbarians were all grateful for Kong Ming's kindness, so they built a shrine for him and offered sacrifices to him in all seasons; they all called him "kind father"; they each sent pearls, gold, jewels, elixirs, lacquer, medicinal materials, oxen and horses for military use, and vowed not to rebel. The South is settled.
083
Seeing that Shu soldiers were surrounding him on all sides, Cui Liang had no choice but to surrender and return to the main camp. Kong Ming treated him as a guest of honor. Kong Ming asked, "Is the governor of Nan'an close to you?" Liang said, "This man is Yang Ling, the cousin of Yang Fu. He has a close relationship with a neighboring county." Kong Ming said, "I would like to ask you to enter the city and talk to me. Can Yang Ling capture Xiahou Mao?" Liang said, "If the Prime Minister orders me to go, you can temporarily withdraw the troops and horses, and let me enter the city to talk to him." Kong Ming followed his advice and immediately issued an order, ordering the troops on all sides to retreat 20 miles each and set up camp. Cui Liang rode to the city gate and asked it to be opened. He then entered the mansion, exchanged greetings with Yang Ling, and explained the matter in detail. Ling said, "We have received great kindness from the Lord of Wei. How can we bear to betray him? We should use their trick to carry out our plan." Then he led Cui Liang to Xiahou Mi and told him the whole story. Mao asked, "What strategy should we use?" Yang Ling said, "Just push open the gates of the city to lure the Shu soldiers in, and then kill them inside the city."
Cui Liang followed the plan, went out of the city to meet Kong Ming, and said: "Yang Ling surrenders the city gate, let the army enter the city and capture Xiahou Mi. Yang Ling wanted to capture the enemy himself, but he did not dare to act rashly because he had few brave warriors under his command. Kong Ming said, "This is very easy. Now you have more than a hundred surrendered soldiers. Hidden among them are Shu generals disguised as Anding soldiers. Lead them into the city and hide them under Xiahou Mi's house. Make an appointment with Yang Ling and wait until midnight. , offer to open the city gates, and cooperate with the outside. Cui Liang thought to himself: "If I don't take the Shu general with me, I'm afraid Kong Ming will be suspicious. Let's take him in, kill him first, and light a fire as a signal to lure Kong Ming in to kill him. That would be a good idea. . "So I agreed. Kong Ming instructed, "I will send my trusted confidants Guan Xing and Zhang Bao to go with you first, and they will lead the reinforcements into the city to calm Xiahou Mi's heart. Just light the fire, and I will personally enter the city to capture him."
It was dusk. Guan Xing and Zhang Bao received a secret plan from Kong Ming, put on their armor and mounted their horses, each holding a weapon, and mixed in with the Anding army, following Cui Liang to the city of Nan'an. Yang Ling propped up a suspended board on the city wall, leaned against the railing, and asked, "Where are the troops?" Cui Liang replied, "The rescue troops from Anding are coming." Liang first shot a signal arrow up the city wall, with a secret letter on it. He said, "Now Zhuge Liang has sent two generals to lie in ambush in the city. We must cooperate inside and outside, and we must not alarm the enemy for fear that the plan will be leaked. We will plan it when we enter the palace." Yang Ling took the letter to Xiahou Mi and told him the details. Mao said, "Since Zhuge Liang has fallen into the trap, we should send more than a hundred swordsmen to hide in the mansion. If the two generals follow Governor Cui to the mansion, we can dismount and execute him behind closed doors. Then we can light a fire on the city walls to lure Zhuge Liang into the city. Then the ambush troops will go out together. , Liang can be captured. "
After the arrangements were completed, Yang Ling returned to the city and said, "Since the troops have been stabilized, they can be allowed into the city." Guan Xing and Cui Liang went first, and Zhang Bao followed behind. Yang Ling went down to the city and greeted him at the gate. Xing raised his sword and beheaded Yang Ling from his horse. Cui Liang was shocked and rode away quickly. When they reached the suspension bridge, Zhang Bao shouted, "Don't run, you villain! How could you hide your trick from the Prime Minister?" He raised his spear and stabbed Cui Liang to death. Guan Xing arrived at the city wall early and lit a fire. Shu soldiers rushed in from all directions. Xiahou Mao was caught off guard and opened the south gate and rushed out. A group of soldiers stopped them, led by a general named Wang Ping. After a brief fight, they captured Xiahou Mi alive on his horse, and killed the rest.
Kong Ming entered Nan'an, recruited soldiers and civilians, and did not harm anyone. All the generals contributed their merits. Kong Ming imprisoned Xiahou Mi in the carriage. Deng Zhi asked, "How did the Prime Minister know that Cui Liang was a liar?" Kong Ming said, "I knew that he had no intention of surrendering, so I deliberately let him enter the city. He must have told Xiahou Mi everything, hoping to take advantage of the situation. I saw his intentions, which was enough to know his intention. I deceived him and sent two generals to go together to reassure him. If this man was sincere, he would certainly stop me; but if he was happy to go with me, he was afraid that I would be suspicious. He thought that the two generals would go together and lure them into the city to kill them. "I have secretly told two generals to attack from the city gate. The people in the city will not be prepared, and our army will follow them and go in, which will catch them by surprise." All the generals bowed in admiration. Kong Ming said, "The one who tricked Cui Liang was someone I sent to pretend to be Wei's general Pei Xu. I also tried to trick Tianshui County, but he hasn't arrived yet. I don't know why. Now we can take advantage of the situation and take it." He left Wu Yi to guard Nan'an and Liu Yan to guard Anding, replaced Wei Yan's troops and went to take Tianshui County.
084
However, Kong Ming was outside the city of Nan'an, and he ordered his soldiers to transport grass to piles at the foot of the city, saying that he wanted to burn the city. When the Wei soldiers heard this, they all laughed and were not afraid.
However, when Cui Liang, the prefect of Anding, heard in the city that the Shu army had surrounded Nannan and trapped Xiahou Mi, he was very frightened and immediately ordered about 4,000 soldiers and horses to defend the city. Suddenly, a man came from the south and said he had something confidential. Cui Liang summoned him to question him, and he replied, "I am Pei Xu, a trusted general under the command of the Commander-in-Chief Xiahou. I have come here on the orders of the Commander-in-Chief to seek help from the two counties of Tianshui and Anding. Nan'an is in great danger, and they are setting fire to the city walls every day as a signal. I looked for reinforcements from the two counties, but I didn't see any. So I was sent to break out of the encirclement and come here to report the emergency. I can raise troops overnight to respond. If the governor sees the troops from the two counties, he can open the city gates to welcome them. Is it the document?" Xu took it out close to his skin, which was soaked with sweat. He took a quick look at it, and quickly ordered his men to change horses, and then he left the city and headed towards Tianshui. Not two days later, another report arrived, saying that the governor of Tianshui had led an army to rescue Nan'an and asked Anding to provide support. Cui Liang discussed the matter with the government officials. Many officials said, "If we don't go to rescue them, we will lose Nannan and send away Prince Consort Xiahou. It will be the fault of our two counties. We have to rescue them." Liang immediately led his men and horses and left the city, leaving only civil officials to guard the city. Cui Liang led his troops to march towards Nangan. He saw flames rising into the sky in the distance and urged his troops to advance at night. When they were still more than fifty miles away from Nan'an, they suddenly heard loud shouts from the front and back. The scouts reported, "Guan Xing is blocking our way in front, and Zhang Bao is attacking us from behind!" The soldiers of Anding fled in all directions. Liang was greatly alarmed, so he led more than a hundred of his men, fought desperately to escape through a small path, and ran back to Anding. As soon as they reached the moat, arrows were shot down from the city. The Shu general Wei Yan shouted from the top of the city wall: "I have already taken the city! Why don't you surrender early?"
It turned out that Wei Yan disguised himself as a soldier of the Anding Army and tricked the city gate into opening at night, allowing all the Shu soldiers to enter and thus capture the city. Cui Liang fled to Tianshui County in panic. Before they had gone a short distance, they saw a group of soldiers in front of them. Under the big flag, a man wearing a silk scarf, a feather fan, a Taoist robe and a crane cloak was sitting upright on the carriage. Liang looked at him and saw that it was Kong Ming, so he quickly turned his horse around and ran away. Guan Xing and Zhang Bao's troops caught up with them and shouted, "Surrender early!" Cui Liang saw that he was surrounded by Shu soldiers, so he had no choice but to surrender and returned to the main camp. Kong Ming treated him as a guest of honor.
夤夜 = late at night; 夤夜 ㄧㄣˊ ㄧㄝˋ
駙馬 = the emperor's son-in-law; the one who married the princess
Nan'an City, Anding, Tianshui: all are city names or important place names
,
085
The most well-known story is from Chapter 95 of Romance of the Three Kingdoms, "Ma Su refused to advise and lost the Battle of Jieting, and Wu Hou played the piano to ward off Zhongda." Facing the attack from Sima Yi's army of Cao Wei, Zhuge Liang of Shu Han deliberately opened the city gates, sat on the city wall, burned incense and played the zither, making Sima Yi think there were ambushes in the city and thus retreat. One theory is that this is a fictional story.
However, it is said that after Kong Ming ordered Ma Su and others to guard Jieting, he became hesitant. Suddenly Wang Ping sent someone to deliver the map. Kong Ming called him in, and the people around him presented the map. Kong Ming opened the map on the table and looked at it. He slammed the table and said in shock, "Ma Su is ignorant and has trapped my army!" The people around him asked, "Why is the Prime Minister so shocked?" Kong Ming said, "I have seen this map and I have missed the important road. , occupy the mountain and build a camp. If the Wei army arrives in large numbers, surrounds us on all sides, and cuts off the water supply, the army will be in chaos in less than two days. If Jieting is lost, where will we go? "The chief secretary Yang Yi stepped forward and said, " Although I am not talented, I am willing to replace Ma Youchang. "Kong Ming gave Yang Yi the method of setting up camp one by one. Just as they were about to set off, a messenger suddenly arrived, saying, "Jieting and Lieliucheng have all been lost!" Kong Ming stamped his feet and sighed, "The great event is over! This is all my fault!" He hurriedly called Guan Xing and Zhang Bao to give orders. He said, "Each of you should lead 3,000 elite soldiers and march along the small road of Wugong Mountain. If you encounter Wei soldiers, do not attack them in large numbers. Just make noises and shout to scare them. They will run away on their own, and you should not chase them. Wait until the army has retreated. , and then went to Yangping Pass. " He also ordered Zhang Yi to lead the army to repair Jiange Pass in advance to prepare for the return journey. He also secretly issued orders, instructing the army to pack up secretly in preparation for departure. He also ordered Ma Dai and Jiang Wei to cover the rear and lie in ambush in the valleys and mountains until all the troops had retreated before withdrawing their troops. He also ordered his trusted men to go to Hanzhong with the officials, soldiers and civilians from the three counties of Tianshui, Nangan and Anding. He also ordered his trusted men to go to Ji County to fetch Jiang Wei's mother and send her to Hanzhong.
Kong Ming had already made the assignment and first led 5,000 soldiers to Xicheng County to transport food and fodder. Suddenly, more than ten Pegasus arrived to report that Sima Yi was leading an army of 150,000 and was swarming towards Xicheng. At that time, Kong Ming had no generals around him, only a group of civil officials. Half of the 5,000 troops he led had been sent to transport food and fodder, leaving only 2,500 soldiers in the city. When the officials heard the news, they were all shocked. Kong Ming climbed up the city wall and looked over. Sure enough, dust rose to the sky. The Wei soldiers were divided into two groups and were heading towards Xicheng County. Kong Ming issued an order, instructing the generals to hide all the flags and banners; and the generals to guard the city gates. Anyone who went in or out without permission or spoke loudly would be killed immediately; the four gates were opened, and twenty soldiers were stationed at each gate, disguised as civilians. Sweep the streets. If the Wei soldiers arrive, do not act rashly. I have my own plan. Kong Ming then put on a crane cloak, a silk scarf, and led two little boys carrying a zither. He sat on the railing in front of the enemy tower on the city, burning incense and playing the zither.
However, when the scouts of Sima Yi's vanguard army arrived at the foot of the city and saw what was happening, they dared not advance and quickly reported it to Sima Yi. Sima Yi laughed and did not believe it, so he stopped the three armies and rode his horses to watch from afar. Sure enough, Kong Ming was seen sitting on the city wall, smiling broadly, burning incense and playing the piano as if no one was around. There is a boy on the left, holding a sword in his hand; there is a boy on the right, holding a whisk in his hand. There were more than twenty civilians inside and outside the city gate, sweeping the floor with their heads down, as if no one was around.
After seeing this, Yi became very suspicious, so he went to the central army and ordered the rear army to become the front army, and the front army to become the rear army, and to retreat towards the northern mountain road. Sima Zhao, the second son, said, "Is it possible that Zhuge Liang has no army, so he is acting like this? Why did father retreat?" Yi said, "Liang has always been cautious and never takes risks. Now that the city gates are wide open, there must be an ambush. If our troops advance, "It's their plan. How could you know that? You should retreat quickly." Then the troops from both routes retreated. When Kong Ming saw the Wei army going away, he clapped his hands and laughed. All the officials were shocked. He asked Kong Ming, "Sima Yi is a famous general of Wei. He led 150,000 elite soldiers here. When he saw the Prime Minister, he quickly retreated. Why?" Kong Ming said, "This man thought that I was cautious in my life and would not take risks. "Since it looked like this, I suspected there was an ambush, so I retreated. I did not take a risk, but I had no choice but to use it. This man must have led the army to the small road north of the mountain. I have ordered Xing and Bao to wait there."
Everyone was amazed and said, "The Prime Minister's secrets are beyond the comprehension of gods and ghosts. If we were like them, we would abandon the city and flee." Kong Ming said, "We only have 2,500 soldiers. If we abandon the city and flee, we will be defeated. I can't escape far. Will I not be captured by Sima Yi?"
After he finished speaking, he clapped his hands and laughed, saying, "If I were Sima Yi, I would not retreat." He then issued an order, instructing the people of Xicheng to follow the army into Hanzhong; Sima Yi would surely come back. So Kongming left Xicheng and headed towards Hanzhong. Officials and troops from the three counties of Tianshui, Anding and Nangan arrived one after another.
But Sima Yi walked towards the small path on Wugong Mountain. Suddenly, there were shouts and screams from behind the hillside, and the sound of drums shook the earth. Yi looked back at his two sons and said, "If I don't run, I will fall into Zhuge Liang's trap." Then he saw an army coming towards them on the road, with a flag inscribed with "Right Guard Tiger Wing General Zhang Bao." The Wei soldiers all abandoned their armor and weapons and fled. They had not walked far when they heard shouts shaking the earth and drums and horns blaring in the valley. In front of them was a large flag with the inscription "Left Guard General Longxiang Guan Xing". The valleys and hills responded with a roar, and no one knew how many Shu soldiers there were. Moreover, the Wei army was suspicious and did not dare to stay for long, so they had to abandon all their baggage and leave. Xing and Bao both obeyed the general's orders and did not dare to pursue the enemy, and returned with a lot of military equipment and food. Seeing that the valley was full of Shu soldiers, Sima Yi did not dare to take the main road and returned to Jieting.
At this time, Cao Zhen heard that Kong Ming had retreated, and hurriedly led his troops to pursue him. A cannon shot was heard behind the mountain, and Shu soldiers came all over the mountain; the leading generals were Jiang Wei and Ma Dai. He was really shocked and when he retreated quickly, he found that the vanguard Chen Zao had already been killed by Ma Dai. Zhen led his troops to flee, and the Shu troops fled back to Hanzhong overnight.
But Zhao Yun and Deng Zhi ambushed troops on the Jigu Road. Hearing that Kong Ming had ordered the army to retreat, Yun said to Zhi: "The Wei army knows that we are retreating and will certainly pursue us. I will lead one army to ambush them first, and you can lead your troops to hit my flag and retreat slowly. I will escort you step by step. also."
Guo Huai led his troops back to the Jigu Road and called the vanguard Su Yong, saying, "Zhao Yun, the Shu general, is brave and invincible. You must be careful. If he retreats, he must have a plan." Su Yong said happily, "If the commander-in-chief is willing to help us, Come on, I will capture Zhao Yun alive." Then he led the front 3,000 soldiers and rushed into Ji Valley. Just as they were about to catch up with the Shu army, they saw a red flag with white words flashing behind the hillside, which read: "Zhao Yun." Su Yong hurriedly withdrew his troops. After walking for a few miles, there was a loud shout and a group of soldiers rushed out. The leading general raised his spear and jumped on his horse, shouting, "Do you know Zhao Zilong?" Su Yong was shocked and asked, "How come there is Zhao Yun here again?" He was caught off guard and was stabbed to death by Zhao Yun, and the rest of his army was routed.
As the cloud advanced, another army arrived from behind, which was Wan Zheng, a general under Guo Huai. Seeing that the Wei soldiers were chasing him closely, Yun reined in his horse, held his spear in his hand, and stood at the intersection, waiting for an encounter. The Shu troops had gone more than thirty miles. Wan Zheng recognized Zhao Yun and did not dare to move forward. Yun waited until dusk before turning his horse around and slowly retreating. When Guo Huai's troops arrived, Wan Zheng said that Zhao Yun was as brave as before, so he did not dare to approach. Huai ordered the army to hurry up, and Zheng ordered hundreds of warriors to ride over. When they reached a large forest, they suddenly heard a loud shout from behind, "Zhao Zilong is here!" More than a hundred Wei soldiers were frightened and fell off their horses, and the rest fled over the mountains.
迤邐 ㄧˇ ㄌㄧˇ The appearance of being continuous.
Wan Zheng tried to fight with difficulty, but was shot in the helmet by Yun's arrow and fell into the ravine in shock. Yun pointed his gun at him and said, "I will spare your life and let you go back! Hurry up and tell Guo Huai to come!" Wan Zheng escaped. Yun escorted the carriages, horses and people to Hanzhong, and nothing was lost along the way. Cao Zhen and Guo Huai recaptured the three counties. , and take it as one's own achievement.
However, Sima Yi divided his troops and advanced, and at this time all the Shu troops returned to Hanzhong. Yi led an army back to the west city and asked the remaining residents and hermits in the mountains. They all said that Kong Ming had only 2,500 soldiers in the city, no military generals, only a few civil officials, and no ambush. The common people of Wugong Mountain said, "Guan Xing and Zhang Bao only have 3,000 soldiers each. They are shouting and chasing after us. There are no other troops, so they dare not fight." Yi regretted it too late and sighed to the sky, " I am not as good as Kong Ming!" He then pacified the officials and the people, led his troops back to Chang'an, and met with the Lord of Wei.
086
Empty City Plan 5 Another Explanation: Three Kingdoms Period Zhuge Liang/Zhuge Kongming Retreat from Xicheng
Another explanation:
The book and TV series - The Advisors Alliance, has another meaning: the reason why Sima Yi retreated was not because Zhuge Kongming/Zhuge Liang had never manipulated thrilling situational designs in his life. Therefore, Sima Yi concluded that there must be an ambush in the empty city. Sima Yi was worried that the Wei army would be ambushed and suffer heavy losses, so he retreated. Because at this moment, Sima Yi only needed to send out one or two teams of scouts to explore and he would be able to find out the situation clearly. The real reason is: the Cao regime of Wei relied on Sima Yi to lead the troops; the Liu regime of Shu relied on Zhuge Kongming/Zhuge Liang to lead the troops. And Sima Yi was afraid! If their opponent disappeared, the Sima family would lose their usefulness and their property would be confiscated and exterminated. As the saying goes: When the birds are all gone, the bows are put away; when the cunning rabbit dies, the running dog is cooked; when the enemy country is defeated, the counselors die; the accounts are settled in autumn; when the mill is done, the donkey is killed.
We can compare dynasties. For example: Liu Bang and Zhu Yuanzhang, the founding monarch of the Han Dynasty, and Zhu Yuanzhang, the founding monarch of the Ming Dynasty, both killed their old ministers and subordinates after establishing their regimes! However, Zhao Kuangyin, the founding monarch of the Song Dynasty, resolved this dispute by "releasing military power with a cup of wine." If we compare the texts of "The Advisors Alliance" comprehensively, we will find that Sima Yi might be afraid that he would have no one to oppose him and would lose his value. So he deliberately let Kong Ming lead his army back to Shu (Ji Han). In this way, because the Cao clan's several main clan generals have weak military capabilities and insufficient overall military talent, the Cao clan's clan generals, even if they lead tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of troops, will not be flexible enough. He was no match for Kong Ming on the battlefield. In order to maintain the Wei Kingdom founded by Cao Cao and continue their own regime, the Cao clan had to rely on Sima Yi militarily, so that Sima Yi would not be killed: the bow is put away after the bird is dead, and the dog is cooked after the rabbit is dead.
087
But when Sun Quan, the ruler of Wu, held court, a spy reported: "Zhuge Chengxiang of Shu sent troops twice, and Cao Zhen, the commander-in-chief of Wei, lost his troops and generals." So all the ministers advised the king of Wu to send troops to attack Wei in order to seize the Yuan Dynasty. Quan hesitated. . Zhang Zhao said, "Recently, I heard that a phoenix has come to the east mountain of Wuchang, and a yellow dragon has appeared repeatedly in the Yangtze River. Your virtue is comparable to that of the Tang and Yu dynasties, and you are both wise in civil and military affairs. You can ascend the throne and then raise the army." Many officials responded, "What Zi Bu said is true." So they chose the Bingyin day of the fourth month of summer and built a platform in the southern suburbs of Wuchang. On that day, all the ministers requested Quan to ascend the throne as emperor and change the eighth year of Huangwu to the first year of Huanglong.
Sun Quan ascended the altar and became emperor.
All the ministers advised the King of Wu to raise an army to attack Wei in order to seize the Central Plains. It is: throwing a brick to attract jade, the "throwing a brick" in it.
Zhang Zhao reported. "I have recently heard that a phoenix has come to the East Mountain of Wuchang; a yellow dragon has appeared repeatedly in the Yangtze River. Your lord is as virtuous as the Tang and Yu dynasties, and as wise as both civil and military----"
It is: throwing a brick to attract jade, the "attracting jade" in it.
Then, Zhang Zhao played. "----The lord's virtue is comparable to that of the Tang and Yu dynasties, and he is both wise in civil and military affairs. You can ascend the throne of emperor and then raise an army."
It's also: throwing bricks to attract jade, the "throwing bricks" in it.
Many officials responded, "What Zi Bu said is right." It is also: throwing a brick to attract jade, the "attract jade" in it.
088
When Kong Ming led the victorious troops back to Qishan, Li Yan of Yong'an City sent the captain Gou An to deliver grain and rice to the army for delivery. Gou An was fond of wine and was lazy on the road, thus exceeding the deadline by ten days. Kong Ming was furious and said, "Food is of paramount importance to our army. If you are late for three days, you should be executed. You have been late for ten days. What's your excuse?" He ordered him to be taken out and executed. The chief emissary Yang Yi said, "Gou An is Li Yan's employe, and most of the money and grain are from Xichuan. If we kill him, no one will dare to send grain in the future."
Kong Ming then ordered the soldiers in the market to untie him, and then released him with eighty sticks. Gou An was blamed and felt resentful. He led five or six of his personal followers on horseback and went straight to the Wei camp to surrender overnight. Sima Yi called him in, and Gou An told him what had happened. Yi said: "Even so, Kong Ming has many plans, and your words are hard to trust. If you can do a great deed for me, I will then report to the emperor and guarantee you the title of general." An said: "Whatever you need, I will Yi said, "You can go back to Chengdu and spread rumors that Kong Ming is resentful of the emperor and wants to be the emperor sooner or later. If your lord summons Kong Ming back, it will be your achievement."
Gou An agreed and went back to Chengdu. He met the eunuchs and spread rumors that Kong Ming was relying on his great achievements and would usurp the throne sooner or later. When the eunuch heard the news, he was shocked and went into the palace to report to the emperor, telling him what had happened in detail. Emperor Liu Shan was surprised and asked, "What should we do?" The eunuch said, "We can order him to return to Chengdu and remove his military power to prevent him from rebelling."
The later emperor Liu Shan issued an edict, summoning Kong Ming to return to the court. Jiang Wan came out of the ranks and said, "The Prime Minister has made great achievements since he set out on the expedition. Why is he being summoned back?" The emperor said, "I have a confidential matter that I must discuss with the Prime Minister in person." He immediately sent an envoy to summon Kong Ming back overnight.
The envoy went straight to the Qishan stronghold, and Kong Ming received him. After receiving the edict, he looked up to the sky and sighed, "The master is still young, and there must be treacherous ministers around! I am about to make achievements, why do you want to call me back? If I don't go back, it will be a lie to the master. If we follow orders and retreat, we will never have this opportunity again. Jiang Wei asked, "If the army retreats, Sima Yi will take advantage of the situation to attack us, what should we do?" Kong Ming said, "I will retreat now, and we can divide the army into five groups: This camp. If there are 1,000 soldiers in the camp, they dig 2,000 stoves. Today they dig 3,000 stoves, tomorrow they dig 4,000 stoves, and every day they retreat, they add stoves as they march.
Continue: The 29th Strategy: Flowers on the Tree 1 Romance of the Three Kingdoms Chapter 100 <Han Soldiers Raid the Camp and Defeat Cao Zhen, Wu Hou Fights in the Battle and Humiliates Zhongda> Kong Ming Increases the Stove
089
During the Three Kingdoms period, when Zhuge Liang went to Qishan for the fifth time, due to the shortage of food in the army, he had to resort to a strategy of deceiving the enemy: he pretended to be a god to repel the enemy, making the Wei soldiers mistakenly believe that there were real ghosts and gods, and they ignored the defense of the wheat fields. The Shu army took the opportunity to harvest the wheat fields.
Look at the battle of wits and courage between the two sides: Kong Ming also ordered 30,000 soldiers to hold sickles and sling ropes to help harvest the wheat. In addition, twenty-four strong men were selected, each wearing a black robe, with disheveled hair and holding a sword, to surround the four-wheeled cart and serve as cart pushers. He ordered Guan Xing to tie up his hair, make himself look like Tianpeng, hold a seven-star black flag in his hand, and walk in front of the carriage. Kong Ming sat upright, looking towards the Wei camp. The Wei army scouts were shocked when they saw it, not knowing whether it was a human or a ghost. ...Sima Yi didn't know whether it was a human or a ghost, nor did he know how many Shu soldiers there were. He was very frightened and hurriedly led his troops to Shanggui and stayed inside without coming out. At this time, Kong Ming (Zhuge Liang/Zhuge Kong Ming) had already ordered 30,000 elite soldiers to harvest all the wheat in Longshan and transport it to Lucheng for threshing and drying.
Qishan: The upper reaches of the Xihan River in Li County in the southeastern part of Gansu Province, it is the mountain range where the Western Qinling Mountains transition to the Min'e Mountains.
Longshang: In the late Han Dynasty, Liangzhou governed eight counties and two vassal states, which are now part of Gansu Province: Jiuquan, Zhangye, Dunhuang, and Wuwei.
Lucheng: the name of an ancient city.
Shanggui ㄍㄨㄟ: present-day Qingshui County, Tianshui City, Gansu Province.
090
Lu Xun immediately prepared a memorial and sent a small officer to deliver it secretly to Xincheng. The lieutenant took the order and carried the memorial to the ferry. Unexpectedly, he was caught by an ambush by the Wei army and taken to the army to see Cao Rui, the ruler of Wei. Rui searched out Lu Xun's memorial, read it, and sighed, "Lu Xun of Eastern Wu is really a brilliant plan!" He then ordered the Wu soldiers to arrest him and ordered Liu Shao to be careful of Sun Quan's rear troops.
However, Zhuge Jin suffered a great defeat, and it was summer, so many soldiers and horses were sick. So he wrote a letter and asked someone to convey it to Lu Xun, suggesting that he withdraw his troops and return to the country. After reading the book, Xun said to the messenger, "Greetings, General. I have my own ideas." The messenger reported to Zhuge Jin. Jin asked, "What did General Lu do?" The messenger said, "I saw General Lu urging everyone to plant beans outside the camp, and he was playing archery with the generals at the camp gate." Jin was shocked and went to Lu Xun's camp to meet him. Xun met him and asked, "Now Cao Rui is coming in person and his army is very powerful. How can the commander resist him?" Xun said, "I sent someone to report to the lord before, but it was captured by the enemy. If the plan is leaked, they will know it. "Be prepared; it is useless to fight, it is better to retreat. I have sent someone to present a letter to ask the Lord to withdraw slowly." Jin said: "Since the commander-in-chief has this intention, we should withdraw quickly. Why delay?" Xun said: "Our army If you want to retreat, you should move slowly. If you retreat now, the Wei people will take advantage of the situation and pursue you; this is the way to defeat you. You should first lead the warships to pretend to resist the enemy. I will lead all the troops to Xiangyang to confuse the enemy. "Then we will slowly retreat to Jiangdong, and the Wei troops will not dare to approach us." Jin followed his plan, bowed down and returned to his camp, reorganized the boats, and prepared to set sail. Lu Xun reorganized his troops, increased his military might, and marched towards Xiangyang.
A spy had already informed the Lord of Wei that the Wu army had already moved and that dikes must be built. When the Wei generals heard this, they all wanted to go into battle. The King of Wei knew of Lu Xun's talent, and he told his generals, "Lu Xun is a man of strategy. He may be trying to lure the enemy. We must not act rashly." The generals then stopped. A few days later, a sentry came to report, "The three armies of Eastern Wu have all retreated." The Wei Lord did not believe it, so he sent someone to investigate again, and the report was that indeed, all the troops had retreated. The King of Wei sighed and said, "Lu Xun's military skills are not inferior to those of Sun Wu, but the southeast cannot be pacified yet." He then ordered all the generals to guard the dangerous places, and he himself led a large army to station in Hefei, waiting for any changes.
091
Twenty thousand Shu Han soldiers guarded Jiange. Jiang Wei of the Shu Han army said: "Don't worry. If I am here, I will not allow Wei to swallow Shu. Just guard Jiange Pass and slowly plan to repel the enemy." Dong Jue of the Shu Han army said worriedly: "Although this pass can be We can't defend Chengdu, but there is no one there. If the enemy attacks, the whole situation will collapse. Jiang Wei said, "Chengdu is a place with steep mountains and dangerous terrain. It is not easy to take. Don't worry."
When the Wei general Zhong Hui heard that Deng Ai had arrived, he asked, "How wise is the general?" Ai repeatedly claimed that he was incompetent. I will ask him about it. Ai Da said: "In my opinion, you can lead an army through the Yinping trail to Hanzhong Deyang Pavilion and use a surprise attack to take Chengdu directly. Jiang Wei will definitely withdraw his troops to rescue. You can take advantage of this opportunity to take Jiange and achieve complete success." Hui was overjoyed and said: "General, this is a brilliant plan! You can lead your troops away immediately. I will wait for news of victory here."
The two drank and said goodbye. When he returned to his tent, he told the other generals, "Everyone says that Deng Ai is capable, but after looking at him today, he is just a mediocre person!" Everyone asked him why. Hui said: "The small road in Yinping is full of high mountains and steep ridges. If Shu sends more than a hundred people to guard the dangerous places and cut off their way back, Deng Ai's soldiers will all starve to death. I will just take the right path, so why worry about Shu not being conquered!" So he placed The ladders and gun mounts were only used to attack Jiange Pass.
Deng Ai got on his horse and left the camp. He turned back and asked his followers, "How does Zhong Hui treat me?" His followers said, "From his expression, it seems that he doesn't agree with what you said. He just made up his mind to respond." Ai laughed and said, "They think that I cannot take Chengdu, but I want to take it anyway!" That night he gave the order to withdraw all the troops from the camp and advance along the Yinping road, setting up camp 700 miles away from Jiange. Someone reported to Zhong Hui, "Deng Ai is going to take Chengdu." Hui laughed at Ai for being unwise.
Ai first ordered his son Deng Zhong to lead 5,000 elite soldiers, without wearing armor, each holding an axe and a chisel. Whenever they encountered dangerous places, they would cut through the mountains to open a path and build bridges and pavilions to facilitate the march. ... The Wei soldiers captured several camps along the way, leaving only 2,000 men. There is a ridge ahead called Motianling. The horse is not strong enough to walk.
Ai Ling first pushed the weapon down. Ai took a felt and wrapped himself in it, then rolled down first. The deputy generals who had felt coats wrapped themselves in them and rolled down, while those who did not have felt coats tied ropes around their waists, climbed up trees and hung on them, and advanced in a line. Deng Ai, Deng Zhong, 2,000 soldiers and mountain-clearing warriors all crossed the Motianling Ridge.
But it is said that when Deng Ai secretly crossed Yinping and led his troops, he saw a large empty camp. The people around him said, "We heard that when Wu Hou was alive, he sent out 2,000 soldiers to guard this dangerous pass, but now Liu Chan, the ruler of Shu, has abandoned them." Ai sighed and lamented endlessly. ... Deng Ai led more than 2,000 people on foot and came to seize Jiangyou City at night.
However, Ma Miao, the defender of Jiangyou City, heard that Dongchuan had been lost. Although he made preparations, he only guarded the main road. He also relied on Jiang Wei's entire army to guard Jiange Pass, so he did not take the military situation seriously. ... Suddenly, a family member rushed in and reported: "Wei General Deng Ai came from nowhere, leading more than 2,000 people and rushing into the city." Miao was shocked and hurried out to surrender, kneeling down in front of the court... Ai Allow him to descend. He then collected the troops and horses from Jiangyou and placed them under his command, and immediately appointed Ma Miao as the local guide officer.
Afterwards, Deng Ai captured Chengdu.
092
"Nothing ventured, nothing gained", "Turning the tables"
Ban Chao was a famous general in the Eastern Han Dynasty. He was the son of Ban Biao and the younger brother of Ban Gu. When he was young, he gave up his pen and took up arms to follow the chariot commander Dou Gu, fighting against the Huns and making many military achievements. Later, Dou Gu sent Ban Chao to the Western Regions and he came to the State of Shanshan. Shanshan: the name of a country. One of the countries in the Western Regions during the Han Dynasty, its original name was Loulan. It was renamed during the reign of Emperor Zhao and continued to be used during the Wei and Jin Dynasties. It is located in the southeast of Shanshan County, Gansu Province today.
The King of Shanshan was initially very courteous to Ban Chao and his companions, but after a while, he became noticeably cold. Ban Chao was puzzled by this situation. He secretly inquired and found out that the Xiongnu had also sent envoys to win over the King of Shanshan, causing the King to waver in his heart. There were hundreds of people in the Hun envoy camp.
Ban Chao immediately summoned all his 36 subordinates (the number is fictitious and may not be certain; it should be dozens of people) and invited everyone to drink. While they were drunk, he angered everyone by saying, "If you don't explore the tiger's den, you can't catch the little tiger. [If you don't enter the tiger's den, how can you get the tiger cub?] The only way now is to set fire to the Xiongnu envoys at night so that they don't know what's going on. There are so many of us that they will surely be terrified. We can kill them all. This way, the King of Shanshan will be frightened and we can get credit. "Everyone agreed with Ban Chao's suggestion. Maybe it's because I'm bolder after drinking. They actually ignored the huge number gap between the Huns who had hundreds of people and the Han Dynasty who had only 36 people! (So before doing anything crazy, you have to let everyone drink?)
So that night, Ban Chao led the Han officials and soldiers to attack the camp of the Xiongnu envoys. Ban Chao killed three people personally, including the Xiongnu envoy and the Xiongnu deputy envoy. The King of Shanshan was so frightened that he finally agreed to submit to the Han Dynasty. Later, the idiom "No venture, no gain" evolved from here, which means: if you want to achieve your goal, you must take risks in depth.
093
Bian Que passed through Qi and was treated as a guest by Duke Huan of Qi. When he entered the court, he said, "Your Majesty has a disease in the skin. If you don't treat it, it will get worse." Huan Hou said, "I have no disease." Bian Que left, and Huan Hou said to his attendants, "Doctors are greedy for profit. They want to take patients who are not sick. "It is a success." Five days later, Bian Que came to see him again and said, "Your Majesty has a disease in your blood vessels. If you don't treat it, it may get worse." Huan Hou said, "I have no disease." Bian Que left, and Huan Hou was unhappy. Five days later, Bian Que came to see him again and said, "Your Majesty has an intestinal disease. If you don't treat it, the disease will get worse." Huan Hou did not respond. When Bian Que left, Marquis Huan was displeased. Five days later, Bian Que appeared again, but when he saw Marquis Huan, he retreated.
Duke Huan sent someone to inquire about the reason. Bian Que said: "If the disease is in the skin, it can be cured by hot water and massage. If it is in the blood vessels, it can be cured by acupuncture and moxibustion. If it is in the intestines and stomach, it can be cured by wine. If it is in the bone marrow, even the God of Life cannot help. Why? It is in the bone marrow now, so I have no need to ask for help. "Five days later, the Marquis Huan became ill and sent someone to summon Bian Que, but Bian Que had already fled. Duke Huan then died.
If a sage could foresee the disease and enable a good doctor to take action early, the disease could be cured and the patient could be saved. People suffer from many diseases, but doctors only treat a few diseases. Therefore, there are six diseases that cannot be cured: arrogance and disregard for reason, the first one that cannot be cured; valuing money over health, the second one that cannot be cured; not being able to get enough food and clothing, the third one that cannot be cured; yin and yang being combined, and the qi being unstable, the fourth one that cannot be cured; being too thin to take medicine, the fifth one that cannot be cured. Also; if you believe in witches but not doctors, the six diseases cannot be cured. If one has this condition, the condition will be serious and difficult to treat.
094
Liezi - Talking about Symbols
Classical Chinese:
Duke Wen of Jin went out and planned to attack Wei. Young Master Chu looked up to the sky and laughed. The Duke asked him why he was laughing. He said, "I laughed at a neighbor who was sending his wife to a private home. On the way, he saw a mulberry woman and was pleased to talk to her. However, when he looked back at his wife, he saw that someone had invited her. I laughed at this secretly." The Duke woke up to his words. , then stopped and led the troops back. Before they arrived, there were already attacks on their northern border.
Vernacular:
Duke Wen of Jin is preparing to attack Wei State and holds a military meeting.
Gongzi Chu laughed at the sky at this time, <<I have a point in my mind, but I don't say it directly; because if I say it directly, others may not listen to it, and they may not listen to it, and they will blame me>>
Duke Wen of Jin asked him why he was laughing so loudly. He said, "I was laughing at my neighbor! When he was sending his wife back to her parents' home, he met a woman picking mulberry leaves on the road. He could not help but go and pick mulberry leaves with her. He tried to strike up a conversation with a woman, but when he turned around and looked at his wife, he saw someone waving at his wife at the same time!
Duke Wen of Jin understood what he said! You are greedy and planning; others may also have plans.
So Duke Wen of Jin took over, stopped, and led his troops back. Before they arrived, there were already attacks on their northern border.
Therefore, the action was stopped. Lead the troops back to one's own country.
Before they arrived, there were already attacks on their northern border. Before he could return to his country, other forces attacked his northern border.
Imagine if Gongzi Chu had said directly: "If you keep hitting people randomly, you will explode." Perhaps Duke Wen of Jin had him killed or imprisoned.
Nor will I adopt his suggestions.
To take a step back, even if Duke Wen of Jin did not listen to Gongzi Chu's advice.
Gongzi Chu only told a story. Under normal circumstances, he did not shake the authority of Duke Wen of Jin, so he should not be "punished".
095-1
Wei Wei to Save Zhao 1 Records of the Grand Historian, Volume 65, Biographies of Sun Tzu and Wu Qi; 95-2 Wei Wei to Save Zhao 2 Strategies of the Warring States, Strategies of Qi, Qi Yi, The Disaster at Handan
Records of the Grand Historian, Volume 65, Biographies of Sun Tzu and Wu Qi
Classical Chinese: Later, Wei attacked Zhao. Zhao was in urgent need and asked Qi for help. King Wei of Qi wanted to make Sun Bin a general, but Bin declined, saying, "I am a remnant of a criminal clan, so I cannot accept him." So he made Tian Ji the general and Sun Bin his teacher, who sat in the baggage cart and made plans. Tian Ji wanted to lead his troops to attack Zhao. Sun Tzu said, "The one who resolves a turbulent conflict does not use a spear, and the one who saves a fight does not use a spear. Instead, he attacks the strong and strikes the weak, and when the situation is restricted, the conflict will be resolved. Now that Liang and Zhao are attacking each other, The light troops and sharp soldiers will be exhausted outside, and the old and weak will be exhausted inside. You should lead the troops to rush to Daliang, occupy their streets, and attack their weak points. They will surely abandon Zhao and save themselves. In this way, I can lift the siege of Zhao and save the enemy. Wei." Tian Ji followed his advice, and Wei left Handan and fought with Qi at Guiling, defeating the Liang army. "
Later, Wei attacked Zhao. Zhao was in danger and asked Qi for help. King Wei of Qi wanted to make Sun Bin the commander-in-chief, but Sun Bin thanked him and declined, saying, "A person who has been executed cannot be a commander-in-chief." So Tian Ji was made the general, and Sun Bin was made the military advisor, sitting in the baggage cart and helping with strategies. . Tian Ji wanted to lead his troops to Zhao State, but Sun Bin explained: "If you want to resolve a conflict, don't get involved in it yourself; if you want to save your allies in battle, don't take up arms yourself to avoid chaos; if you really want to help your allies, You have to: resist the opponent's strong part while directly attacking the opponent's weak point. If you do this, the opponent will be blocked and the situation will be critical, then the crisis will naturally be resolved. Today, Wei and Zhao are attacking each other. Wei's light infantry and elite soldiers The general would have to fight outside, and he might be exhausted outside, while the old and weak soldiers of Wei would defend the city inside. Instead of leading his troops to fight against the main force of Wei, it would be better for him to lead his troops to quickly attack Daliang (the capital of Wei) and occupy its important The enemy's supply lines were cut off, making the enemy's situation even more urgent. At the same time, I attacked the areas where Wei had just become weak due to the supply cut. He would definitely release Zhao and turn around to save himself. I solved the problem once and for all by doing this. "I can avoid the siege of Zhao State and receive my benefits in Wei State at the same time." Tian Ji followed this suggestion and implemented it. As expected, Wei State went to Handan (the capital of Zhao State) and fought with Qi State in Guiling, and defeated the Liang Army (the Liang Army was the Wei Army). "
096
At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, there was a young man named Ni Heng. He was quite talented, but had a bad temper and often offended people. Cao Cao liked him very much at first, but later he became irritated by his arrogant attitude and wanted to kill him. But because of his reputation, he was afraid of criticism, so he was sent to Liu Biao, the governor of Jingzhou. Liu Biao had also heard of Ni Heng's extraordinary talent before, so he treated him with great courtesy and sought his opinion on all documents and memorials. But Ni Heng still had a bad temper, so Liu Biao couldn't stand him. Thinking that Huang Zu, the prefect of Jiangxia, had the same personality as him, he gave Ni Heng to Huang Zu. Huang Zu also valued him very much at the beginning, and Ni Heng also fulfilled his duties. But once when Huang Zu was entertaining guests, Ni Heng got into a conflict with him on the spot and spoke rudely to him, so Huang Zu killed him in anger. Cao Cao originally gave Ni Heng to someone else because he wanted to use someone else to kill him, and later it turned out to be true. This is called "killing with a borrowed knife."
<Book of the Later Han: Biography of Mi Heng>: Mi Heng, Cao Cao, Huang Zu, and Liu Biao.
Question: 1. Who was sent out? 2. In what order? 3. Who committed the murder?
96-2 Killing with a Borrowed Knife 2 <Song Taizu Zhao Kuangyin>
After Song Taizu Zhao Kuangyin founded the Song Dynasty, he wanted to attack the south, destroy the Southern Tang and unify the world. However, the Southern Tang had a great general - Lin Renzhao, who was invincible and brave. Emperor Taizu of Song tried every possible means to get rid of Lin Renzhao. He deliberately hung Lin Renzhao's portrait in his room. Then when Li Yu's younger brother Li Congshan came to the Song Dynasty. He deliberately let Li Congshan see the portrait of Lin Renzhao in Zhao Kuangyin's room. He also deliberately said, "Lin Renzhao and I are on good terms, and he has agreed to surrender." As a result, Li Congshan was deceived and fell into the trap.
After Li Congshan returned to Southern Tang, he told this matter to Li Yu, the last emperor of Southern Tang. Li Yu was shocked after hearing it! Without any verification or assessment, they concluded that Lin Renzhao had betrayed the country! Let him drink poisoned wine and poison him to death. When Song Taizu Zhao Kuangyin learned that Li Yu had poisoned Lin Renzhao, he sent his troops to destroy the Southern Tang and unify the world with confidence.
<Emperor Taizu of Song Dynasty, Zhao Kuangyin>: Li Congshan, Zhao Kuangyin, Li Yu, and Lin Renzhao.
Question: 1. Who was poisoned? 2. Who is cheating? 3. Who was cheated?
96-3 Killing with a Borrowed Knife 3 Killing Three Warriors with Two Peaches Pre-Qin <Yanzi Chunqiu> Eastern Han <Liangfu Yin> Tang Dynasty <Fear of Slander>
Yanzi Chunqiu - Inner Chapter - Remonstrance: During the Spring and Autumn Period, the Prime Minister of Qi: Yan Ying proposed to King Jing that he would reward three warriors: Gongsun Jie, Tian Kaijiang, and Guyezi with two peaches, and order them to receive the reward according to their merits. , wanting the three of them to kill each other to eliminate future troubles. The latter three fought each other because of this. Later it was used to describe using a trick to murder someone.
Three Kingdoms Shu: Zhuge Liang's "Song of Liangfu": "Once slandered, two peaches killed three men."
Tang Dynasty: Li Bai's poem "Fear of Slander": "Two peaches kill three warriors, how can a sword as frost be used? All the women are jealous of their beautiful eyebrows, and the two flowers compete for spring beauty. Wei Shu believed Zheng Xiu and covered her sleeves to face King Huai. Once deceived by the clever words, the red face became deadly. I am about to cry The round fan makes people feel sad. "
Two peaches kill three warriors, kill someone with a borrowed knife.
097
In 154 BC, Emperor Jing of Han used policies to weaken local princes. The princes with the surname Liu in various places were dissatisfied with the weakening of their power, so they rebelled and the Rebellion of the Seven Kingdoms occurred. After the rebellion broke out, Emperor Jing of Han ordered General Zhou Yafu to lead his troops into battle. Zhou Yafu knew that the rebels were short of food and would definitely want a decisive battle. Therefore, they held their ground and never engaged in a head-on confrontation with the rebels. As time went on, the rebels ran out of food and became exhausted.
Originally, Zhou Yafu's army was not as strong as the rebels. But because I got enough rest and food. Contrast with the rebels: did not get enough rest and did not get enough food. Therefore, Zhou Yafu's army "waited for the enemy to tire out" by resting and relaxing, waiting for the tired enemy. Eventually the rebels were successfully eliminated.
098
At the end of the Sui Dynasty and the beginning of the Tang Dynasty, Yuchi Gong pretended to be crazy and stupid in order to avoid becoming an official. The Romance of Tang Dynasty Chapter 62: Yuchi Gong Calls Him Crazy
Yuchi Gong/Zi: Jingde/Yuchi Jingde
The next day, Shubao and Yaojin bid farewell to Madam Qin, Lord Luo, and their own family, and went out with the King of Qin. Go to a secluded place, recruit soldiers, and march forward together behind the mountain. In a short time, they arrived at Zhi Farm in Shuozhou and set up an ambush in a secluded place as before. The four of them changed into casual clothes and walked all the way to Jingde's (Yuchi Gong/Zi: Jingde) home. There was already a group of elders who drank with Jingde every day. Seeing the four men's majestic appearance, he knew they were great nobles of the Tang Dynasty, so he hurried over to report to Yuchi Gong, saying, "There are four nobles from Chang'an with five hundred men and horses, camped in a secluded place. The officer changed into civilian clothes and came on foot, asking the general where he lived. I don't know why. "After hearing this, Yuchi Gong thought to himself, "It must be that the King of Tang has something to do, so he sent four ministers and soldiers to come and ask me. . But I don't think it's possible for an official of the Tang family to be like this. I exchanged my life for merit several times the other day, but I still had to be bullied by two treacherous kings. If it weren't for Shangshu Liu Wenjing's rescue, I would have been tortured to death. . Now I have returned to the fields, working on my own and having no worries, so why would I want to be an official? He has come to look for me now, and I have my reasons. "
Then he went inside and told the two ladies, Black and White, "Stop. If the King of Tang sends someone to look for me, you should just say: I am mad and I can't even recognize people. Don't forget it." The two ladies The lady replied, "I know." Yuchi Gong went to the kitchen, took the black coal from the stove, smeared it all over his face, and tore his clothes into shreds, just like the beggar who danced the dance for the Kitchen God on the twenty-fourth day of December. When the two ladies saw his appearance, they almost fell down laughing. At that moment, the King of Qin, Lord Mao, Shubao, and Yaojin came to visit. When they arrived at Yuchi Gong's door, they walked in and sat down. Yaojin shouted loudly, "Is Heitantuan at home?" Mrs. Hei inside asked, "Who is it?" Yaojin said, "It's Cheng Yaojin, your matchmaker." When Mrs. Hei heard the name Cheng Yaojin, she was immediately When Mrs. Bai and I walked out of the outer hall, we saw the King of Qin, Shubao, and Maogong all there. We cried out, "Oh! So the thousand-year-old master is here too!" We exchanged greetings and then greeted Shubao, Yaojin, and Maogong. The Duke and the others all greeted him. The maidservant inside brought out tea. After drinking it, the two ladies asked, "I wonder what business your Highness has brought you here for?" The King of Qin then repeated what he had said in detail. The two ladies said, "Your Excellency may not know that my husband has gone insane for some reason a few days ago. He screams and shouts every day and can't even recognize people. How can we lead the troops to fight? Isn't it a waste of Your Excellency's efforts?" "A foreign dragon carriage?" Upon hearing this, the King of Qin just stamped his feet and sighed.
Stop for a while = After a while
Mao Gong sneered and asked, "Where are you now?" Before he finished speaking, they heard loud shouting inside. The King of Qin and the other three looked up and saw Yuchi Gong running out, shouting, " Oh no! Oh no! It turns out that ghosts and monsters have come to celebrate my birthday." He pointed at Qin Shubao and said, "You are the Dragon King of the Sea." He looked at the King of Qin and said, "You are Liu Wuzhou." He turned to Mao Gong and said, "You are Qiaogong Mountain." He grabbed Yaojin's hand and said, "You are a willow spirit. You stole the fairy peach, made friends with the Dragon Kings of the Four Seas, and joined forces with shrimp soldiers and crab generals to steal my treasure. Now I have captured you here." As soon as he pulled, he fell to the ground. He rolled around, and suddenly got up again, saying, "I am going to turn into a tiger and eat people." With a shout, he somersaulted into the tiger. When the King of Qin saw this, he felt very sad. Knowing that he could not go, he had to tell everyone to say goodbye. Everyone agreed and said goodbye. The two ladies saw them off and saw the four people off. Mrs. Black said to Mrs. White, "Our husband acted like a madman today. He was so crazy that even the military strategist who was good at predicting the future was fooled by him." The two ladies laughed without saying anything.
Then the King of Qin and his four ministers went to a secluded place and ordered five hundred soldiers to return to Chang'an. The King of Qin is on the road, sighing and lamenting what a pity it is. Mao Gong laughed and said, "My lord, you don't know the details yet. Now you can send Cheng Yaojin to go there. In this way, I guarantee that Yuchi Gong will not be crazy anymore." The King of Qin was overjoyed and secretly ordered Yaojin to lead 200 soldiers to go and take action. Yaojin received the order, disguised 200 men as minions, disguised himself as the king, and returned to the farm, surrounding the farm gate. He said, "I am the Great King of Qiushi Mountain. I heard that there are two beautiful wives, the black and white wives of Lord Menghai, in the village. Send them to me as my wives and I will be done with everything. If you refuse, I will give you the money." The dog's head is cut into two pieces!"
When the neighbors and friends in the village heard this, they were all frightened and hurried to report to Yuchi Gong. Yuchi Gong was pretending to be crazy and had sent the King of Qin and his ministers away. He thought he had succeeded and was drinking happily with the two ladies, Black and White. When he heard about this from his neighbor, he immediately became furious and shouted, "Who are you, little thief, who dares to be so presumptuous? "Then he whipped the horse, mounted it, and ran out of the village. Sure enough, I saw a king with a round cinnabar face that was actually painted, holding a spear in his hand. He was unrecognizable. When Yaojin saw Yuchi Gong coming out, he shouted, "You black devil, quickly send the two wives you have captured to me, the King of Dutian, as his concubines, and I will spare your life. If you tell me half of the truth, If you don't, I will chop you into two pieces!" Yuchi Gong was furious when he heard this. He raised his steel whip and hit him, but Yaojin put away his gun, turned his horse around and rode away. Yuchi Gong shouted, "Where are you going, you thief!" Then he rushed over and suddenly saw three people coming out of the woods. They were the King of Qin, Shubao, and Mao Gong. They laughed and said, "General Yuchi, you are so stupid!" "He is really crazy!" Yaojin said, "He didn't recognize the matchmaker and killed her!" Yuchi Gong saw the King of Qin and cried, "Forget it, I have fallen into the trap set by the military advisor!" He immediately dismounted and apologized, and invited her to his home. Wine to welcome the guests. The King of Qin recounted the whole incident in detail. Yuchi Gong had no choice but to say goodbye to his two wives and neighbors and follow the King of Qin to Chang'an.
The Romance of Tang Dynasty Chapter 62: Yuchi Gong Calls Him Crazy
099
Historical books Records of the Grand Historian <Biographies of Sun Tzu and Wu Qi> Pre-Qin period <Sun Bin vs. Pang Juan> Sun Bin reduces the number of stoves
----Preface, readers in a hurry can skip it ----
---- In the second strategy, Wei Wei Jiu Zhao 1 <Article 95 of this book>, there is a detailed explanation ----
Later, Wei attacked Zhao. Zhao was in urgent need and asked Qi for help. King Wei of Qi wanted to make Sun Bin a general, but Bin declined, saying, "I am a remnant of a criminal clan, so I cannot accept him." So he made Tian Ji the general and Sun Bin his teacher, who sat in the baggage cart and made plans. Tian Ji wanted to lead his troops to attack Zhao. Sun Tzu said, "The one who resolves a turbulent conflict does not use a spear, and the one who saves a fight does not use a spear. Instead, he attacks the strong and strikes the weak, and when the situation is restricted, the conflict will be resolved. Now that Liang and Zhao are attacking each other, The light troops and sharp soldiers will be exhausted outside, and the old and weak will be exhausted inside. You should lead the troops to rush to Daliang, occupy their streets, and attack their weak points. They will surely abandon Zhao and save themselves. In this way, I can lift the siege of Zhao and save the enemy. Wei." Tian Ji followed his advice, and Wei left Handan and fought with Qi at Guiling, defeating the Liang army.
When he was thirteen years old, Wei and Zhao attacked Han, and Han asked Qi for help. Qi sent Tian Ji as the general and went straight to Daliang. When the Wei general Pang Juan heard about it, he left Han and returned. The Qi army had already passed by and headed west. Sun Tzu said to Tian Ji: "The soldiers of the Three Jins are brave and valiant, but they look down on Qi. Qi is known to be cowardly. A good warrior should take advantage of their situation and lead them to their advantage. According to the military law, if one pursues an advantage at a distance of 100 miles, the general will be defeated. If one pursues an advantage at a distance of 50 miles, the army will be half defeated. To the day before, the Qi army entered Wei territory and set up 100,000 stoves. The next day, they set up 50,000 stoves. The day after that, they set up 30,000 stoves. Pang Juan marched for three days and was overjoyed. He said, "I knew the Qi army was cowardly. They entered our territory for three days. More than half of the soldiers were killed." So he abandoned his infantry and went with his light and sharp troops to pursue them twice as fast. Sun Tzu estimated that they would reach Maling by evening. The Ma Ling Road passed through Shaanxi, and there were many obstacles on both sides, which could be used as an ambush, so they cut down a large tree and wrote on it in white, "Pang Juan died under this tree." So he ordered the Qi army's skilled archers to carry ten thousand crossbows and lie in ambush on both sides of the road, with a time limit of "when they see a fire lit at dusk, they should all shoot." Pang Juan indeed went to the woodcutter at night and saw the white writing, so he lit a candle to read it. Before he had finished reading the book, the Qi army fired all their crossbows, and the Wei army was thrown into chaos and lost control. Pang Juan knew that he had run out of ideas and his army was defeated, so he killed himself, saying, "I have finally become known as a coward!" Qi took advantage of the victory to defeat their army completely and captured Wei's Crown Prince Shen and brought him back. Sun Bin became famous throughout the world because of this, and his military tactics were passed down through the generations.
Note: The "Sun Tzu" in the article refers to Sun Bin, not Sun Wu.
100
The best strategy is to flee. Liu Bei successively attached himself to: Gongsun Zan, Tao Qian, Cao Cao, Yuan Shao, Liu Biao
When all efforts are in vain, perhaps someone will decide to kill to achieve martyrdom and save his own life. Others would decide: As long as the green mountains remain, there will be no shortage of firewood. That is: running away is the best strategy, running away is the best policy, running away is the best option.
The best strategy is to leave.
Liu Bei, courtesy name: Xuande. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, he, Guan Yu and Zhang Fei joined in suppressing the Yellow Turban Rebellion. Later, due to bad luck or because his opponents were too strong, he lost his base many times and became displaced. As a result, he switched to other people's camps many times, and successively depended on: Gongsun Zan, Tao Qian, Cao Cao, Yuan Shao, and Liu Biao.
Liu Bei successively depended on: Gongsun Zan, Tao Qian, Cao Cao, Yuan Shao, and Liu Biao.
Running Away 1 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 5 <Sending a forged edict to all the towns to respond to Cao Gong, breaking through the pass and the three heroes fighting Lu Bu> Liu Bei -> Gongsun Zan
Running Away 2 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 12 <Tao Gongzu Gives Up Xuzhou Three Times, Cao Mengde Fights Lu Bu> Liu Bei -> Tao Qian
Running Away 3 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 16 <Lü Fengxian shoots the halberd at the gate, Cao Mengde becomes a disciple at Yushui> Liu Bei -> Cao Cao
Run Away 4 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 24 <The traitor murders the imperial concubine, the emperor's uncle flees to Yuan Shao> Liu Bei -> Yuan Shao
Running Away 5 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 31 <Cao Cao defeated Yuan Chu at Cangting, Xuande took refuge in Jingzhou with Liu Biao> Liu Bei -> Liu Biao
Running Away 6 Empty City Plan 2 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 71 <Huang Zhong takes advantage of the mountains to wait for the enemy to tire out, Zhao Yun defeats the enemy with a small force at the Han River> Cao Cao
Chapter 5: Behind Gongsun Zan stood three people... Liu Bei, the governor of Pingyuan;
Chapter 12: Tao Qian is dead, Liu Xuande becomes governor of Xuzhou;
Chapter 16: Xuande fled to Xudu and surrendered to Cao Cao;
Chapter 24: The Emperor's uncle was defeated and fled to Yuan Shao;
Chapter 31: Xuande relies on Liu Biao in Jingzhou.
Stratagem 36: Running Away 1 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 5 <Sending a forged edict to all the towns to respond to Cao Gong, breaking through the pass and the three heroes fighting against Lu Bu> Gongsun Zan - Liu Bei
Let’s talk about Gongsun Zan, the prefect of Beiping, who led 15,000 elite soldiers and passed through Pingyuan County, Dezhou. As they were marching, they saw in the distance among the mulberry trees a yellow flag and several riders coming to meet them. Zan looked at him and found it was Liu Xuande. Zan asked, "Why are you here, my dear brother?" Xuande said, "In the past, I was appointed as the magistrate of Pingyuan County by your patronage. Now that I heard that a large army was passing through here, I came to serve you. I would like to invite you to come into the city and rest your horses." Zan pointed to the Guan , Zhang asked, "Who are these?" Xuande said, "These are Guan Yu and Zhang Fei, our sworn brothers." Zan asked, "Are they the ones who defeated the Yellow Turbans together?" Xuande said, "They are both these two. "Zan asked, "What are their positions now?" Xuande replied, "Guan Yu is a horse archer, and Zhang Fei is a foot archer." Zan sighed and said, "This is a way of burying heroes! Now that Dong Zhuo is in chaos, all the princes in the world are united. "I will go and kill him. My dear brother, why don't you give up this humble position and join us in fighting against the enemy and supporting the Han Dynasty?" Xuande said, "I am willing to go." Zhang Fei said, "If you had let me kill this thief, I wouldn't have to wait until today. Yun Chang said, "Now that things have come to this, we should pack up and leave."
Shao raised his eyes and looked around, and saw three people standing behind Gongsun Zan. They had strange looks and were all sneering. Shao asked, "Who is behind the Grand Administrator Gongsun?" Zan called Xuande out and said, "This is my roommate since childhood, Liu Bei, the prefect of Pingyuan."
Stratagem 36: Running Away 2 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 12 <Tao Gongzu Gives Up Xuzhou Three Times, Cao Mengde Fights Lu Bu> Tao Qian - Liu Bei
But Tao Qian was in Xuzhou. He was 63 years old at the time. He suddenly fell ill and looked very sick, so he asked Mi Zhu and Chen Deng to discuss matters with him. Zhu said: "The reason Cao's troops left was because Lu Bu attacked Yanzhou. Now the troops have been withdrawn due to the famine, but they will surely return next spring. Your Excellency twice wanted to give up the throne to Liu Xuande, but your Excellency was still strong at the time, so Xuande refused. "I am now seriously ill, so I can meet you in person. Xuande will not refuse."
Qian was overjoyed and sent someone to Xiaopei to ask Liu Xuande to discuss military affairs. Xuande led Guan and Zhang with dozens of riders to Xuzhou, and Tao Qian invited them into his bedroom. After Xuande had asked him how he was doing, he humbly said, "I have asked you to come here for no other reason than that I am seriously ill and cannot be saved day or night. I hope you will have pity on the Han city and take the seal of Xuzhou. I will not be with you until I die." "I'm going to die!" Xuande said, "You have two sons, why don't you pass on the throne?" Qian said, "My eldest son Shang and my second son Ying are both incompetent. After I die, I still hope you will teach me and don't let me run the state. Xuande said, "How can I take on such a great responsibility?" Qian said, "I recommend a man who can be a public assistant. He is from Beihai, his surname is Sun, his name is Gan, and his courtesy name is Gongyou. This man can be used as an assistant. He also said to Mi Zhu: "Mr. Liu is an outstanding person in the world. You should serve him well."
Xuande finally made excuses, and Tao Qian died with his finger pointed at his heart. After the soldiers finished mourning, they handed the plaque and seal to Xuande. Xuande refused. The next day, the people of Xuzhou crowded in front of the government office and cried and kowtowed, saying, "If Envoy Liu does not take charge of this county, we will not be able to live in peace!" Lords Guan and Zhang also tried to persuade him again and again. Xuande then allowed Quan to take charge of Xuzhou affairs; he appointed Sun Qian and Mi Zhu as his assistants, and Chen Deng as his staff officer; he brought all the troops and horses from Xiaopei into the city, issued a notice to reassure the people; and at the same time he arranged funeral affairs. Xuande and all the soldiers, both great and small, were in mourning and held a grand memorial service. After the sacrifice, he was buried in the plain of the Yellow River. Tao Qian's posthumous letter was submitted to the imperial court.
Cao was in Juancheng and learned that Tao Qian had died and Liu Xuande was appointed as the governor of Xuzhou.
Stratagem 36: Running Away 3 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 16 <Lü Fengxian shoots the halberd at the gate, Cao Mengde becomes a disciple at Yushui> Cao Cao - Liu Bei
Xuande then sent someone out of the city to Lu Bu's camp to plead for the return of the horses and for a ceasefire between the two sides. Bu wanted to follow him. Chen Gong said, "If we don't kill Liu Bei now, he will surely be harmed in the long run."... Bu listened to him, but did not follow his request and attacked the city more fiercely. Xuande discussed the matter with Mi Zhu and Sun Qian. Sun Qian said, "The one Cao Cao hates is Lu Bu. It would be better to abandon the city and flee to Xudu, surrender to Cao Cao, borrow his army and defeat Lu Bu. This is the best strategy." But Xuande fled to Xudu and set up camp outside the city. Sun Qian came to see Cao Cao and said that he was being chased by Lu Bu and had come to join him. Cao said, "Xuan De and I are brothers." Then he invited him into the city to meet him.
Stratagem 36: Run Away 4 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 24 <The traitor murders the imperial concubine, the emperor's uncle flees to Yuan Shao> Yuan Shao - Liu Bei
Xuande thought that he had no way to return home, and recalled Yuan Shao's words: "If you are not satisfied, you can come and join us." He thought it would be better for him to stay there for a while and not make any other plans. So he headed towards Qingzhou Road, but was stopped by Li Dian. Xuande fled north on horseback, while Li Dian captured his generals and cavalry.
Let’s talk about Xuande who went to Qingzhou on horseback, traveling 300 li a day. He rushed to the gate of Qingzhou city and knocked on the gate. The gatekeeper asked his name and reported to the governor. The governor was Yuan Shao’s eldest son Yuan Tan. Tan Su respected Xuande, and when he heard that a horse had arrived, he immediately opened the door to welcome him, brought him into the palace, and asked him the reason. Xuande prepared to express his feelings of defeat. Tan then let Xuande stay in the inn and sent a letter to report to his father Yuan Shao. At the same time, he sent troops from his state to escort Xuande. When they reached the border of Pingyuan, Yuan Shao personally led his troops out of Ye Shao for thirty miles to welcome Xuande. Xuande thanked him, and Shao returned the greeting, saying, "I was upset yesterday because my child was ill and I was unable to help him. Fortunately, we meet now, which greatly comforts my lifelong longing for you." Xuande said, "I am poor and lonely, Liu Bei, and I have long wanted to surrender to you. I am a disciple of yours, but I have not had the opportunity to meet you. Now I am attacked by Cao Cao, and my wife and children are trapped. I think that you are open to people from all over the world, so I am not ashamed to come to you. I hope you will accept me as a student, and I will repay you. "Shao was very happy and treated me very well. Hou and lived together in Jizhou.
Stratagem 36: Run Away 5 Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Chapter 31 <Cao Cao defeats Benchu at Cangting, Xuande relies on Liu Biao in Jingzhou> Liu Biao - Liu Bei
Xuande sighed and said, "You all have the talent to be a king's assistant, but you are unlucky to follow Liu Bei. Liu Bei's fate is in jeopardy, and it has brought trouble upon you all. Now I have no place to live, and I am afraid that I have made a mistake for you all. Why don't you abandon Liu Bei and join a wise leader? To gain fame and honor?"
Everyone covered their faces and cried. Yunchang said, "Brother, you are wrong. In the past, Emperor Gaozu fought with Xiang Yu for the world and was defeated by Xiang Yu several times. Later, he won the battle of Jiuli Mountain and laid the foundation for a 400-year-long dynasty. Victory and defeat are common in the military, so why should we let our ambitions be jeopardized?" Sun Gan said, "Success or failure is inevitable, so don't be sad. This place is not far from Jingzhou. Liu Jingsheng is in charge of the nine provinces, with strong troops and sufficient food. Moreover, you and I are both relatives of the Han Dynasty. Why don't you go and join him?" Xuande said, "But I'm afraid you won't be accepted. Ear." Gan said, "I would like to go there first to persuade him to go out of the country and welcome the lord."
Biao was overjoyed and said, "Xuan De is my brother. I have wanted to meet him for a long time, but could not. Now that he is willing to visit me, I am very fortunate." Cai Mao said, "No. Liu Bei first followed Lu Bu, then served Cao Cao, and recently joined Yuan Shao. All of them failed to achieve their goals, which shows their character. If we accept him now, Cao Cao will surely send more troops to attack us, which will be a waste of time. It is better to cut off Sun Qian's head and present it to Cao Cao, who will surely treat us with respect." Sun Qian said sternly, "Gan I am not a person who fears death. Envoy Liu is loyal to the country, not comparable to Cao Cao, Yuan Shao, Lu Bu and others. I followed him before, but I had no choice. Now I heard that General Liu is a descendant of the Han Dynasty, and we are of the same clan, so we are thousands of miles apart. What can you offer? Slandering and jealous of the virtuous is just like this! "
Note 401-500
I designed this originally for FEEL NATION.
1.
You must harvest people with a talented.
你必須收穫有才華的人。
2.
No matter you trying to enrich your country or strengthen your countries you must need to gathering the people with a talented the people with hard working the people with a special skills.
無論您想富強自己的國家還是增強自己的實力，您都必須聚集有才華的人、勤奮的人和具有特殊技能的人。
3.
you pay a very good pay check to gathering people with a talented or to get people with their willing to time for secret mission if the water are so deep the fish can they think so well and if the root of the trees were very deep the branch and the leaves will go fast so when you're sick for people with talented you might find your market a very big market.
你付出豐厚的報酬去聚集有才華的人，或者去招募願意花時間執行秘密任務的人，如果水很深，魚就能思考得很好，如果樹的根很深，樹枝和樹葉就會長得很快，所以當你為有才華的人而努力時，你可能會發現你的市場非常大。
4.
you must see the world of everybody's shared.
你一定看到大家分享的世界了。
whoever sees the world only owned by one man only then it cannot be last for a long time.
無論是誰，如果認為世界只屬於一個人，那麼這個世界就不可能長久。
whoever can give benefit to the world can last for longer. Meanwhile, whoever get the best situation to one's own by taking from the world could not last for longer.
誰能利益天下，誰就能長久。同時，任何透過從世界獲取利益來獲得對自己最有利地位的人，都無法長久。
能為天下謀利者，才能長久；不能為天下謀利者，不能長久。
5.
if there's a lot of people cannot have a wonderful life the people in high table should not have luxurious life unless it will create unveilances might and social crack. try to review it and repeat with middle class, rebuild middle class will fix this.
如果很多人不能過美好的生活，那麼位高權重的人就不應該過奢侈的生活，除非這會造成揭露真相的力量和社會裂痕。試著回顧它並重複中產階級，重建中產階級將解決這個問題。
6.
when working for us trying to working try everything you can to let them have their stage to perform.
在為我們工作時盡力盡一切努力讓他們有表演的舞台。
never let the policy stopping the working force to make the effort.
絕不能讓政策阻止勞動力的努力。
7.
when you rounding a pic place there must be coming a lot for opinions and options do not deny any of them too quickly and do not accept any of them in a too short time just less than and watch.
當你繞著一個圖片地點走時，必定會出現很多意見和選擇，不要太快否定任何一個，也不要在太短的時間內接受任何一個，只需觀察一下。
8.
love justice loyalty trust bravery wisdom.
熱愛 正義 忠誠 信任 勇敢 智慧。
Mind: agriculture, industry and business.
注意：農業、工業與商業。
9.
your land of nationals land shall not be by purchased by the people who have a different souls especially those strategies competitions or strategy opponent.
你們的土地和國民的土地不得被擁有不同靈魂的人購買，特別是那些戰略競爭對手或戰略對手。
10.
respected the locals and gathering the people with the same values.
尊重當地人，聚集具有相同價值觀的人。
11.
Run in the nations in four seasons which means you should not be acting like summer when it's winter. And you should not be acting like winter when it's a summer.
在四個季節的國家中奔跑，這意味著你不應該在冬天表現得像夏天一樣。你不應該在夏天表現得像冬天一樣。
12.
when you reach the bridge to the people with the talented you must put this person into the right positions if you just select them without use them in a perfect position is worse than you will never pick them out.
當你到達通往人才的橋樑時，你必須把這個人放在正確的位置上，如果你只是選擇他們而不將他們用在完美的位置上，那比你永遠選不出他們更糟。
13.
people with the talented our people fake to be talented are totally different you should use your best wisdom to tell the differences.
真正有才華的人與假裝有才華的人完全不同，你應該用你最好的智慧來分辨差異。
14.
15.
16.
沒有留言:
張貼留言